A Few Tips for Facilitating Relaxation in Your Childbirth Classes

By Anonymous

Excerpted from the book, Teaching Pregnancy, Birth, and Parenting: A Childbirth Educator’s Perspective written by Marcy White (available for purchase from the ICEA Bookcenter). Childbirth educators can teach relaxation knowing that it has a well- established research base with many uses, not only for childbearing, but for general health care as well. There is considerable research to document the benefits of relaxation in reducing hypertension, insomnia, anxiety, stress, and pain. It is also worth noting that the benefits of relaxation continue after birth. New parents can use relaxation techniques to help reduce the stress, anxiety, and fatigue that accompany the transition to parenthood. Relaxation is a life skill, and in a good childbirth preparation program the participants will emerge with relaxation skills on which they can build for a lifetime.

In teaching relaxation the childbirth educator might also want to consider the following:

1. Describe what relaxation is. Relaxation is not an out-of-body experience. It is simply a state of mind in which there is reduced tension and arousal. Sensations associated with relaxation are a slowing of the heart rate, ease of breathing, decreased tension, and a sense of security and tranquility. These sensations are similar to other familiar experiences – like staring into the flame of a warm fire on a cold winter night, becoming engrossed while reading a really good book, lying on the beach in the warm sun, or watching the movement of clouds as they drift across a beautiful blue sky. The state is often identified as being similar to dreaming while being awake and aware, or daydreaming with a purpose. This description of relaxation may be beneficial for some class members who are reluctant to participate for lack of understanding of what relaxation is.

2. Start with simple techniques. By starting with simple skills, and sequentially moving on to more complex, the expectant family will be better able to master basic relaxation skills. Some instructors begin with a progressive relaxation in which the class members progressively and consciously tighten and relax muscle groups. Progressive relaxation helps the participant become aware of the sensation of tension. In order to relax one must first become aware of what tension feels like in his or her own body. As tension is identified the individual can then focus on releasing the tension in order to facilitate a sensation of relaxation.

3. Focus on the sensation of relaxation. Helping individuals become aware of the sensation of relaxation is an important consideration when teaching relaxation. Individuals must be able to identify with what relaxation feels like – in other words, they must become aware of what their breathing feels like as they relax and they must be able to distinguish between tension and relaxation within their body and mind.

4. Use sensory images. Imagery works well as an introductory relaxation technique, and it also can be an effective tool for labor and birth. It is important to understand, however, that imagery is not something that is strictly visual. Imagery is a perception that can come from any of the senses. That means sights, sounds, smells, tastes, and feelings. Some individuals are unable to connect with imagery that is strictly visual. Although some people are visual and able to see pictures in their mind’s eye (visualization), others are more connected to the sensations and feelings they experience. Sensory images, whether visual or other, are the true language of the body. Our bodies don’t discriminate between sensory images and reality.

5. Use music. Music is increasingly being used in childbirth classes and during childbirth to enhance relaxation and decrease anxiety. Music, rhythm, and imagery are classified as right brain activities, which activate the parasympathetic response and the resultant sense of security, balance, and tranquility. Music is able to access the autonomic nervous system through the thalamus, thereby evoking an emotional response.

6. Allocate adequate class time. All too often not enough time is allocated to teaching relaxation. There are many reasons why this happens. You may find it difficult to teach everything you feel is important to teach in a class series. You may feel pressed for time. Or, perhaps you are not comfortable teaching this topic and not sure how to fill a forty or forty-five minute block of time on just breathing, relaxation, and comfort measures. By allocating adequate class time to teaching relaxation the childbirth educator sends a clear message about the importance of relaxation. An ongoing focus on relaxation throughout a class series allows participants to learn simple techniques so that they can build upon these techniques as the series progresses.

7. Encourage practice outside of the classroom. Since relaxation is a skill that requires ongoing practice it is important for expectant mothers, and their partners, to practice relaxation outside of the classroom setting. Encourage class members to use relaxation when they encounter stressful times in their daily lives. As they come to value the importance that relaxation can have in managing stress, and as they come to understand the benefit of using relaxation to reduce anxiety and pain during labor, they will be more motivated to practice relaxation on their own. There are many relaxation CDs available that include narration and voice-overs meant to facilitate relaxation. In addition, relaxation sessions are an important part of most prenatal exercise and yoga classes. Expectant mothers who participate in these classes will have additional time to practice and master the art of relaxation. The more proficient the woman becomes, the more confident she will be in using relaxation during labor so that she can work in harmony with her body as she labors to bring her child into the world.

Copyright INTERNATIONAL CHILDBIRTH EDUCATION ASSOCIATION Sep 2007

(c) 2007 International Journal of Childbirth Education. Provided by ProQuest Information and Learning. All rights Reserved.

Halloween Festivities, Alternatives Offered

By Messenger-Inquirer, Owensboro, Ky.

Oct. 27–Several area churches are offering Halloween celebrations or alternatives this weekend or Wednesday.

Masonville Baptist Church, 6601 U.S. 231, is having Trunk or Treat from 6 to 7 p.m. Wednesday.

Used eyeglasses and sunglasses are being collected for Sight Night, sponsored by Lions Club International. The eyewear will be donated to poor people around the world.

Bellevue Baptist Church is having a Harvest Festival from 5:30 to 7:30 p.m. Wednesday. The church, at 519 W. Byers Ave., will have Trunk or Treat, inflatables, hayride, face painting and door prizes.

Providence United Methodist Church is having a Fall Harvest auction at 5:30 p.m. today and Trunk or Treat from 5 to 7 p.m. Sunday. Costume judging begins at 4:30 p.m.

The auction will feature craft items, themed baskets, gift certificates, concessions and more.

Providence is at Jack Hinton and Short Station roads.

Free Welcome Ministries, 1501 E. 26th St., is having Trunk of Treats from 5 to 8 p.m. Wednesday.

Pleasant Grove Baptist Church, 5664 Kentucky 56, Sorgho, is having a Fall Festival from 5 to 7 p.m. Sunday. The event includes games, a hayride and Trunk or Treat. Chili and hot-dogs will be served.

Buena Vista Baptist Church, 23rd and Allen streets, is having Trunk or Treat from 4 to 7 p.m. Wednesday for children of all ages.

Utica Baptist Church is having a Halloween alternative Wednesday. Trick or Treat will be at 5 p.m. Food, games and crafts will be from 6 to 7:30 p.m. Costumes are welcome. No masks, please.

Karns Grove Baptist Church, Philpot, is having Trunk or Treat from 4:30 to 6:30 p.m. Wednesday.

—–

To see more of the Messenger-Inquirer, or to subscribe to the newspaper, go to http://www.messenger-inquirer.com.

Copyright (c) 2007, Messenger-Inquirer, Owensboro, Ky.

Distributed by McClatchy-Tribune Information Services.

For reprints, email [email protected], call 800-374-7985 or 847-635-6550, send a fax to 847-635-6968, or write to The Permissions Group Inc., 1247 Milwaukee Ave., Suite 303, Glenview, IL 60025, USA.

NALC Health Benefit Plan Selects CIGNA HealthCare

The National Association of Letter Carriers Health Benefit Plan announced today that it has selected CIGNA to offer NALC members an expanded nationwide provider network, as well as a broad array of new health services with lower premiums and out of pocket costs than in previous years.

More than one million CIGNA HealthCare in-network preferred provider locations. Improved benefit programs, including 100% coverage for PPO hospital room/board charges and 100% coverage for maternity benefits for PPO hospital, delivery and anesthesia. Member-friendly health advocacy services such as CIGNA healthy pregnancies, healthy babies program, 24-hour nurse line and case management.

Kim Bimestefer, CIGNA HealthCare Taft-Hartley & federal business segment leader, said: “We are very pleased to be working for the National Association of Letter Carriers (NALC) Health Benefit Plan, a recognized service leader among federal employee health plans. It is a privilege to work with their outstanding team of Plan Professionals to deliver enhanced network and wellness services to the NALC Health Benefit Plan membership.”

UCB: Development of Keppra’s Successor Makes Headway

UCB has initiated a Phase III clinical program for brivaracetam as an adjunctive treatment in partial-onset epilepsy. Should it perform well here and gain marketing approval, the launch of this drug would serve to strengthen UCB’s epilepsy franchise, as well as potentially representing an important treatment option for patients with refractory epilepsy.

Brivaracetam’s Phase III clinical program consists of three multicenter, multinational trials and will involve almost 1,300 epilepsy patients aged between 16 and 70. Two trials are designed to evaluate the efficacy of brivaracetam (5, 20 and 50mg/day or 20, 50 and 100mg/day) over 12 weeks in patients with partial onset epilepsy that remains uncontrolled despite treatment with one or two anticonvulsant drugs.

A third trial is designed to evaluate the efficacy and safety of brivaracetam in patients with uncontrolled partial onset or generalized seizures. UCB anticipates first results of this program in Q3 2009 and has proposed Rikelta as the brand name for the drug.

Brivaracetam is an analog of the company’s flagship epilepsy drug, Keppra (levetiracetam), which leads the market with epilepsy-specific sales of $807 million in 2006. UCB’s development of brivaracetam and the presence of Vimpat (lacosamide) in its epilepsy pipeline is a clear demonstration of the company’s commitment to this disorder and its intention to build a strong epilepsy franchise.

Despite the launch of several anticonvulsant drugs over the past decade, approximately 20% to 30% of patients continue to suffer from uncontrolled seizures (refractory epilepsy), which may lead to serious consequences, including diminished cognition. If brivaracetam’s ongoing trials demonstrate efficacy in treating this patient group, the drug will go some way to improving the quality of life for a substantial number of epilepsy patients, and can expect to receive strong uptake in patients unresponsive to Keppra.

International epilepsy opinion leaders interviewed by Datamonitor were positive about brivaracetam’s prospects and UCB’s established relations with neurologists will bode well for the drug’s launch. On account of UCB’s well-established presence in the epilepsy market, as well as brivaracetam’s promising Phase IIb data and long patent life, Datamonitor forecasts sales of brivaracetam to reach $502 million by 2015 and successfully offset generic erosion of Keppra from 2009 onwards. Therefore, despite the anticipated launch of five anticonvulsants before the end of 2011, brivaracetam will play a key role in maintaining UCB’s leading position in the epilepsy market in the future.

NALC Health Benefit Plan Selects CIGNA HealthCare to Offer Members More Physician and Hospital Choices With Expanded Services at Lower Cost

The National Association of Letter Carriers (NALC) Health Benefit Plan announced today that it has selected CIGNA to offer NALC members an expanded nationwide provider network, as well as a broad array of new health services with lower premiums and out of pocket costs than in previous years.

Effective January 1, 2008, NALC Health Benefit Plan** members will have access to:

More than one million CIGNA HealthCare in-network preferred provider (PPO) locations.

Improved benefit programs, including 100% coverage for PPO hospital room/board charges and 100% coverage for maternity benefits for PPO hospital, delivery and anesthesia.

Member-friendly health advocacy services such as CIGNA Healthy Pregnancies, Healthy Babies® program, 24-hour NurseLine and case management.

Online health improvement tools that help members compare physician, hospital and prescription drug costs and quality to improve care and lower out of pocket costs.

Healthy Rewards® discount program that helps members stay healthy and get healthy, including discounts for weight loss program, fitness centers, exercise and relaxation programs, vitamins/herb supplements, massage therapy, also discounts for vision, Lasik surgery, hearing care and more. Note: These are non-Federal Employee Health Benefits. (FEHB)

CIGNAPlus Savings voluntary dental discount program, for members to purchase discounts on dental care (may not be available in all areas). (Note: This is a non-FEHB benefit.)

“Access to CIGNA HealthCare’s nationwide network of high quality PPO doctors and hospitals and effective health care programs are welcome additions for the 300,000 eligible Letter Carriers who are seeking a health plan that focuses on improving their health and lowering their costs,” said William H. Young, President of the National Association of Letter Carriers.

“We are very pleased to be working for the NALC Health Benefit Plan, a recognized service leader among federal employee health plans. It is a privilege to work with their outstanding team of Plan Professionals to deliver enhanced network and wellness services to the NALC Health Benefit Plan membership,” said CIGNA HealthCare Taft-Hartley & Federal Business Segment Leader, Kim Bimestefer.

For more information regarding these new features, visit the NALC Health Benefit Plan website at www.nalc.org/depart/hbp.

** This is a brief description of the features of the NALC Health Benefit Plan. Before making a final decision, please read the Plan’s Federal brochure RI 71-009. All benefits are subject to the definitions, limitations, and exclusions set forth in the Federal brochure.

Note that, as indicated above, not all of the benefits discussed above are FEHB approved benefits. These “non-FEHB benefits” are neither offered nor guaranteed under contract with the FEHB Program, but are made available to all enrollees and family members who become members of the NALC Health Benefit Plan.

About the NALC Health Benefit Plan:

Established in 1889, the National Association of Letter Carriers of the US Postal Service is in all 50 states and US jurisdictions. The NALC Health Benefit Plan is open to all federal and postal employees through the Federal Employees Health Benefit Program.

About CIGNA HealthCare

CIGNA HealthCare, based in Bloomfield, CT, provides medical benefits plans, dental coverage, behavioral health coverage, pharmacy benefits and products and services that integrate and analyze information to support consumerism and health advocacy. “CIGNA HealthCare” is a registered service mark of CIGNA Intellectual Property, Inc., licensed for use by CIGNA Corporation (NYSE:CI) and its operating subsidiaries, including Connecticut General Life Insurance Company. Products and services are provided by such operating subsidiaries and not by CIGNA Corporation. For more information, visit www.cigna.com.

BioMarin Pharmaceuticals: Kuvan Set for Successful Launch

Given that BioMarin Pharmaceuticals’s Kuvan is potentially the only treatment for the rare genetic metabolic disorder phenylketonuria, Datamonitor believes that Wall Street may be underestimating Kuvan’s market potential. Taking into account the high levels of unmet need in this disease, combined with promising late-stage data, Datamonitor predicts US sales of $403 million in 2011 for Kuvan.

Phenylketonuria (PKU) is a rare genetic metabolic disorder that affects approximately one in 15,000 births in the US. PKU is characterized by the body’s inability to metabolize phenylalanine (Phe) to tyrosine. Presently, the only treatment for elevated Phe levels is life-long diet restriction and/or low-Phe medical formula. Adherence to a restricted diet after infancy is particularly challenging, creating the demand for a therapeutic drug that would grant patients dietary freedom.

In the pivotal Phase III trial, Kuvan showed that it provided a clinically significant decrease in blood Phe levels compared to placebo, while the extension trial produced positive data regarding dose responsiveness and tolerability. Additionally, the diet study confirmed that Kuvan could be used in combination with diet to increase Phe intake. Kuvan is expected to receive a timely regulatory approval without any setbacks in Q4 2007(PDUFA date set for November 25th 2007), and Datamonitor believes that Kuvan will be indicated for patients aged four and up, which would exclude newborns.

As Kuvan will be the only medical treatment for PKU, health plans have indicated that they will have to bear the cost of Kuvan therapy regardless of how high that cost is. Given that a yearly therapy for Schircks Laboratories’s tetrahydrobiopterin (BH4), if commercially available, would be approximately $33,000, and assuming a 35% price premium for Kuvan compared to tetrahydrobiopterin, the price point for Kuvan could be $20,000 higher than the Wall Street consensus. Indeed, the price could still be higher than this estimate.

Based on interviewed physicians’ excitement surrounding Kuvan, Datamonitor expects the drug to achieve rapid adoption upon FDA approval. Following an anticipated late Q4 2007 launch, US sales are forecast at $7 million in 2007, rising to $180 million in 2008 and $403 million in 2011. This forecast does not include patients aged 0-3 years, but note that this patient group could account for an additional $13 million to $24 million of sales at peak, depending on the final price point.

For more information on this and similar research, please contact Datamonitor at +1 212 686 7400 or visit www.datamonitor.com/healthcare.

1st Test-Tube Baby Born in Bangladesh

1st test-tube baby born in Bangladesh

DHAKA, Oct. 24 (Xinhua) — The first test-tube baby in Bangladesh was born at Square Fertility Center in the capital Dhaka on Sept. 30, local newspaper The Daily Star reported Wednesday.

Since its inception in December 2006, a large number of women sought treatment here and many of them conceived through intra- uterine insemination (IUI) method.

But Mrs Khan, 37, was the first mother who gave birth to a child through in-vitro fertilisation (IVF) or test-tube method.

She had been trying to have a baby since her marriage 18 years ago.

In association with an expert physician of Mount Elizabeth Hospital of Singapore and an Embryologist of Care IVF Centre, Dr Zakiur Rahman, a consultant gynaecologist of Square Fertility Center, had accomplished this difficult task.

Both the mother and the baby are in sound health now.

(c) 2007 Xinhua News Agency – CEIS. Provided by ProQuest Information and Learning. All rights Reserved.

Pharmacist Pleads Guilty: Former Princeton Druggist Admits Illegal Sales

By Bill Bartleman, The Paducah Sun, Ky.

Oct. 25–Former Princeton pharmacist Kent W. Reed on Wednesday admitted to U.S. District Judge Tom Russell that he was guilty of eight charges of selling prescription drugs to a police informant.

Assistant U.S. Attorney Davis Weiser recommended a three-year prison sentence and a $156,000 payment to the federal government to avoid forfeiture of real estate Reed owns on Lisanby Point Road in eastern Caldwell County and Jefferson Street in Princeton. Reed made some of the drug sales at those locations, making them eligible for forfeiture.

Russell will sentence Reed on Feb. 12.

Reed, 66, was indicted on April 10 for illegal sale of prescription drugs including Lortab, OxyContin and Dilaudid. He was released on bond but rearrested two weeks later after making additional sales to an informant working with the Pennyrile Drug Task Force.

After his second arrest, his $50,000 bond was revoked, and he has remained in federal custody.

Reed told Russell that he graduated from pharmacy school in 1966, and after working for others for four years, he opened his own pharmacy in Princeton.

In 1996, he sold the pharmacy but continued to work for the new owner until 2005.

For the last two years, he has worked as a “fill in” at other pharmacies, most of them in Marshall County.

Reed also told Russell that he is taking medication for Parkinson’s disease, high blood pressure, diabetes and thyroid problems, but that those drugs are not affecting his ability to understand the consequences of his guilty plea.

Russell told Reed that there is no probation or parole in the prison system, and that he’ll have to serve his entire sentence.

He will receive credit for the time he has served.

The maximum penalty for the eight drug charges is 100 years in prison and a $5 million fine.

The charges are that between Jan. 29 and April 23, Reed sold more than 1,000 pills to informants. A majority of the pills were either Lortab and oxycodone, highly addictive pain medication.

—–

To see more of The Paducah Sun, or to subscribe to the newspaper, go to http://www.paducahsun.com.

Copyright (c) 2007, The Paducah Sun, Ky.

Distributed by McClatchy-Tribune Information Services.

For reprints, email [email protected], call 800-374-7985 or 847-635-6550, send a fax to 847-635-6968, or write to The Permissions Group Inc., 1247 Milwaukee Ave., Suite 303, Glenview, IL 60025, USA.

Berger Defends Hospital Closings: Commission Chairman Says Report’s Findings Were Made to Benefit Patients

By Lauren Stanforth, Albany Times Union, N.Y.

Oct. 25–ALBANY — To many hospital workers around the state, Berger is a bad word.

The reason is because last year’s Berger Commission report single-handedly laid the groundwork for nine hospital closures and the reconfiguration of 47 more statewide.

Stephen Berger, the chairman of the commission, formally known as the Commission on Health Care Facilities in the 21st Century, knows what his reputation is now with those in government and health care alike.

“I’m a walking toxic Superfund site,” Berger joked Wednesday during a small talk at the Nelson A. Rockefeller Institute of Government. “So no one in government wants to get anywhere near me.”

Despite how some might feel about the former state Social Services commissioner, Berger made no apologies about the recommendations the commission made, which were ultimately all approved by the state Legislature.

None of the closures or mergers were personal, he said. The commission was trying to restructure a broken health care system by lifting up the healthiest institutions to provide the best service to patients, he said. Berger, now chairman of a private New York investment firm, said no one disagreed with the concept. But when it came time to make hard decisions, everyone thought the theory did not apply to their institutions.

“We have a system that’s provider-driven, that’s institution-driven,” he told the group of about 50 people from state health care interests. “It is not consumer-driven, it is not customer-driven.”

The few who attended from locally affected hospitals included Bellevue Woman’s Hospital CEO Anne Saile and some of her staff. The commission recommended Bellevue close, but the 40-bed Niskayuna hospital is instead being taken over by Ellis Hospital next week. Meanwhile, Ellis and St. Clare’s hospitals in Schenectady are working out a future merger between them, thanks to the Berger Commission’s report.

Saile said she got to the Rockefeller building on State Street early so she could get a front seat. During a question-and-answer period, Saile asked if the commission thought its recommendations were infallible. Berger said the recommendations didn’t mean the commission thought Bellevue was bad, but that it was trying to make the best judgments for the system overall.

Saile said afterward she’s still not clear on how the closures and mergers will save money — particularly because the state has already given out $362 million to help implement the commission’s recommendations. Berger said during the talk that restructuring isn’t necessarily about money, but strengthening the hospitals that need it.

Berger said the hospital closures and mergers are only a first step. The larger problem is the insurance reimbursement system, which he said forces hospitals to offer highly specialized services, such as advanced cardiac care, because the higher reimbursement covers lower reimbursed services such as maternity.

James Sinkoff, CEO of the Whitney Young Health Center in Albany, attended the talk and said he agreed with many of Berger’s views, but said reimbursement must be changed to reflect how well providers prevent chronic illness. Sinkoff pointed to the problem of hospitals getting approval to expand their emergency rooms when many patients are simply using them for primary care.

“If I improve the health of 100 diabetic patients, then I should be rewarded for that,” Sinkoff said. Lauren Stanforth can be reached at 454-5697 or by e-mail at [email protected].

—–

To see more of the Albany Times Union, or to subscribe to the newspaper, go to http://www.timesunion.com.

Copyright (c) 2007, Albany Times Union, N.Y.

Distributed by McClatchy-Tribune Information Services.

For reprints, email [email protected], call 800-374-7985 or 847-635-6550, send a fax to 847-635-6968, or write to The Permissions Group Inc., 1247 Milwaukee Ave., Suite 303, Glenview, IL 60025, USA.

Robert ‘Slim Short’ Allen, 80: Fixture of Eastern N.C. Broadcasting Started in Radio, Was on TV for Decades

By Jerry Allegood, The News & Observer, Raleigh, N.C.

Oct. 24–GREENVILLE — Robert A. Allen, a radio and television announcer better known to generations of Eastern North Carolina residents as the folksy Slim Short, died Sunday. He was 80.

For 34 years, Allen was host and producer of “Carolina Today,” an early morning talk and news show on WNCT-TV in Greenville. The show, which ended in 1997, was a staple for early risers.

“If you grew up in Eastern North Carolina, you knew Slim Short,” said a family friend, Sammy Gay of Walstonburg. “I always felt he was our own personal version of Andy Griffith.”

Gay, 55, said he listened to Allen regularly when he was a boy, first on radio and later on television. He recalled Allen’s program on a local radio station when his partner was a bantam rooster named Cicero.

The rooster often seemed to crow on cue with Allen’s jokes and observations. Allen once told an interviewer that his trick was to wait until the rooster stretched his neck before crowing. Then he asked, “Isn’t that right, Cicero?”

Gay said he followed Allen when he took his program and Slim Short persona to television in 1959. “That’s who we listened to while getting dressed,” he said.

A native of Kinston, Allen began his broadcast career on WFTC radio in his hometown. He worked at several stations, including WGTM in Wilson.

Allen’s daughter-in-law, JoAnn Allen, said that at that time he worked as an announcer and also hosted a country music program. A friend suggested that he needed separate names for each of his jobs. By one account, he took Short from a phone book because he thought it was funny and a station manager added Slim.

“Nobody knows me by any other name except close friends and bill collectors,” he once said.

In early years he wore a derby and striped vest, but he later gave up the derby.

For many years the show had four hosts. “We had a newsman, a farm news man, a weatherman and then me — I don’t know what you called me,” Allen said in a 1997 interview.

Allen and his co-hosts interviewed hundreds of local residents, giving free publicity to countless fundraisers for schools and fire departments.

Friends and family said the down-home style was not an act.

“He was the same in person,” said JoAnn Allen, his daughter-in-law. “He acted the same and was kind to everyone.”

John Moore, who worked with Allen from 1991 to 1995, said he learned more from Allen in 18 months than he could have in broadcast school. He said Allen taught him how to talk with anyone on any level.

“He said, ‘Put yourself on their level, eyeball to eyeball,’ ” Moore said.

He said Allen’s reputation and fame won’t be matched.

“He was the star in Eastern North Carolina,” Moore said.

[email protected] or (252) 752-8411

—–

To see more of The News & Observer, or to subscribe to the newspaper, go to http://www.newsobserver.com.

Copyright (c) 2007, The News & Observer, Raleigh, N.C.

Distributed by McClatchy-Tribune Information Services.

For reprints, email [email protected], call 800-374-7985 or 847-635-6550, send a fax to 847-635-6968, or write to The Permissions Group Inc., 1247 Milwaukee Ave., Suite 303, Glenview, IL 60025, USA.

6 Wayne State OB-GYN Doctors Quit

By Patricia Anstett, Detroit Free Press

Oct. 23–Wayne State University’s nationally renowned obstetrics and gynecology department is in turmoil after the departure of its chairman and the resignations Monday of six physicians.

They are the latest in what many expect to be a wave of changes ahead at the medical school, the largest in the United States on a single campus.

The latest exodus in the department — which historically has been rocked by controversy and resignations, even while gaining top national grants and awards — started with the departure two weeks ago of Dr. John Malone, Jr., chairman of the obstetrics and gynecology department for eight years.

Malone said Tuesday he was “relieved” of his duties because of a “difference of opinion” with WSU medical school dean, Dr. Robert Mentzer, Jr.

Then Monday, the six other physicians resigned. They are Susan Hendrix and her husband, Gene McNeeley, Jr.; Dave Kmak, director of the OB/GYN residency program; Renee Page, Lori Billis and Diane Vista-Deck. The main number for the doctors was disconnected on Tuesday and none could be reached for comment.

In a brief statement to the Free Press, Mentzer said the department “is currently in the process of transition, which includes the recruitment of new faculty and the departure of others.”

The changes come at a time when Hutzel Women’s Hospital, a Detroit Medical Center facility staffed by WSU doctors, is seeing a big upsurge in patients once served at the now closed obstetrics department of St. John Detroit Riverview Hospital.

Contact PATRICIA ANSTETT at 313-222-5021 or [email protected].

—–

To see more of the Detroit Free Press, or to subscribe to the newspaper, go to http://www.freep.com

Copyright (c) 2007, Detroit Free Press

Distributed by McClatchy-Tribune Information Services.

For reprints, email [email protected], call 800-374-7985 or 847-635-6550, send a fax to 847-635-6968, or write to The Permissions Group Inc., 1247 Milwaukee Ave., Suite 303, Glenview, IL 60025, USA.

North Jersey Teacher Sex Arrests Up ; Technology Increasing Opportunity

By KATHLEEN CARROLL, LESLIE BRODY, RICHARD COWEN and CAROLYN SALAZAR, STAFF WRITERS

A compulsory striptease in the principal’s office. Rough sex play after wrestling practice. Fondling students during gym class.

Thirteen North Jersey educators have been arrested for these and other sexual crimes against their students in the last five years, a review by The Record has found. The numbers reflect a small proportion of the overall teaching force, but point to a persistent pattern of manipulation and abuse.

“In any crime, you need access and opportunity,” said Chief Assistant Prosecutor Joseph Del Russo, who heads the sex crimes unit in the Passaic County Prosecutor’s Office. “In a school setting, there is unfettered access and unlimited opportunity for a molester.”

Of those arrested, 11 have pleaded guilty to a variety of crimes, ranging from sexual assault to child cruelty. Two are awaiting trial.

Prosecutors and experts on the subject see several trends that have made these cases more prevalent. Students and families are more likely to come forward, encouraged by reports of convictions and a societal crackdown on sexual predators. School administrators, historically loath to involve police in campus matters, now work closely with law enforcement agencies through school resource officers and drug- and gang-awareness programs. And “there’s more opportunity” for molesters, and for police intent on catching them, Del Russo said.

“Twenty or 30 years ago, you didn’t have cellphones, computers, text messaging. You didn’t have the kind of easy access between students and teachers that you have now,” he said. “In every case I’ve seen since 2000, the relationship between the student and the teacher has been fostered or facilitated by e-mail.”

And that has made chasing down allegations easier, because there’s a trail of communication to follow.

Take the case of James Darden, a beloved and award-winning middle- school teacher in Teaneck. After he was arrested on charges that he had sex with an eighth-grade student, prosecutors reported that he had admitted the crime in an online chat with his accuser. He was indicted and is awaiting trial.

Proceedings will resume Tuesday in another local case: Roy Hermalyn, a former assistant superintendent of Englewood schools, faces charges of molesting three teenage students and paying one of them for sex. Attorneys are now picking jurors for the trial in Superior Court in Hackensack.

“From the most decorated teacher that is well-known and well- liked in the school and community, to teachers that are not so well- liked we see them all,” said Assistant Prosecutor Liliana Silebi, who directs the sex crimes unit at the Bergen County Prosecutor’s Office. “It doesn’t matter who it is, if they are in position of power, sometimes they will abuse that power.”

Vulnerable victims

Students are more empowered than ever to report abuse they are taught in health class to identify inappropriate behavior and tell a trusted adult as soon as something happens. So the typical victim is a student who may lack the confidence to report such a problem, or is hungry for approval and special attention.

“The top students in class are going to stand up for themselves and report it right away,” Silebi said. “So they target kids with problems at home, with emotional issues and low self-esteem.”

Experts say abuse remains widely underreported, with an estimated nine out of 10 incidents never revealed. But awareness of the problem has increased, and teachers have become more cautious in their behavior, particularly when it comes to supportive hugs and squeezes.

“It definitely is a heightened atmosphere,” said Kathy Coulibaly, spokeswoman for the New Jersey Education Association. The union conducts training seminars for teachers on boundaries in student relationships, on strategies to prevent them from having their meaning misconstrued.

“A kindergarten child might say to their teacher, ‘I love you,’ ” Coulibaly said. “What’s the correct response to make a child feel protected and feel special, but at the same time make sure everybody understands that this situation is not inappropriate? Generally, it is just ‘Thank you.’ “

No solo encounters

Officials in Teaneck have begun to offer their own training in the wake of Darden’s case and another high-profile scandal. Former Teaneck High School Principal Joe White admitted in July that he engaged in sexual conversations with a 17-year-old student and asked the boy to lower his pants in order to receive a recommendation.

Before school started this September, lawyers met with district staff to make sure everyone understood sexual harassment policies. The district also has decided that one-on-one tutoring must be performed in public settings, such as a cafeteria, and reemphasized its policy that no employees are ever to be alone with a student in a classroom with the door closed, said spokesman David Bicofsky.

Such solo encounters are when molesters find their opportunity. Robert Quinn, the former athletic director at Leonia High School, repeatedly invited a 17-year-old student into his office after wrestling practice for massages and spanking sessions. The encounters continued for two years, until the boy told a classmate, who alerted school officials. Quinn eventually was sentenced to five years of probation and lifelong parole supervision.

Cases unreported

Even when a teacher is arrested or convicted, the state office in charge of revoking teacher licenses doesn’t always find out. County prosecutors and school districts usually notify the state Department of Education when teachers are convicted of a crime. But they are not legally obligated to do so.

Reporting by prosecutors is not 100 percent, “and that in fact is an issue. There’s not a statutory requirement to these reports,” said Robert Higgins, director of the Education Department’s Office of Licensure and Credentials. Meanwhile, school districts are required to tell the licensing office only when an accused or convicted teacher retires or resigns.

“Someone can be accused or even indicted but not resign or retire,” he said.

These reporting loopholes have allowed at least five local school district employees to keep their jobs after committing crimes, a Record investigation in March found. They include a Fort Lee school janitor who had been convicted on child abuse charges. A state audit in August found an additional six workers in 21 school districts who had committed crimes, concluding that “there continues to be a risk that disqualified individuals are employed by New Jersey districts.”

But that begs the question: Didn’t anyone notice the inappropriate behavior? Educators are legally obligated to report any suspicions to the state’s Division of Youth and Family Services, or DYFS, and they receive training once a year on the topic.

Some schools have lax atmospheres that may normalize certain forms of harassment, such as a sexualized comment or a slap on the buttocks in the locker room, said Susan Esquilin, a professor at the Center for Child Advocacy at Montclair State University and a psychologist who works with children in abuse cases. Schools also may fail to set clear boundaries for student-teacher relationships, especially when they continue outside of school.

“Often, the teachers who get involved with children [inappropriately] are the most popular ones that get involved with students off school grounds,” she said. “It seems on the surface like these are friendly efforts to get the children involved in a positive way, by taking them on fishing trips or to movies.”

Victim moved in

Paterson teacher Jodi Thorp began a sexual relationship with a 14- year-old boy who was a member of her after-school group, Helping Underprivileged Gifted Students, or HUGS. Thorp took HUGS members on overnight trips to Florida and Washington, D.C., and hosted weekend sleepovers at her Mendham Township home. Her victim even moved into the Thorp home, with his mother’s permission, so he could attend the town’s first-rate public schools.

A year later, allegations surfaced that Thorp had had at least 20 sexual encounters with the boy, and also had encouraged him not to testify against her in court. She faced up to 15 years if convicted. She pleaded guilty to a single count of sexual contact and eventually served four months in the Morris County Jail earlier this year.

Sentences such as Thorp’s may seem light. But that’s because victims usually are hesitant to testify, making prosecutors amenable to plea deals, Del Russo said. Further, prosecution can be hampered when allegations take years to surface a common situation, because the victims usually see themselves as involved in real, caring relationships with their teachers.

“It’s not that the kids are afraid to tell; the kids think they’re in love,” Esquilin said. “In a few cases I saw in the past year, the cases came out not because the kid told anybody, but because somebody else told somebody or e-mail was intercepted.”

Charisma as a tool

The charisma that makes for great teachers also may help predators “groom” children as prey, said Dr. Nancy Graffin, head of treatment services at the Adult Diagnostic and Treatment Center at Avenel, a state facility for sex offenders.

“It’s not unusual for someone who victimizes children to be particularly comfortable and adept at relating to children,” she said. “It’s part of the purposeful setting up of sex offending to gain the trust of children and their families.”

Popular teachers often inspire loyal supporters. Hundreds of people including an entire eighth-grade class raised $400,000 to make bail for Jose Cruz, a Midland Park gym teacher who worked at St. Leo’s School in Elmwood Park and St. Anne’s School in Fair Lawn. He later pleaded guilty to fondling nine girls, ages 8 to 11, on their breasts, thighs and behinds, and was sentenced to five years of probation.

And so Graffin offers this reminder to parents: Children are more likely to be abused by someone they know than by a stranger.

“Parents need to be mindful of teachers showing an interest that’s too good to be true,” she said. “People need to not just give blanket approval to someone just because they have status as a teacher.”

***

(SIDEBAR)

Sexual misconduct

Teacher cases since 2002:

Pleaded guilty

Adam Feldman

December 2002

Gym teacher at Park Ridge High School

Pleaded guilty to three counts of child endangerment

Five years’ probation and a $7,700 fine

Lisa Bell

February 2003

Teacher at Paterson Catholic Regional High School

Pleaded guilty to child cruelty charges

Five years’ probation

Jodi Thorp

February 2003

Teacher at School 24 in Paterson

Pleaded guilty to criminal sexual contact

Four months in jail

Jasmin Ramos

February 2004

Teacher aide, Passaic High School

Pleaded guilty to sexual assault

300 days in jail

Harold Anthony

March 2004

Teacher assistant at Piermont Career Campus in Rockleigh

Pleaded guilty to aggravated sexual contact

180 days in jail

Robert Quinn

March 2004

athletic director at Leonia High School

Pleaded guilty to child endangerment

Five years’ probation

Jose Cruz

March 2005

Gym teacher at St. Leo’s Grammar School in Elmwood Park

Pleaded guilty to nine counts of child endangerment

Five years’ probation

Randy Zellea

October 2005

Substitute teacher from Saddle Brook

Pleaded guilty to child cruelty

Two years’ probatiom

Timothy Zisa

April 2006

History teacher and coach at Wayne Hills High School

Pleaded guilty to child cruelty

Five years’ probation

Joe White

June 2006

Principal at Teaneck High School

duct and child endangerment

Pleaded guilty to official misconduct and child endangerment

Awaiting sentencing

Maria C. Saco

October 2006

Teacher at Lincoln Middle School in Passaic

Pleaded guilty to child endangerment

One year in jail

Awaiting trial

Roy Hermalyn

June 2002

Assistant superintendent in Englewood

Charged with criminal sexual contact

James Darden

June 2007

Teacher at Teaneck Middle School

Charged with sexual assault and misconduct

***

Staff Writer Kibret Markos contributed to this article. E-mail: [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]

***

(c) 2007 Record, The; Bergen County, N.J.. Provided by ProQuest Information and Learning. All rights Reserved.

Integration: Helping to Get Our Kids Moving and Learning

By Hall, Erin M

Abstract Over the past decade, schools and teachers alike have had increased pressure placed upon them with respect to student academic performance (Maeda & Murata, 2004). As a result of this focus targeting academic performance on standardized tests, the quality and quantity of elementary school based physical education programs are slowly dwindling. However, there is hope within our grasp. Integration, defined as combining two or more subject areas to help students understand and learn through different modes, is neither a new topic nor discovery. Research on physical activity and physical fitness has provided strong evidence for integration as a major teaching method to help increase student learning (Blaydes, 2000; California Department of Education, 2005; Michaud & Wild, 1991; NASPE, 2002). Integration is not only suspected of enhancing student academic performance, it also allows for the invaluable structured physical education curriculum to be taught as well as benefited by all students.

Our Reality

Over the past decade, schools and teachers alike have had increased pressure placed upon them with respect to student academic performance (Maeda & Murata, 2004). The federal initiative passed in 2001, No Child Left Behind Act, has been the most recent challenge placed in front of them. The reality of this scrutinized focus toward academic performance, is that the quality and quantity of elementary school based physical education programs are slowly dwindling (e.g., fewer elementary physical education specialists and less time participating in structured physical education). “As states conduct standardized tests to hold schools and students accountable, content that is not tested, such as physical education, has become a lower priority” (National Association for Sport and Physical Education [NASPE] & American Heart Association [AHA], 2006, p.6). Certified/licensed elementary physical education teachers are only required in 28 states. Thirty-one states grant temporary/ emergency certificates to teach elementary school physical education. Thirty-three states allow elementary physical education teachers to be hired using alternative certification (NASPE & AHA). Only 8% of elementary schools provide daily physical education (e.g., 150 minutes per week) for the entire school year (Burgeson, Wechsler, Brener, Young, & Spain, 2001). Laws, mandates and administration policies are limiting students’ participation in physical education, not parents and teachers, hi fact, “more than 75% of parents and teachers believe that school boards should not eliminate physical education for budgetary reasons or because of the need to meet stricter academic standards” (NASPE & AHA, p. 1).

When the data pertaining to elementary physical education programs highlighted above is considered along with the general health practices seen in the US today, the challenges facing school physical education programs appear even greater. A report from the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (2000) indicates that reduced physical activity levels and an increase in poor eating habits and sedentary lifestyles in the United States have been a major cause of the increased prevalence of obesity leading to type II diabetes, high blood pressure, heart disease, and other negative effects on one’s health which are all preventable causes of premature death.

Integration to the Rescue

How can we help our students avoid this downward spiral? There is hope within our grasp. Integration, defined as combining two or more subject areas to help students understand and learn through different modes, is neither a new topic nor discovery. Research on physical activity and physical fitness has provided strong evidence for integration as a major teaching method to help increase student learning (Blaydes, 2000; California Department of Education, 2005; Michaud & Wild, 1991; NASPE, 2002). Instead of teachers cutting physical education out of their day to fit in all of their “core” subject matter, they can integrate it to reinforce subject matter and allow students to get daily physical activity. Jensen (2005) supports daily quality physical education and explains how increased physical activity can impact a student’s performance and elevate test scores. Dwyer, Sallis, Blizzard, Lazarus, and Dean (2001) have also conducted research stating that exercise improves classroom behavior and academic performance. Integration not only allows us to reinforce other subject matter, it allows us to do it in a way that “provides greater access to the curriculum helping students to excel in learning” (Mitchel & Kernodle, 2004, p. 31), while increasing the much needed amount of quality structured physical activity students receive (i.e., physical education). Physical Education refers to a structured physical activity curriculum that meets state and national standards. Physical activity, on the other hand, refers to movements of the body in general, following no specific curriculum.

Through the research of Coker (1996), Gardner (1983, 1993), and Kolb (1984), a wide spectrum of learning styles has been identified. Individuals process and retain information in different ways and demonstrate intellectual ability differently. As teachers, we have to remember that each student we encounter is a unique individual with unique learning needs. The more we know about each child, the better we can be at designing lesson plans that best accommodate all of our students (Wolfe, 2001). Physical education is a unique subject matter in that it allows us to teach using verbal instruction, visual demonstrations and kinesthetic movement. Integrating physical education and “core” subject matter, allows for multiple learning styles to be targeted. This increases the opportunities students have to use the various learning styles that best fit them to take in more information and allow for learning to occur.

Movement as the Foundation to Learning

As stated previously, the current brain research supports the idea of movement integration with other subject matter, citing many benefits for our students (Blaydes, 2000; California Department of Education, 2005; Michaud & Wild, 1991; NASPE, 2002). One benefit includes the foundation for how we learn information. For learning to occur, new information must be engrained within a student’s neural networks (Mears, 2003). The process by which this engraining of information occurs appears to be achieved through movement (Hannaford, 1995). As the sensory fibers are “recruited” during movement, they carry impulses from the muscles to the brain. It is at this moment that the engraining process occurs. The more muscles activated while learning new information, the stronger these engrained pieces of information will become (Mears). When introduced in this way, the more muscle groups and fibers recruited during physical activities integrated with subject matter concepts, the stronger and more concrete the learning. Middleton and Strick (1994) support this theory with their research identifying the part of the brain that processes movement, the cerebellum, as the same part of the brain that processes learning. Thus, when the movement part of the brain is stimulated, so is the learning part of the brain.

Brain Chemistry 101

Many benefits to the brain have been directly linked to being physically active. It has been found that exercise triggers the production and flow of BDNF (a brain-derived neurotrophic factor) (Kesslak, Patrick, So, Cotman, & Gomez-Pinilla, 1998; Kinoshita, 1997). BDNF is a chemical that helps neurons communicate with one another. With increased BDNF circulating in the brain, a greater amount of neurons are able to exchange and retain information, enabling individuals to understand, comprehend, remember, and retrieve more information and at a quicker rate. Blaydes (2000), found that students who sit for longer than twenty minutes experience a decrease in the flow of BDNF. In contrast, physical movement, such as stretching every 20 minutes in the classroom, can help stimulate the BDNF in a child’s brain and help learning occur more easily. This being said, structured physical education and being physically active, in general, can help stimulate learning by increasing the flow of BDNF within our student’s brain, which further lends support for integration.

Food for Thought

Another benefit of physical activity is an increased blood flow to the brain. With the increased functioning of the cardiovascular system that results from regular exercise, more blood volume is circulated throughout the entire body. This increased blood flow helps provide more nutrients, namely glucose and oxygen, to the brain. The brain makes up approximately 2% of an adult’s weight; however it consumes about 20% of the body’s energy (Jensen, 2005). Without the oxygen- rich blood flow to the brain the body loses consciousness in seconds. Higher levels of attention, mental functioning, and healing are linked to better quality air (i.e., less carbon dioxide, more oxygen) (Jensen). Structured physical education increases physical activity, which in turn, increases blood flow and oxygen delivery, thus increasing mental functioning.

Stress Kills

Yet another benefit of physical activity on the brain and body is its stress reducing capability. Stress triggers the adrenal glands to produce chemicals, one of which is called cortisol. With the presence of cortisol, the brain is less capable of planning, judging, problem solving, and completing other higher-order skills (Jensen, 2000, 2005; Leamnson, 2000). Prolonged high levels of cortisol lead to the death of brain cells (Ratey, 1996; Sapolsky, 1992; Vincent, 1990), and reduce the number of brain cells produced (Gould, McEwen, Tanapat, Galea, & Fuchs, 1997). Through the use of exercise, we can regulate the level of cortisol produced, reducing the number of brain cells that are disrupted and destroyed. By doing so, we allow for increased brain function. In fact, researchers have reported an increase in the base-line of new neuron growth due to exercise (Van Praag, Kempermann, & Gage, 1999). With the presence of more neurons, increased ability to learn may result. Academics and Physical Fitness

Finally, as reported in recent studies by the California Department of Education (2005), and NASPE (2002), a distinct relationship between academic achievement and the physical fitness of California’s public school students exists. These research studies display individually matched reading and mathematics scores from the spring 2001 and 2004 administration of the Stanford Achievement Test, Ninth Edition (SAT-9), and the California Standards Tests (CSTs) respectively, with the results of the state- mandated physical fitness test, FITNESSGRAM, given in 2001 and 2004 to students in grades five, seven, and nine. The results revealed a significant relationship between the two types of scores that were matched (California Department of Education, 2005; NASPE, 2002). Specifically, it was found that those students who met minimum fitness levels in three or more physical fitness areas on the FITNESSGRAM physical fitness test scored high on the math and reading sections of the SAT-9 and CST. Whereas, those students who failed to meet the minimum physical fitness levels were also found to score low on the math and reading sections of the SAT-9 and CST.

However, we should be cautiously optimistic with these recent research findings and reports. Learning is not done in isolation, but in fact is multifaceted, in which there are numerous factors and components that affect learning. Physical education and being physically active are only one of the many factors that may have an effect on academic performance. Nevertheless, the current research findings provide strong support for integrating structured physical education with other subject matter to enhance learning. As Physical Educators, we should not abandon our own curriculum to reinforce classroom subject matter concepts. We must stand fast and teach our curriculum while adding in the classroom subject matter as a reinforcer.

Remember, we are striving to teach individuals how to be skillful, knowledgeable and confident movers promoting a healthy, active lifestyle throughout their lifetime (NASPE, 1995; NASPE & AHA, 2006).

The priorities in education continue to be on the development of the mind, often to the detriment of the body. A balance between both entities appears to be a logical goal since both are needed and used throughout one’s lifetime (Maeda & Murata, 2004, p. 46). Also, when learning experiences incorporate movement, learning is more efficient, comprehension is clearer, thought processes are better connected, and learning is fun (Leppo & Davis, 2005, p. 16).

This is why we should use integrative teaching methods. More specifically, this is why classroom teachers should integrate their lessons with the structured physical education curriculum, and vice versa. This teaching method is even more critical when the elementary school does not have a physical education specialist on hand to ensure children are receiving the recommended, muchneeded, and truly beneficial structured daily physical activity.

Integrated Resources

The following is a list of integration lesson plan resources that are very beneficial and useful for those wanting to integrate different subject matter into their physical education curriculum. Use these materials as is or add your own creative twists and create new and improved lesson plans that specifically fit your curriculum and your students’ interests.

Books with Lesson Plans

Blaydes, J. (2000). Thinking on your feet. Richardson, TX: Action Based Learning.

Cone, T., Werner, P., Cone, S., & Woods, A. (1998). Interdisciplinary teaching through physical education. Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics.

Hastie, P., & Martin, E. (2006). Teaching elementary physical education: Strategies for the classroom teacher. Pearson Education, Inc. publishing as Benjamin Cummings: San Francisco, CA.

Human Kinetics, & Pettifor, B. (1999). Physical education methods for the classroom teachers. Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics.

Kovar, S., Combs, C., Campbell, K., NapperOwen, G., & Worrell, V. (2007). Elementary classroom teachers as movement educators (2nd ed.). New York, NY: McGraw Hill.

Purcell, T. (1994). Teaching children dance: Becoming a master teacher. Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics.

Ratliffe, T., & Ratliffe, L. (1994). Teaching children fitness: Becoming a master teacher. Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics.

Articles with Lesson Plans

Math.

Usnick, V., Johnson, R. L., & White, N. (2003, July). Connecting physical education and math. Teaching Elementary Physical Education, 20-23.

Language Arts.

Cone, S., & Cone, T. (2001, July). Language arts and physical education: A natural connection. Teaching Elementary Physical Education, 1417.

Mears, B. (2003, September). The ABCs of effective reading integration: Pre k through first grade. Teaching Elementary Physical Education, 36-39.

Schumacher, J. (1999). Integrating physical education and language arts: What literature do physical education specialists use, and how are physical education and language arts integrated? ERIC, 79.

Williams, L. (2001, January). Creative writing is a moving experience! Teaching Elementary Physical Education, 25-26.

Science.

Ayers, S., & Wilmoth, C. (2003, July). Integrating scientific subdisciplinary concepts into physical education. Teaching Elementary Physical Education, 10-14.

Buchanan, A.M., Howard, C., Martin, E., Williams, L., Childress, R., Bedsole, B., et al. (2002). Integrating elementary physical education and science: A cooperative problemsolving approach. JOPERD, 73(2), 31-36.

Donnelly, F. C. (1999, July). Connect with classroom teachers: Promote learning on the move! Teaching Elementary Physical Education, 27-33.

Hill, C., & Sharland, J.(2001, November). Brown school “year of science” field day: The science of sports. Teaching Elementary Physical Education, 6-8.

Music.

Barney, D., & Mauch, L. (2003, November). Jump bands: Success and fun with rhythms. Teaching Elementary Physical Education, 1416.

Donnelly, F. C. (1999, July). Connect with classroom teachers: Promote learning on the move! Teaching Elementary Physical Education, 27-33.

Pica, R. (1999, July). Music and the movement program. Teaching Elementary Physical Education, 32-33.

Social Studies.

Donnelly, F. C. (1999, July). Connect with classroom teachers: Promote learning on the move! Teaching Elementary Physical Education, 27-33.

Gallavan, N., & Muraoka, D. (2003, July). Ten concepts for integrating social studies and physical education. Teaching Elementary Physical Education, 16-19.

REFERENCES

Blaydes, J. (2000). Action based learningThinking on your feet: 110+ activities that make learning a … moving experience! Richardson, TX: Action Based Learning.

Burgeson, C.R., Wechsler, H., Brener, N.D., Young, J.C., & Spain, C.G. (2001). Physical education and activity: Results from the School Health Policies and Programs Study, 2000. Journal of School Health, 71(1), 279-293.

California Department of Education (2005, March 3). A study of the relationship between physical fitness and academic achievement in California using 2004 test results. Retrieved March 3, 2005, fromhttp://www.cde.ca.gov/ta/ tg/pf/documents/2004pftresults.doc

Coker, C.A. (1996). Accommodating students’ learning styles in physical education. JOPERD, 67(9), 66-68.

Dwyer, T., Sallis, J., Blizzard, L., Lazarus, R., & Dean, K. (2001). Relation of academic performance to physical activity and fitness in children. Pediatric Exercise Science, 13,225237.

Gardner, H. (1983). Frames of mind: The theory of multiple intelligences. New York, NY: Basic Books.

Gardner, H. (1993). Multiple intelligences: The theory in practice. New York, NY: Basic Books.

Gould, E., McEwen, B., Tanapat, P., Galea, L., & Fuchs, E. (1997). Neurogenesis in the dentate gyrus of the adult tree shrew is regulated by psychosocial stress and NMDA receptor activation. Journal of Neuroscience, 77, 24922498.

Hannaford, C. (1995). Smart moves: Why learning is not all in your head. Arlington, VA: Great Ocean Publishers, Inc.

Jensen, E. (2000). Brain-based learning. San Diego, CA: The Brain Store.

Jensen, E. (2005). Teaching with the brain in mind (2nd ed.). Alexandria, VA: Association of Supervision and Curriculum Development.

Kesslak, J., Patrick, V., So, J., Cotman, C., & Gomez-Pinilla, F. (1998, August). Learning upregulates brain-derived neurotrophic factor messenger ribonucleic acid: A mechanism to facilitate encoding and circuit maintenance. Behavioral Neuroscience, 112(4), 1012-1019.

Kinoshita, H. (1997). Run for your brain’s life. Brain-Work 1(1), 8.

Kolb, D.A. (1984). Experimental learning: Experience as the source of learning and development. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: PrenticeHall.

Leamnson, R. (2000). Learning as a biological brain change. Change, 32(6), 34-40.

Leppo, M., & Davis, D. (2005). Movement opens pathways to learning. Strategies, 19(2), 11-16.

Maeda, J.K., & Murata, N.M. (2004). Collaborating with classroom teachers to increase daily physical activity: The GEAR program. JOPERD, 17(5), 42-46.

Mears, B. (2003). The ABCs of effective reading integration. Teaching Elementary Physical Education, 14(5), 36-39. Michaud, E., & Wild, R. (1991). Boost your brain power. Emmaus, PA: Rodale Press.

Middleton, F., & Strick, P. (1994). Anatomical evidence for cerebellar and basal ganglia involvement in higher cognitive function. Science, 266, 458-461.

Mitchel, M., & Kernodle, M. (2004). Using multiple intelligences to teach tennis. JOPERD, 75(8), 27-32.

National Association for Sport and Physical Education (1995). Moving into the future. National standards for physical education: A guide to content and assessment. Reston, VA: Mosby Publications.

National Association for Sport and Physical Education (2002). New study supports physically fit kids perform better academically. NASPE News, 62 (Winter), 16.

National Association for Sport and Physical Education & American Heart Association (2006). 2006 shape of the nation report: Status of physical education in the USA. Reston, VA: National Association for Sport and Physical Education.

Ratey, J. (1996, November). The care and feeding of the brain. Paper presented at the Boston Learning and the Brain Conference, Boston, Massachusetts.

Sapolsky, R. (1992). Stress, the aging brain, and the mechanisms of neuron death. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.

U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (2000). Healthy people 2010: Understanding and improving health. (2nd ed.). Washington, DC: U.S. Government Printing Office.

Van Praag, H., Kempermann, G., & Gage, F.H. (1999, March). Running increases cell proliferation and neurogenesis in the adult mouse dentate gyrus. Nature Neuroscience, 2(3), 266-270.

Vincent, J.D. (1990). The biology of emotions. Cambridge, MA: Basil Blackwell.

Wolfe, P. (2001). Brain matters: Translating research into classroom practice. Alexandria, VA: Association for Supervision and Curriculum Development.

Dr. Erin M. Hall teaches within the Department of Physical Education and Health at California State University, Stanislaus.

Copyright Phi Epsilon Kappa Fraternity Fall 2007

(c) 2007 Physical Educator. Provided by ProQuest Information and Learning. All rights Reserved.

Therapeutic Options for Reducing Sleep Impairment in Allergic Rhinitis, Rhinosinusitis, and Nasal Polyposis

By Storms, William Yawn, Barbara; Fromer, Leonard

Key words: Congestion – Nasal obstruction – Nasal polyposis – Rhinitis – Rhinosinusitis – Sleep ABSTRACT

Background: Patients with inflammatory disorders of the upper airways, such as allergic rhinitis, rhinosinusitis, and nasal polyposis, often have significant sleep disturbances. Poor sleep can lead to fatigue, daytime somnolence, impaired daytime functioning as reflected in lower levels of productivity at work or school, and a reduced quality of life. Although the exact mechanisms by which these inflammatory nasal conditions disturb sleep is not fully understood, congestion appears to be a key factor and is generally the most common and bothersome symptom for patients with these conditions. Successful therapy should improve patients’ sleep and well-being without introducing any negative effects on sleep.

Scope of literature search: Literature searches of Medline, Embase, and abstracts from medical/ scientific conferences were conducted for the period of 1995 through mid-2006 for primary and review articles and conference presentations about sleep disturbance related to allergic rhinitis, rhinosinusitis, and nasal polyposis. These searches also sought to identify articles examining how treatments for those diseases improved sleep and, consequently, patients’ quality of life. Surveys of the impact of congestion on patients’ quality of life and their sleep also were consulted. Clinical studies were selected for discussion if they were randomized, double-blind, and placebo-controlled. Limitations of this review include the absence of any direct comparisons of the effectiveness of different drugs on improving sleep and shortcomings in the statistical methods of the patient surveys.

Findings: Intranasal corticosteroids (INSs) are the most effective medication for reducing congestion in patients with inflammatory nasal conditions. There is a growing amount of evidence that a reduction in congestion with INSs is associated with improved sleep, reduced daytime sleepiness, and enhanced patient quality of life.

Conclusion: Relief of sleep impairment associated with inflammatory disorders of the nose and sinuses can be addressed with INS therapy.

Introduction

Allergic rhinitis (AR), rhinosinusitis, and nasal polyposis are inflammatory disorders of the nose and sinuses that are commonly encountered in clinical practice. Sleep impairment is often a significant problem for patients with these conditions, and should be established and addressed. For example, in a population-based study of 5838 people (data on nasal congestion and sleep problems identified by questionnaire in 4927 participants and by objective laboratory measurement in 911), nearly 75% who either ‘always’ (> 15 nights per month) or Often’ (5-15 nights per month) had nighttime rhinitis symptoms reported chronic nonrestorative sleep1. Similar results were seen in other studies which concluded that nasal congestion is a significant predictor of snoring and that congestion can lead to sleep fragmentation and deprivation, daytime tiredness, and altered behavioral patterns23. Sleep impairment is also reported by patients with rhinosinusitis and nasal polyposis4’5. The sleep disturbances experienced by patients with these conditions include difficulty going to sleep, snoring, interrupted sleep, sleep apnea, and hypopnea. Such disturbances, together with nocturnal symptoms such as congestion, sneezing, rhinorrhea, and pruritus, can reduce patient quality of life and lead to daytime sleepiness, fatigue, irritability, and decreased learning and productivity at school and work.

Congestion (nasal and sinus) is thought to be the main cause of sleep impairment and is a common, and the most bothersome symptom, of all three inflammatory disorders of the upper airways. Other factors that may play a role in causing sleep disturbance include other symptoms of these conditions, inflammatory mediators released as part of the underlying disease processes, and the effects of some of the medications used to treat these disorders.

Intranasal corticosteroids (INSs) improve the symptoms – especially congestion – of AR, rhinosinusitis, and nasal polyposis. In addition, INSs have been shown to improve patients’ sleep and quality of life.

This review summarizes the existing literature about the sleep- associated burden of AR, rhinosinusitis, and nasal polyposis, and examines how it can be managed effectively. Several electronic literature searches of Medline and Embase were conducted in November and December 2005 and in June and July 2006 to identify primary research and review articles addressing the impact on sleep of the three inflammatory nasal and sinus conditions, as well as the effectiveness of treatments for those conditions in improving patients’ ability to sleep and quality of life. The references cited in relevant papers were reviewed for related articles. This search also sought to identify abstracts presented at the annual meetings of the American Academy of Allergy Asthma and Immunology, the American College of Allergy Asthma and Immunology, and the World Allergy Congress by searching supplements of the Journal of Allergy and Clinical Immunology, the Annals of Asthma, Allergy & Immunology, and Allergy and Clinical Immunology International, the journals which publish abstracts from the three congresses, respectively. The words allergic rhinitis, rhinosinusitis (also sinusitis), and nasal polyposis (also polyps) combined with the words sleep, sleep disturbance(s), and sleep impairment(s) were used as search terms. Other search terms included intranasal corticosteroids (also steroids), antihistamines, and immune response mediators with sleep; congestion and sleep; and quality of life and sleep. Searches also were conducted by the brand and generic names of the intranasal corticosteroids – Nasonex (mometasone furcate), Flonase (fluticasone propionate), Rhinocort (budesonide), Beconase or Vancenase (beclomethasone dipropionate), Nasacort (triamcinolone acetonide), and Nasalide or Nasarel (flunisolide) – coupled with the terms on sleep noted above. Both review and primary research papers were consulted, but primary papers were assigned a priority in selecting the data included in this manuscript.

The current burden of AR, rhinosinusitis, and nasal polyposis

Allergic rhinitis, rhinosinusitis, and nasal polyposis affect 2- 40% of the population in the USA and Europe, as shown in Table I6″14.

Symptoms

Congestion is a common, and the most troublesome, symptom of inflammatory disorders of the upper respiratory tract. Nasal congestion is a major symptom of AR, together with rhinorrhea, sneezing, and pruritus of the eyes, nose, and throat15. A large Internet survey of individuals with AR (adults and children) was conducted by an independent market research company, Roper Public Affairs Group of NOP World, New York, New York, on behalf of Schering-Plough Corporation, Kenilworth, New Jersey. Roper Public Affairs Group prepared the survey questions. Participants were part of the NOP World panel of consumers, recruited voluntarily through telephone surveys and Internet advertisements. Eligible individuals were asked to complete the Internet survey, which questioned respondents about the symptoms and effects of AR and its treatment. The survey found that 85% (margin of error +- 2%) of respondents experienced nasal congestion16. Of these respondents, 40% considered their nasal congestion to be severe, and 50% stated that congestion was the most bothersome of their symptoms. This result is similar to that of other patient surveys of adults and adolescents in which congestion (also referred to as a stuffy nose or a stuffy/blocked nose) was found to be the most frequently occurring symptom of AR and the one with the most impact on quality of life17’18.

Table 1. Prevalence of allergie rhinitis, rhinosinusitis, and nasal polyposis

Allergic rhinitis may also cause sinus congestion and blockage. A recent survey of allergy symptoms in the United States and five European countries (France, Germany, Italy, Spain, and the UK) was conducted by an independent market research company, Forbes Consulting Group, on behalf of Schering-Plough. The survey, which focused on patients’ attitudes toward allergy suffering and approaches to allergy treatment, was administered by an online panel of people with allergy (adults and children). Respondents reporting both nasal and sinus congestion had the highest number of ‘suffering days’ per year across all countries19. The symptoms of AR display a circadian rhythm, increasing during the night and peaking in the early morning hours19″21. Fatigue and irritability, the most common morning complaints in this survey, reported by 31-59% and 26-58% of individuals, respectively, depending on the country19, may be a consequence of subjects’ disturbed sleep during the previous night.

The major symptoms of rhinosinusitis and nasal polyposis include congestion/obstruction, nasal discharge or postnasal drip, facial pain/pressure, and, especially in individuals with nasal polyps, reduction or loss of sense of smell10’22. As in AR, congestion/ obstruction, including both nasal and sinus congestion, is typically the most problematic symptom22’23. For individuals with acute rhinosinusitis (ARS), symptoms generally last for up to 4 weeks, although recent information suggests they can persist (continuously or intermittently) for up to 12 weeks22. The most common causes of ARS are viral infection or allergic reaction, both of which induce an inflammatory response, leading to obstruction of the sinus ostia, retention of secretions, and bacterial invasion; these, in turn, produce the signs and symptoms characteristic of ARS and will have an effect on sleep24. Sleep impairment in AR, rhinosinusitis, and nasal polyposis

Allergic rhinitis adversely affects sleep25 in children26, adolescents17, and adults19. Children with AR are three times more likely to have disturbed sleep than unaffected children27. In the survey of allergy sufferers in the United States and five European countries, among the large proportion of patients who reported trouble falling asleep or getting enough sleep, up to 79% reported the problem as disruptive19. Both sleep-disordered breathing (snoring, sleep apnea, and/or hypopnea) and ‘microarousals’, which are brief awakenings that occur many times during the night, but of which patients are unaware, have been associated with AR; they are reviewed in Table 227’3′. These sleep disturbances may be the cause of daytime fatigue in AR patients. Sleep-disordered breathing in children, particularly snoring, is associated with an increased risk of obstructive sleep apnea syndrome32. In fact, nasal obstruction associated with AR and adenoidal hypertrophy causes children to breathe through their mouth and to snore while sleeping32. In a study involving children with snoring problems, McColley et al. found that 36% were sensitized to allergens, which is about three times higher than expected for the general pediatrie population. The frequency of obstructive sleep apnea in these subjects was about 50% greater than in the nonatopic group of children who snored. The authors reported an increased frequency of obstructive sleep apnea in children with AR and suggested an association between snoring and allergy32.

Patients with rhinosinusitis23’33 and nasal polyposis5 also experience sleep disturbances and fatigue. A recent study conducted in France found that the risk of sleep disturbance was more than doubled in patients with nasal polyposis compared with controls, and snoring was reported by a significantly greater proportion of people with nasal polyposis than by those without the condition34.

Table 2. Sleep disturbances associated with allergic rhinitis, rhinosinusitis, and/or nasal polyposis

The effects of sleep impairment

Sleep disturbances from AR, rhinosinusitis, and nasal polyposis can adversely affect cognitive function, daytime alertness, work or school performance, emotion, mood, and social interactions35’39. Daytime fatigue, difficulty concentrating, and decreased psychomotor performance are all commonly reported by individuals with AR37’39’40. Children with AR suffer from reduced learning ability and poor performance at school, compared with healthy children41’42. Adolescents with AR report difficulties getting a good night’s sleep and problems doing their school work17, and children with snoring have poorer school performance than controls43. Sleep-disordered breathing (especially habitual snoring) in children has been associated with hyperactive and inattentive behavior similar to that seen in attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder27’44. The sleep disturbances seen in adult patients with seasonal AR (SAR) and perennial AR (PAR) have also been associated with reduced psychological well-being45.

Causes of sleep impairment

Is congestion the key factor in sleep impairment?

Congestion has been reported to be a significant factor in the sleep impairment and daytime fatigue associated with AR, rhinosinusitis, and nasal polyposis46″48. Nasal congestion (or nasal airway resistance) tends to increase when an individual lays down49. In addition, the normal circadian rhythm increases congestion during the late night and early morning2021. The combination of worsened congestion at night and increased congestion in the recumbent position may be additive, further aggravating sleep problems.

In the large Internet survey of more than 2000 individuals with AR mentioned earlier, approximately half of the respondents reported that nasal congestion woke them up during the night or made it difficult for them to fall asleep16. The adverse effects on sleep were greater among those with severe congestion than in those with mild or moderate congestion. Congestion was the symptom that adults (50%) and caregivers of children (65%) wanted most to prevent, and that was most likely to trigger a visit to a physician (54% and 69%, respectively)16 (Figure 1).

More objective studies have also demonstrated that the congestion associated with rhinitis and other upper respiratory tract disorders may lead to the onset or worsening of sleep disturbances, including obstructive sleep apnea50 and that congestion is a risk factor for habitual snoring1’5′. Indeed, allergic patients with congestion are almost twice as likely to have moderateto-severe sleep-disordered breathing as those without congestion1. Rhinorrhea and, to lesser degrees, pruritus and sneezing, can also interfere with sleep46’48’52.

The suggestion that congestion is largely responsible for the disturbed sleep and daytime sleepiness associated with AR is further supported by data from treatment studies that have shown that relief of congestion reduces these problems5354. Indeed, it has been suggested that physicians should consider evaluation and treatment of this symptom for all patients diagnosed with a sleepdisordered breathing condition55.

Immune response mediators

Inflammatory mediators (specifically, histamine and cytokines) released during allergic reactions may have a role in the sleep impairment associated with AR, rhinosinusitis, and nasal polyposis. Brain histamine is associated with regulation of the sleep-wake cycle56. Increased levels of proinflammatory cytokines have been linked in polysomnography studies to an increased time to onset of rapid eye movement (REM) sleep and a shorter time in REM sleep57. These findings suggest that the mediators may directly effect the central nervous system, where the sleep-wake cycle is regulated, and could contribute to disturbed sleep and feelings of fatigue or sleepiness during the day56″ 58. As with the symptoms of congestion, the levels of these inflammatory mediators peak during the early morning hours, which could explain the greater sleep disturbances during this period and the higher level of AR symptoms upon awakening2859. Treatments that reduce the nocturnal release or activity of inflammatory mediators may decrease central nervous system effects on sleep and, in turn, diminish the associated sleep impairment.

Figure 1. Effects of nasal congestion on sleep in allergic rhinitis’6. Results are expressed as a proportion of all survey respondents. Data were collected in response to the question: ‘In what ways, if any, has the nasal congestion affected you/ your child during the night?’

Effects of therapy

Medication choices for patients with AR, such as second- generation or nonsedating antihistamines, intranasal ipratropium bromide, and INSs, have all been shown to improve health-related quality of life60, but they are not equally effective in reducing congestion and sleep impairment; indeed, some may even have adverse effects on sleep.

Antihistamines

Nonsedating oral antihistamines (e.g. cetirizine, desloratadine, fexofenadine, levocetirizine, and loratadine) are widely used to treat AR, and effectively relieve nasal symptoms such as rhinorrhea, sneezing, and pruritus61. They are generally less effective in relieving congestion, although recent studies have shown some efficacy in reduction of congestion62″65. They are sometimes administered in combination with a decongestant for additional congestion relief8. Intranasal or oral decongestants can effectively reduce congestion, but may have adverse effects on sleep as a result of their stimulatory effects, and are also associated with systemic side effects, such as tachycardia and urinary retention61. Intranasal decongestants should not be used for prolonged periods because of the risk of developing rebound congestion (rhinitis medicamentosa)61. Antihistamine nasal sprays, such as azelastine, can reduce congestion in patients with rhinitis66, and recent studies have shown that this reduction is accompanied by improvements in sleep, ability to perform daily activities67, and quality of life68. It has been suggested that the efficacy of antihistamine nasal sprays, including their greater effectiveness in reducing congestion than oral antihistamines, and their rapid onset of effect, are due to their local action at the inflammatory site68’69. Most studies show that antihistamine nasal sprays are not as effective in relieving congestion as corticosteroid nasal sprays; e.g. in one randomized, controlled trial (N = 44), azelastine did not improve symptoms of congestion as well as flunisolide70. However, a recent study noted that the combination of azelastine plus fluticasone nasal spray improved congestion in patients with SAR to a greater extent than the individual therapies71. Antihistamine nasal sprays can also cause daytime drowsiness72.

lntranasal corticosteroids

Intranasal corticosteroids are the primary treatment option for patients with significant nasal congestion6”73’74. They are effective in relieving congestion associated with AR, ARS, and nasal polyposis10’73’75. Mometasone furoate, for example, has demonstrated efficacy in relieving congestion in all three conditions76″82. Mometasone alleviated congestion in patients with SAR81 and PAR80, nasal congestion and obstruction in nasal polyposis82, and was significantly more effective than amoxicillin or placebo in relieving congestion in patients with ARS77. Results from clinical studies have demonstrated that intranasal fluticasone propionate reduces congestion in patients with AR83, chronic rhinosinusitis84, and nasal polyposis8586. Additionally, it has been reported that sinus pain and pressure are reduced in patients with AR during treatment with fluticasone propionate87. Congestion in patients with AR is also reduced by the INS medications budesonide, flunisolide, and triamcinolone acetonide88’91. Intranasal budesonide has been shown to relieve congestion in patients with chronic rhinosinusitis or nasal polyps92’93.

Intranasal corticosteroids also have been used to treat children with enlarged tonsils and adenoids, which cause sleep apnea and disturbed sleep. Demain et al. administered beclomethasone 336 mug a day or placebo for 8 weeks to a small cohort (N = 17) of children with adenoidal hypertrophy and sleep apnea. Investigators found significant reductions in adenoidal hypertrophy and symptoms such as restless sleep and nasal congestion with INS therapy compared with placebo94.

Numerous small studies have indicated that alleviation of congestion with INSs may have beneficial effects on sleep, daytime sleepiness, and quality of life in patients with inflammatory upper respiratory tract disorders (Table 3)27,53,70,82,88,89,95-103 The sleep-related symptoms that elicit the greatest amount of patient complaints are daytime somnolence or sleepiness and fatigue27,52,88,89,95 and, to a slightly lesser extent, difficulty falling and then remaining asleep88’89. Treatment of adults or children with AR with INSs resulted in significant improvements in subjective assessments of sleep, daytime sleepiness, fatigue, and quality of life, compared with placebo or alternative treatments such as azelastine, although not all sleep-related problems were significantly improved in all studies.

Treatment with INSs also improves sleep and quality of life in patients with rhinosinusitis and nasal polyposis. In schoolchildren with symptomatic rhinitis or chronic rhinosinusitis, therapy with intranasal budesonide for at least 3 months reduced symptoms, improved performance at school and concentration, and decreased the number of sleepless nights (p

Table 3. Clinical studies of the effects of intranasal corticostiroids on sleep and/or quality of life in patients with allergic rhinitis, rhinosinusitis, and nasal polyposis

Table 3. Clinical studies of the effects of intranasal corticostiroids on sleep and/or quality of life in patients with allergic rhinitis, rhinosinusitis, and nasal polyposis

Intranasal corticosteroids are not associated with adverse effects on sleep, such as those observed with decongestants. Further, INSs are safe and well tolerated and, when used properly, exert their beneficiai effects without significant systemic effects104. The mild side effect profile of the INSs is related to intranasal administration placing the drug at the site of inflammation, thereby allowing therapeutic concentrations to be achieved in the nose. In addition, most of the INS is swallowed and undergoes first-pass metabolism in the liver without entering the systemic circulation73. When administered at recommended doses, INSs appear to have a negligible effect on the hypothalamic pituitary adrenal (HPA) axis of children or adults75,76,105,106. Clinical studies have assessed the potential effect of the INSs on HPA axis function using measurements such as knemometry107 (a sensitive noninvasive measure for evaluating lower leg growth), blood and urinary cortisol levels108, cosyntropin stimulation testing109, and stadiometry”0. Most studies concluded that INSs did not affect HPA axis function or have any impact on the rate of growth in children. In one of the few exceptions, lower leg growth velocity as measured by knemometry in children (n = 11) treated with budesonide (given at a high dose of 200 [mu]g BID) was significantly slower after 6 weeks than during a pretreatment run-in period (p

Long-term studies in children with AR have shown that mometasone furoate and fluticasone propionate do not adversely affect growth velocity109. Moreover, the INSs have been shown in long-term clinical studies not to cause nasal atrophy, and mometasone and fluticasone have been found to restore nasal mucosa to normal114″118.

Other treatments

Many people with inflammatory disorders of the upper airways do not see a physician, choosing instead to treat themselves with over- the-counter (OTC) products119’120 such as isotonic/hypertonic saline as a nasal douche; sedating antihistamines such as diphenhydramine, brompheniramine, and chlorpheniramine; and decongestants. The most common oral decongestants vary in efficacy; pseudoephedrine and phenylpropanolamine are effective, but phenylephrine undergoes first- pass metabolism, rendering it considerably less effective at currently recommended doses. Because pseudoephedrine is no longer available as an OTC product, people seeking relief may opt for the less appropriate phenylephrine121. It is important to determine whether patients are using those products or herbal preparations to treat their symptoms, because they may adversely affect sleep.

The anticholinergic agent ipratropium bromide improves rhinorrhea, but usually does not relieve congestion61. Nevertheless, there is some evidence that sleep and quality of life improve during treatment with ipratropium bromide in patients with AR97. A few studies in patients with AR or sleep-disordered breathing have shown an improvement in sleep and quality of life following therapy with a leukotriene receptor antagonist122’123 or a combination of an antihistamine and a leukotriene receptor antagonist124. However, leukotriene receptor antagonists alone or in combination with antihistamines are not as effective as INSs in reducing congestion or improving quality of life in AR patients125’126.

Surgical treatment can improve congestion and quality of life in patients with nasal polyposis127’128 or chronic rhinosinusitis10129. However, nasal polyps tend to recur, and surgery is indicated for chronic rhinosinusitis/nasal polyposis only when conservative, medical treatment, such as INS administration, has failed.

Study limitations

Several limitations of this review should be acknowledged. First, randomized, placebo-controlled, blinded clinical trials comparing the effectiveness in reducing sleep disturbances of the drugs for the three upper respiratory diseases have not been conducted. Comparisons across different classes of drugs (e.g. antihistamines versus INSs) in improving congestion have been reported, but the efficacy of the different INSs in reducing sleep disturbances has not been compared.

second, the Roper survey cited above has some inherent limitations. Only people with nasal congestion could participate, people with more troublesome symptoms may have been more motivated to respond, and the survey was limited to people with Internet access. Consequently, people with symptoms (e.g. rhinorrhea, itching) that were more severe than congestion may have been excluded from the survey. Finally, AR was self-reported and not confirmed by a physician’s diagnosis, so the survey may have included people with rhinitis that did not derive from an allergic reaction16.

Conclusions

Allergic rhinitis has a significant adverse impact on patients’ lives through sleep impairment. Effectively treating congestion, which is associated with sleep disturbances, could be the key to reducing needless patient suffering. Intranasal corticosteroids are the most efficacious treatments for nasal congestion. Moreover, data on sleep-related endpoints from clinical trials with INSs indicate that alleviation of congestion is associated with a trend toward improved sleep, reduced daytime fatigue, and improved quality of life. The effectiveness of INSs in relieving sleep impairment and improving quality of life in AR, rhinosinusitis, and nasal polyposis needs to be confirmed in further studies. The use of INSs could help to ensure optimal management of all aspects of these bothersome conditions.

Acknowledgments

Declaration of interest: This study was funded by the Schering- Plough Corporation. None of the authors received any payment for this manuscript. Editorial support in the preparation of this manuscript was provided by Gardiner Caldwell-London and Adelphi Eden Health Communications.

References

1. Young T, Finn L, Kim H. Nasal obstruction as a risk factor for sleep-disordered breathing. J Allergy Clin Immunol 1997;99: S757-62

2. Stradling JR, Crosby JH. Predictors and prevalence of obstructive sleep apnoea and snoring in 1001 middle aged men. Thorax 1991;46:85-90

3. Olsen KD, Kern EB. Nasal influences on snoring and obstructive sleep apnea. Mayo CUn Proc 1990;65:1095-105

4. Kenny TJ, Duncavage J, Bracikowski J, et al. Prospective analysis of sinus symptoms and correlation with paranasal computed tomography scan. Otolaryngol Head Neck Surg 2001;125:40-3

5. Radenne F, Lamblin C, Vandezande LM, et al. Quality of life in nasal polyposis. J Allergy Clin Immunol 1999;104:79-84 6. Bousquet J, van Cauwenberge P, Khaltaev N. Allergic rhinitis and its impact on asthma. Allergy 2002;57:841-55

7. Dykewicz MS, Fineman S, Skoner DP, et al. Diagnosis and management of rhinitis: complete guidelines of the Joint Task Force on Practice Parameters in Allergy, Asthma and Immunology. Ann Allergy Asthma Immunol 1998;81:478-518

8. Bauchau V, Durham SR. Prevalence and rate of diagnosis of allergic rhinitis in Europe. Eur Respir J 2004;24:758-64

9. Anand VK. Epidemiology and economic impact of rhinosinusitis. Ann Otol Rhinol Laryngol Suppl 2004;193:3-5

10. Bachert C, Hermann K, Mosges R, et al. An update on the diagnosis and treatment of sinusitis and nasal polyposis. Allergy 2003;58:176-91

11. Benninger MS, Ferguson BJ, Hadley JA. Adult chronic rhinosinusitis: definitions, diagnosis, epidemiology, and pathophysiology. Otolaryngol Head Neck Surg 2003;129:Sl-32

12. Klossek JM, Neukirch F, Pribil C, et al. Prevalence of nasal polyposis in France: a cross-sectional, case-control study. Allergy 2005;60:233-7

13. Johansson L, Akerlund A, Holmberg K, et al. Prevalence of nasal polyps in adults: the Skovde population-based study. Ann Otol Rhinol Laryngol 2003;! 12:625-9

14. Hedman J, Kaprio J, Poussa T, et al. Prevalence of asthma, aspirin intolerance, nasal polyposis and chronic obstructive pulmonary disease in a population-based study. Int J Epidemiol 1999;28:717-22

15. D’Alonzo GE. Scope and impact of allergic rhinitis. J Am Osteopath Assoc 2002;102(Suppl 2):S2-6

16. Shedden A. Impact of nasal congestion on quality of life and work productivity in allergic rhinitis. Findings from a large online survey. Treat Respir Med 2005;4:438-46

17. Juniper EF, Guyatt GH, Dolovich J. Assessment of quality of life in adolescents with allergic rhinoconjunctivitis: development and testing of a questionnaire for clinical trials. J Allergy Clin Immunol 1994;93:413-23

18. Juniper EF, Guyatt GH. Development and testing of a new measure of health status for clinical trials in rhinoconjunctivitis. Clin Exp Allergy 1991;21:77-83

19. Forbes Consulting Group. Understanding the dynamics surrounding allergy suffering and treatment: US and global results. September 2005

20. Reinberg A, Gervais P, Levi F, et al. Orcadian and circannual rhythms of allergic rhinitis: an epidemiologic study involving chronobiologic methods. J Allergy CUn Immunol 1988;81:51-62

21. Smolensky MH, Reinberg A, Labrecque G. Twenty-four hour pattern in symptom intensity of viral and allergic rhinitis: treatment implications. J Allergy CUn Immunol 1995;95: 1084-96

22. Fokkens W, Lund V, Bachert C, et al. EAACI position paper on rhinosinusitis and nasal polyps executive summary. Allergy 2005;60:583-601

23. Bhattacharyya N. The economic burden and symptom manifestations of chronic rhinosinusitis. Am J Rhinol 2003; 17:27- 32

24. Meltzer EO, Hamilos DL, Hadley JA, et al. Rhinosinusitis: establishing definitions for clinical research and patient care. J Allergy Clin Immunol 2004;114:S155-212

25. Settipane RA. Complications of allergic rhinitis. Allergy Asthma Proc 1999;20:209-13

26. Lack G. Pediatrie allergic rhinitis and comorbid disorders. J Allergy Clin Immunol 2001;108:S9-15

27. Mansfield LE, Diaz G, Posey CR, et al. Sleep disordered breathing and daytime quality of Ufe in children with allergic rhinitis during treatment with intranasal budesonide. Ann Allergy Asthma Immunol 2004;92:240-4

28. Ferguson BJ. Influences of allergic rhinitis on sleep. Otolaryngol Head Neck Surg 2004; 130:617-9

29. Lavie P, Gertner R, Zomer J, et al. Breathing disorders in sleep associated with ‘microarousals’ in patients with allergic rhinitis. Acta Otolaryngol 1981;92:529-33

30. McNicholas WT, Tarlo S, Cole P, et al. Obstructive apneas during sleep in patients with seasonal allergic rhinitis. Am Rev Respir Dis 1982; 126:625-8

31. Staevska MT, Mandajieva MA, Dimitrov VD. Rhinitis and sleep apnea. Curr Allergy Asthma Rep 2004;4:193-9

32. McColley SA, Carroll JL, Curtis S, et al. High prevalence of allergic sensitization in children with habitual snoring and obstructive sleep apnea. Chest 1997; 111:170-3

33. Chester AC. Symptoms of rhinosinusitis in patients with unexplained chronic fatigue or bodily pain: a pilot study. Arch Intern Med2003;163:1832-6

34. Serrano E, Neukirch F, Pribil C, et al. Nasal polyposis in France: impact on sleep and quality of life. J Laryngol Otol 2005; 119:543-9

35. Flemons WW, Tsai W. Quality of life consequences of sleepdisordered breathing. J Allergy Clin Immunol 1997;99:S750-6

36. Marshall PS, O’Hara C, Steinberg P. Effects of seasonal allergic rhinitis on selected cognitive abilities. Ann Allergy Asthma Immunol 2000;84:403-10

37. Wilken JA, Berkowitz R, Kane R. Decrements in vigilance and cognitive functioning associated with ragweed-induced allergic rhinitis. Ann Allergy Asthma Immunol 2002;89:372-80

38. Kessler RC, Almeida DM, Berglund P, et al. Pollen and mold exposure impairs the work performance of employees with allergic rhinitis. Ann Allergy Asthma Immunol 2001;87:289-95

39. Spaeth J, Klimek L, Mosges R. Sedation in allergic rhinitis is caused by the condition and not by antihistamine treatment. Allergy 1996;51:893-906

40. Meltzer EO. Quality of life in adults and children with allergic rhinitis. J Allergy Clin Immunol 2001;108:S45-53

41. Vuurman EF, van Veggel LM, Uiterwijk MM, et al. Seasonal allergic rhinitis and antihistamine effects on children’s learning. Ann Allergy 1993;71:121-6

42. Simons FE. Learning impairment and allergic rhinitis. Allergy Asthma Proc 1996;17:185-9

43. Urschitz MS, Guenther A, Eggebrecht E, et al. Snoring, intermittent hypoxia and academic performance in primary school children. Am J Respir Crit Care Med 2003; 168:464-8

44. Urschitz MS, Eitner S, Guenther A, et al. Habitual snoring, intermittent hypoxia, and impaired behavior in primary school children. Pediatrics 2004;114:1041-8

45. Kremer B, den Hartog HM, Jolies J. Relationship between allergic rhinitis, disturbed cognitive functions and psychological well-being. Clin Exp Allergy 2002;32:1310-5

46. Juniper EF, Rohrbaugh T, Meltzer EO. A questionnaire to measure quality of life in adults with nocturnal rhinoconjunctivitis. J Allergy Clin Immunol 2003;111:484-90

47. Kakumanu S, Glass C, Craig T. Poor sleep and daytime somnolence in allergic rhinitis: significance of nasal congestion. Am J Respir Med 2002; 1:195-200

48. Storms WW. Pharmacologie approaches to daytime and nighttime symptoms of allergic rhinitis. J Allergy Clin Immunol 2004;114:5146- 53

49. Rundcrantz H. Postural variations of nasal patency. Acta Otolaryngol 1969;68:435-43

50. Corey JP, Houser SM, Ng BA. Nasal congestion: a review of its etiology, evaluation, and treatment. Ear Nose Throat J 2000;79:690- 3, 696, 698

51. Young T, Finn L, Palta M. Chronic nasal congestion at night is a risk factor for snoring in a population-based cohort study. Arch Intern Med 2001;161:1514-9

52. Quraishi SA, Davies MJ, Craig TJ. Inflammatory responses in allergic rhinitis: traditional approaches and novel treatment strategies. J Am Osteopath Assoc 2004;104(Suppl 5):S7-15

53. Craig TJ, Teets S, Lehman EB, et al. Nasal congestion secondary to allergic rhinitis as a cause of sleep disturbance and daytime fatigue and the response to topical nasal corticosteroids. J Allergy Clin Immunol 1998;101:633-7

54. Craig TJ, McCann JL, Gurevich F, et al. The correlation between allergic rhinitis and sleep disturbance. J Allergy Clin Immunol 2004; 114:S 139-45

55. Chen W, Kushida CA. Nasal obstruction in sleep-disordered breathing. Otolaryngol Clin North Am 2003;36:437-60

56. Tashiro M, Mochizuki H, Iwabuchi K, et al. Roles of histamine in regulation of arousal and cognition: functional neuroimaging of histamine Hl receptors in human brain. Life Sci 2002;72: 409-14

57. Krouse HJ, Davis JE, Krouse JH. Immune mediators in allergic rhinitis and sleep. Otolaryngol Head Neck Surg 2002; 126: 607-13

58. Mullington JM, Hinze-Selch D, Pollmacher T. Mediators of inflammation and their interaction with sleep: relevance for chronic fatigue syndrome and related conditions. Ann N Y Acad Sci 2001;933:201-10

59. Gelfand EW. Inflammatory mediators in allergic rhinitis. J Allergy Clin Immunol 2004;114:5135-8

60. Blaiss M. Quality of life in allergic rhinitis. Ann Allergy Asthma Immunol 1999;83:449-54

61. American Academy of Allergy, Asthma and Immunology 2000. The Allergy Report. Available from http://www.aaaai.org/ar/ default.htm [Last accessed 12 December 2006]

62. Berger WE, Lumry WR, Meltzer EO, et al. Efficacy of desloratadine, 5mg, compared with fexofenadine, 180mg, in patients with symptomatic seasonal allergic rhinitis. Allergy Asthma Proc 2006;27:214-23

63. Meltzer EO, Scheinmann P, Rosado Pinto JE, et al. Safety and efficacy of oral fexofenadine in children with seasonal allergic rhinitis – a pooled analysis of three studies. Pediatr Allergy Immunol 2004; 15:253-60

64. Potter PC, on behalf of the Study Group. Levocetirizine is effective for symptom relief including nasal congestion in adolescent and adult (PAR) sensitized to house dust mites. Allergy 2003;58:893-9

65. Horak F, Stubner P, Zieglmeyer R, et al. Comparison of the effects of desloratadine 5-mg daily and placebo on nasal airflow and seasonal allergic rhinitis symptoms induced by grass pollen exposure. Allergy 2003;58:481-5

66. lieberman P, Kaliner MA, Wheeler WJ. Open-label evaluation of azelastine nasal spray in patients with seasonal allergic rhinitis and nonallergic vasomotor rhinitis. Curr Med Res Opin 2005;21:611-8

67. Corren J, Storms W, Bernstein J, et al; Azelastine Cetirizine Trial No. 1 (ACT 1) Study Group. Effectiveness of azelastine nasal spray compared with oral cetirizine in patients with seasonal allergic rhinitis. Clin Ther 2005;27:543-53

68. lieberman P, Kaliner MA, Wheeler WJ. Open-label evaluation of azelastine nasal spray in patients with seasonal allergic rhinitis and nonallergic vasomotor rhinitis. Curr Med Res Opin 2005;21:611-8 69. Davies RJ, Bagnall AC, McCabe RN, et al. Antihistamines: topical vs oral administration. Clin Exp Allergy 1996;26(Suppl 3):ll-7

70. Berlin JM, Golden SJ, Teets S, et al. Efficacy of a steroid nasal spray compared with an antihistamine nasal spray in the treatment of perennial allergic rhinitis. J Am Osteopath Assoc 2000;100(Suppl7):S8-13

71. Ratner P, Sacks H. Randomized, double-blind trial of azelastine nasal spray plus fluticasone nasal spray compared to either agent alone in patients with allergy to Texas mountain cedar. Presented at: 2006 ACAAI Annual Scientific Meeting; November 9-15, 2006; Philadelphia, Pa

72. Astelin [package insert]. Somerset, NJ: Medpointe Pharmaceuticals; 2003

73. Bousquet J, van Cauwenberge P, Khaltaev N; ARIA Workshop Group, WHO. Allergic rhinitis and its impact on asthma. J Allergy Clin Immunol 2001;108(Suppl):S147-336

74. Weiner JM, Abramson MJ, Puy RM. Intranasal corticosteroids versus oral H1 receptor antagonists in allergic rhinitis: systematic review of randomised controlled trials. BMJ 1998;317:1624-9

75. van Cauwenberge P, Bachert C, Passalacqua G, et al. Consensus statement on the treatment of allergic rhinitis. Allergy 2000;55:116- 34

76. Nayak AS, Settipane GA, Pedinoff A, et al. Effective dose range of mometasone furoate nasal spray in the treatment of acute rhinosinusitis. Ann Allergy Asthma Immunol 2002;89:271-8

77. Meltzer EO, Bachert C, Staudinger H. Treating acute rhinosinusitis: comparing efficacy and safety of mometasone furoate nasal spray, amoxicillin, and placebo. J Allergy Clin Immunol 2005; 116:1289-95

78. Bloom M, Staudinger H. Effect of mometasone furoate nasal spray (MFNS) on nasal polyposis. J Allergy Clin Immunol 2004;113(Suppl):S282

79. Gawchik S, Goldstein S, Prenner B, et al. Relief of cough and nasal symptoms associated with allergic rhinitis by mometasone furoate nasal spray. Ann Allergy Asthma Immunol 2003;90:416-21

80. Mandl M, Nolop K, Lutsky BN. Comparison of once daily mometasone furoate (Nasonex) and fluticasone propionate aqueous nasal sprays for the treatment of perennial rhinitis. Ann Allergy Asthma Immunol 1997;79:370-8

81. Berger WE, Nayak AS, Staudinger HW. Mometasone furoate improves congestion in patients with moderate-to-severe seasonal allergic rhinitis. Ann Pharmacother 2005;39:1984-9

82. Stjarne P, Blomgren K, Caye-Thomasen P, et al. The efficacy and safety of once-daily mometasone furoate nasal spray in nasal polyposis: a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled study. Acta Otolaryngol 2006;126:606-12

83. Ortolani C, Foresi A, Di Lorenzo G, et al; FLNCO2 Italian Study Group. A double-blind, placebo-controlled comparison of treatment with fluticasone propionate and levocabastine in patients with seasonal allergic rhinitis. Allergy 1999;54:1173-80

84. Parikh A, Scadding GK, Darby Y, et al. Topical corticosteroids in chronic rhinosinusitis: a randomized, double- blind, placebocontrolled trial using fluticasone propionate aqueous nasal spray. Rhinology 2001;39:75-9

85. Holmberg K, Juliusson S, Balder B, et al. Fluticasone propionate aqueous nasal spray in the treatment of nasal polyposis. Ann Allergy Asthma Immunol 1997;78:270-6

86. Penttila M, Poulsen P, Hollingworth K, et al. Dose-related efficacy and tolerability of fluticasone propionate nasal drops 400microg once daily and twice daily in the treatment of bilateral nasal polyposis: a placebo-controlled randomized study in adult patients. Clin Exp Allergy 2000;30:94-102

87. Ratner PH, Howland WC 3rd, Jacobs RL, et al. Relief of sinus pain and pressure with fluticasone propionate aqueous nasal spray: a placebo-controlled trial in patients with allergic rhinitis. Allergy Asthma Proc 2002;23:259-63

88. Gurevich F, Glass C, Davies M, et al. The effect of intranasal steroid budesonide on sleep disturbance and daytime somnolence in patients with perennial allergic rhinitis. Allergy Asthma Proc 2005;26:268-74

89. Hughes K, Glass C, Ripchinski M, et al. Efficacy of the topical nasal steroid budesonide on improving sleep and daytime somnolence in patients with perennial allergic rhinitis. Allergy 2003;58:380-5

90. Berger WE, Kaiser H, Gawchik SM, et al. Triamcinolone acetonide aqueous nasal spray and fluticasone propionate are equally effective for relief of nasal symptoms in patients with seasonal allergic rhinitis. Otolaryngol Head Neck Surg 2003; 129:16-23

91. Ozturk F, Turktas I, Asal K, et al. Effect of intranasal triamcinolone acetonide on bronchial hyperresponsiveness in children with seasonal allergic rhinitis and comparison of perceptional nasal obstruction with acoustic rhinometric assessment. Int J Pediatr Otorhinolaryngol 2004;68:1007-15

92. Lund VJ, Black JH, Szabo LZ, et al. Efficacy and tolerability of budesonide aqueous nasal spray in chronic rhinosinusitis patients. Rhinology 2004;42:57-62

93. Tos M, Svendstrup F, Arndal H, et al. Efficacy of aqueous and a powder formulation of nasal budesonide compared in patients with nasal polyps. Am J Rhinol 1998; 12:183-9

94. DeMain JG, Goetz DW. Pediatrie adenoidal hypertrophy with nasal airway obstruction: reduction with nasal beclomethasone. Pediatrics 1995;95:355-64

95. Craig TJ, Mende C, Hughes K, et al. The effect of topical nasal fluticasone on objective sleep testing and the symptoms of rhinitis, sleep and daytime somnolence in perennial allergic rhinitis. Allergy Asthma Proc 2003;24:53-8

96. Bender BG, Milgrom H. Comparison of the effects of fluticasone propionate aqueous nasal spray and loratadine on daytime alertness and performances in children with seasonal allergic rhinitis. Ann Allergy Asthma Immunol 2004;92:344-9

97. Kiely JL, Nolan P, McNicholas WT. Intranasal corticosteroid therapy for obstructive sleep apnoea in patients with co-existing rhinitis. Thorax 2004;59:50-5

98. Milgrom H, Biondi R, Georgitis JW, et al. Comparison of ipratropium bromide 0.03% with beclomethasone dipropionate in the treatment of perennial rhinitis in children. Ann Allergy Asthma Immunol 1999;83:105-11

99. Potter PC, Van Niekerk CH, Schoeman HS. Effects of triamcinolone on quality of life in patients with persistent allergic rhinitis. Ann Allergy Asthma Immunol 2003;91:368-74

100. Mintz M, Garcia J, Diener P, et al. Triamcinolone acetonide aqueous nasal spray improves nocturnal rhinitis-related quality of life in patients in a primary care setting: the Quality of Sleep in Allergic Rhinitis study. Ann Allergy Asthma Immunol 2004;92:255-61

101.Bachert C, Meltzer EO, Staudinger H, et al. Effect of mometasone furcate on the health-related quality of life of patients with acute rhinosinusitis. Presented at: World Allergy Congress 2005; June 26-July 1, 2005; Munich, Germany [Abstract 112]

102. Cutler DL, Banfield C, Melton B, et al. Safety of mometasone furoate nasal spray in children with allergic rhinitis as young as 2 years of age: a randomized controlled trial. Pediatr Asthma Allergy Immunol 2006; 19:46-53

103. Kamenov S, Kamenov B, Moskovljevic J, et al. Intranasal budesonide treatment of rhino-sinusitis improves quality of life in school children. Presented at: World Allergy Congress 2005; June 26- July 1, 2005; Munich, Germany [Abstract 713]

104.Benninger MS, Ahmad N, Marple BF. The safety of intranasal steroids. Otolaryngol Head Neck Surg 2003; 129:739-50

105. Alien DB. Systemic effects of intranasal steroids: an endocrinologist’s perspective. J Allergy Clin Immunol 2000;106:S17990

106. Boner AL. Effects of intranasal corticosteroids on the hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal axis in children. J Allergy Clin Immunol 2001;108(1 Suppl):S32-9

107. Wolthers OD, Pedersen S. Knemometric assessment of systemic activity of once daily intranasal dry-powder budesonide in children. Allergy 1994;49:96-9

108. Cutler DL, Banfield C, Affrime MB. Safety of mometasone furoate nasal spray in children with allergic rhinitis as young as 2 years of age: a randomized controlled trial. Pediatr Asthma Allergy Immunol 2006;19:146-53

109. Schenkel EJ, Skoner DP, Bronsky EA, et al. Absence of growth retardation in children with perennial allergic rhinitis after one year of treatment with mometasone furoate aqueous nasal spray. Pediatrics 2000;105:E22

110. Moller C, Ahlstrom H, Henricson KA, et al. Safety of nasal budesonide in the long-term treatment of children with perennial rhinitis. Clin Exp Allergy 2003;33:816-22

111. Wolthers OD, Pedersen S. Short-term growth in children with allergic rhinitis treated with oral antihistamine, depot and intranasal glucocorticosteroids. Acta Paediatr 1993;82:635-40

112. Skoner DP, Gentile D, Angelini B, et al. The effects of intranasal triamcinolone acetonide and intranasal fluticasone propionate on short-term bone growth and HPA axis in children with allergic rhinitis. Ann Allergy Asthma Immunol 2003;90:56-62

113.Agertoft L, Pedersen S. Short-term lower leg growth rate in children with rhinitis treated with intranasal mometasone furoate and budesonide. J Allergy Clin Immunol 1999;104:948-52

114. Minshall E, Ghaffar O, Cameron L, et al. Assessment by nasal biopsy of long-term use of mometasone furoate aqueous nasal spray (Nasonex) in the treatment of perennial rhinitis. Otolaryngol Head Neck Surg 1998;! 18:648-54

115.Baroody FM, Cheng CC, Moylan B, et al. Absence of nasal mucosal atrophy with fluticasone aqueous nasal spray. Arch Otolaryngol Head Neck Surg 2001;127:193-9

116. Lindqvist N, Balle VH, Karma P, et al. Long-term safety and efficacy of budesonide nasal aerosol in perennial rhinitis. A 12month multicentre study. Allergy 1986;41:179-86

117.Klossek JM, Laliberte F, Laliberte MF, et al. Local safety of intranasal triamcinolone acetonide: clinical and histological aspects of nasal mucosa in the long-term treatment of perennial allergic rhinitis. Rhinology 2001 ;39:17-22

118. Klimek L, Bachert C, Hermann K. Steroid sprays in non- infectious rhinitis and sinusitis. Proper and regular spraying does not damage the nasal mucosa. MMW Fortschr Med 2002;144:41-3 119. Meltzer EO. Intranasal steroids: managing allergic rhinitis and tailoring treatment to patient preference. Allergy Asthma Proc 2005;26:445-51

120. Dupclay L Jr, Doyle J. Assessment of intranasal corticosteroid use in allergic rhinitis: benefits, costs, and patient preferences. Am J Man Care 2002;8(Suppl):S335-40

121.Hendeles L, Hatton RC. Oral phenylephrine: an ineffective replacement for pseudoephedrine? J Allergy CUn Immunol 2006; 118:279- 80

122. Goldbart AD, Goldman JL, Veling MC, et al. Leukotriene modifier therapy for mild sleep-disordered breathing in children. Am J Respir Crit Care Med 2005; 172:364-70

123. Ohta N, Sakurai S, Yoshitake H, et al. Study of the effects of anti-leukotriene receptor antagonists on chronic allergic rhinitis – using QOL as an index. Presented at: World Allergy Congress 2005; June 26-July 1, 2005; Munich, Germany [Abstract 704]

124. Moinuddin R, deTineo M, Maleckar B, et al. Comparison of the combinations of fexofenadine-pseudoephedrine and loratadinemontelukast in the treatment of seasonal allergic rhinitis. Ann Allergy Asthma Immunol 2004;92:73-9

125. Wilson AM, O’Byrne PM, Parameswaran K. Leukotriene receptor antagonists for allergic rhinitis: a systematic review and meta- analysis. Am J Med 2004; 116:338-44

126. Di Lorenzo G, Pacor ML, Pellitteri ME, et al. Randomized placebo-controlled trial comparing fluticasone aqueous nasal spray in monotherapy, fluticasone plus cetirizine, fluticasone plus montelukast and cetirizine plus montelukast for seasonal allergie rhinitis. Clin Exp Allergy 2004;34:259-67

127. Alobid I, Benitez P, Bernal-Sprekelsen M, et al. Nasal polyposis and its impact on quality of life: comparison between the effects of medical and surgical treatments. Allergy 2005;60:452-8

128. Tuncer U, Soylu L, Aydogan B, et al. The effectiveness of steroid treatment in nasal polyposis. Auris Nasus Larynx 2003;30: 263-8

129. Ragab SM, Lund VJ, Scadding G. Evaluation of the medical and surgical treatment of chronic rhinosinusitis: a prospective, randomised, controlled trial. Laryngoscope 2004;! 14: 923-30

CrossRef links are available in the online published version of this paper: http://www.cmrojournal.com

Paper CMRO-3879_4, Accepted for publication: 29 June 2007

Published Online: 30 July 2007

doi: 10.1185/030079907X219607

William Storms(a), Barbara Yawn(b) and Leonard Fromer(c)

a The William Storms Allergy Clinic, Colorado Springs, CO, USA

b Department of Primary Care Research, Olmsted Medical Center, Rochester, MN, USA

c David Geffen School of Medicine at UCLA, Los Angeles, CA, USA

Address for correspondence: Leonard Fromer, David Geffen School of Medicine at UCLA, 15525 Hamner Drive, Los Angeles, CA 90077, USA. Tel.: +1 310 383 8168; Fax: +1 310 471 5392; [email protected]

Copyright Librapharm Sep 2007

(c) 2007 Current Medical Research and Opinion. Provided by ProQuest Information and Learning. All rights Reserved.

Comparison of Azithromycin and Moxifloxacin Against Bacterial Isolates Causing Conjunctivitis

By Ohnsman, Christina Ritterband, David; O’Brien, Terrence; Girgis, Dalia; Kabat, Al

Key words: Azithromycin – Conjunctivitis – Fluoroquinolone – Macrolide – Moxifloxacin – Resistance ABSTRACT

Objective: To examine in vitro resistance to azithromycin and moxifloxacin in bacterial conjunctivitis isolates.

Methods: MIC^sub 90^s (Minimum Inhibitory Concentration) and resistance rates to azithromycin and moxifloxacin were determined based upon microtiter broth dilution and/or antimicrobial gradient test strips in a multicenter phase III study and confirmed externally.

Results: The most common isolates collected from bacterial conjunctivitis patients in the phase III study were Haemophilus influenzae (40.6%), followed by Staphylococcus epidermidis (19.3 %), Propionibacterium acnes (17.3%), Streptococcus pneumoniae (16.8%), and Staphylococcus aureus (0.06%). MIC^sub 90^s for all of these organisms were well below established resistance breakpoints for moxifloxacin, indicating no bacterial resistance. On the other hand, the MIC^sub 90^ for H. influenzae was 3-fold higher than the resistance breakpoint for azithromycin, > 128-fold higher for S. epidermidis, 16-fold higher for S. pneumoniae and >/= 128-fold higher for S. aureus, indicating moderate to very high bacterial resistance to azithromycin.

Conclusions: Resistance to azithromycin is more common than resistance to moxifloxacin in clinical isolates causing bacterial conjunctivitis.

Introduction

Bacterial conjunctivitis is a common childhood illness. A recent study demonstrated the need to exclude children with infectious conjunctivitis from school until it has resolved1. This requires the selection of the most effective topical antibiotic, so that the child may return to school as quickly as possible. The recent FDA approval of an ophthalmic topical formulation of azithromycin (AzaSite*)2 requires that the antibiotic choices be re-evaluated.

The most common pathogens reported in previous bacterial conjunctivitis literature are H. influenzae, S. pneumoniae, and to a lesser extent, S. aureus3-5. The introduction of the H. influenzae type b (HiB) vaccine in 1985 has not affected the total number of cases of conjunctivitis caused by non-typeable H. influenzae, but has likely decreased the prevalence of serotype b conjunctivitis6, as it has decreased systemic infection7 and preseptal and orbital cellulitis caused by this subtype8. On the other hand, the introduction of the heptavalent pneumococcal vaccine (Prevnart) has decreased the frequency of conjunctivitis due to S. pneumonia9. Recent epidemics of conjunctivitis due to non-typeable strains of S. pneumoniae demonstrate that this organism remains an important cause of epidemic conjunctivitis10-13.

Non-typeable H. influenzae and S. pneumoniae are among the most common respiratory pathogens, and therefore, a large body of literature has addressed correct antibiotic selection for them in respiratory illnesses ranging from otitis media to sinusitis to pneumonia. Clinicians must be more mindful than ever, since cultures are typically not performed in conjunctivitis, of selecting an empiric antibiotic that is effective against the suspected pathogen as well as one that will not induce resistance. For example, antibiotic resistance in non-typeable H. influenzae is more diverse and widespread than previously recognized, with intrinsic efflux resistance mechanisms limiting the activity of the macrolides, azolides, and ketolides14. Another compelling demonstration of antibiotic resistance to azithromycin and clarithromycin was published in 2007(15). In a randomized, double-blind, placebo- controlled study, healthy volunteers were given a 3-day course of azithromycin, and their pharyngeal carriage of macrolide-resistant streptococci was measured. Results from this study demonstrated a large increase in the mean proportion of macrolide-resistant streptococci in the treated groups, but not in the placebo group, peaking at 4 days and persisting for more than 6 months after the 3- day course of therapy was discontinued.

This study demonstrated the direct effect of antibiotic exposure on resistance in the pharyngeal streptococcal flora. Considering the vast popularity of azithromycin in the US, the results of this study highlight the likelihood of pre-existing macrolide resistance in patients, raising the question of the suitability of topical azithromycin for the treatment of conjunctivitis.

A recent study of current susceptibility/resistance profiles of bacterial pathogens in conjunctivitis demonstrates the superiority of the bactericidal fluoroquinolones, with no resistance to this class of antibiotics among Haemophilus influenzae, Streptococcus pneumoniae, and Staphylococcus aureus conjunctival isolates. In contrast, resistance to other classes of antibiotics, including bacteriostatic macrolides such as erythromycin and azithromycin as well as sulfamethoxazole, ranged from 30% to 90% for these organisms9. Likewise, unpublished data from New York Eye and Ear Infirmary indicate that despite the preferential use of the fluoroquinolone class of antibiotics in ophthalmology over the past decade, moxifloxacin maintains a favorable in vitro susceptibility profile, with lower Minimum Inhibitory Concentration (MIC) values as compared to azithromycin, in representative conjunctival strains of S. aureus, S. epidermidis, alpha-hemolytic streptococci, and nontypeable H. influenzae.

The purpose of the current study is to examine resistance rates in clinical isolates from bacterial conjunctivitis. Azithromycin was compared to moxifloxacin in both a bacterial conjunctivitis phase III trial in 2006-2007 as well as at a tertiary care center (Bascom Palmer Eye Institute, BPEI) in 2004-2007.

Methods

Conjunctival isolates were collected from 625 patients with typical signs and symptoms of bacterial conjunctivitis at 32 clinical centers across the US in 2006-2007 enrolled in Phase III trials of moxifloxacin (study sites extended from the west coast, through the Midwest and up to New England). Of these patients, 56% were 12 years of age or less. Fifty-three percent (53%) of the patients were culture-positive. Samples were collected by the physicians using a conjunctival swab, stored, and shipped to a clinical laboratory. These isolates were then tested for in vitro susceptibility to a variety of antibiotics, using microtiter broth dilution methods as recommended by the Clinical and Laboratory Standards Institute (CLSI)16 to measure the MIC, except in the case of azithromycin, for which they were not available and in which antimicrobial gradient test strips [Etest (AB Biodisk, Piscataway, NJ, USA)] were therefore used.

In an independent and confirmatory study, isolates of H. influenzae, S. pneumoniae, and methicillin-resistant (MRSA) and methicillin-sensitive S. aureus (MSSA), which had been collected from patients with bacterial conjunctivitis at Bascom Palmer Eye Institute from 2004 to 2007, were tested for in vitro susceptibility to moxifloxacin and azithromycin using antimicrobial gradient test strips. Institutional Review Board (IRB) approval was granted prior to the initiation of all studies.

MIC^sub 90^s were determined by ranking the MICs of each bacterial isolate from lowest to highest, and identifying the isolate at the 90% rank position. The corresponding MIC for that isolate was the MIC^sub 90^, or the antibiotic concentration that would inhibit the growth of 90% of the tested bacterial isolates. For example, if 10 isolates were studied and ranked, the MIC for the isolate at the 9th position was the MIC^sub 90^. If 20 isolates were studied, the MIC^sub 90^ was the MIC of the isolate ranked 18th17.

Results

The most common isolates collected from bacterial conjunctivitis patients in the phase III data were H. influenzae (40.6%), followed by S. epidermidis (19.3%), P. acnes (17.3%), S. pneumoniae (16.8%), and S. aureus (0.06%) (percent of the culture-positive patients). None of the bacterial isolates were methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus (MRSA).

Table 1 indicates MIC^sub 90^s of both moxifloxacin and azithromycin for the phase III and Bascom Palmer Eye Institute (BPEI) data sets. Note the striking similarities of MIC^sub 90^s for H. influenzae and S. pneumoniae from both studies. Statistical significance could not be determined due to the difference in N values in the two groups.

Table 2 indicates resistance breakpoints (greater than these breakpoints indicates bacterial resistance) of both moxifloxacin and azithromycin for the phase III and BPEI data sets. Breakpoints for resistance were defined by Stroman in the Phase III data and defined by the Clinical and Laboratory Standards Institute (CLSI)16 and in the antimicrobial gradient test strips package insert for the BPEI data.

MIC^sub 90^s of moxifloxacin were well below breakpoints for resistance for all organisms except MRSA (found only in the BPEI data). Conversely, MIC^sub 90^s of azithromycin were greater than or equal to these breakpoints for resistance for H. influenzae as well as S. pneumoniae and far exceeded them for S. aureus and S. epidermidis, indicating moderate to high level resistance.

Figures 1 and 2 represent Phase III and Bascom Palmer data, respectively. Figure 1 demonstrates there was no resistance to moxifloxacin for S. pneumoniae, H. influenzae, S. aureus and 13% for S. epidermidis. Conversely, the same study demonstrates the following resistance rates for azithromycin: S. pneumoniae (20%), H. influenzae (76%), S. aureus (50%), and S. epidermidis (30%). Table 1. MIC^sub 90^ comparison of phase III to Bascom Palmer Eye Institute

Figure 2 also demonstrates no resistance to moxifloxacin in S. pneumoniae and H. influenzae compared to azithromycin resistance in 23.7% and zero, respectively. Of note, there is a difference between the phase III data and the Bascom Palmer data in the MIC^sub 90^ of azithromycin for H. influenzae. This difference is likely due to the small sample size in the BPEI data. Upon further review, all but two H. influenzae BPEI isolates had a MIC of 4, just barely missing the defined breakpoint for resistance of greater than 4. This group of tertiary care center investigators also presented S. aureus data categorized into methicillin-sensitive (MSSA) and -resistant (MRSA). These results indicate 6.8% and 45.8% MSSA resistance to moxifloxacin and azithromycin, respectively. Similarly, these results indicate 68.5% and 90.7% MRSA resistance to moxifloxacin and azithromycin, respectively. No MRSA isolates were found in the phase III data. Figures 3 and 4 from New York Eye and Ear Infirmary indicate the MIC data from the Phase III studies as well as from Bascom Palmer.

Discussion

Azithromycin is a bacteriostatic, semi-synthetic derivative of erythromycin which binds to the 50S ribosomal subunit of susceptible bacteria, inhibiting mRNA-directed protein synthesis. At its introduction in 1994, azithromycin was welcomed by primary care physicians for its good coverage of respiratory pathogens, its high tissue concentrations, and its dosing schedule, requiring only a single daily dose for a short course.

Table 2. Comparison of MIC^sub 90^ resistance breakpoints

Figure 1. Resistance patterns for conjunctival isolates collected from patients with bacterial conjunctivitis at clinical centers across the US in 2006-2007

Figure 2. Resistance patterns for ocular isolates of H. influenzae, S. pneumoniae, and methicillin-resistant (MRSA) and methicillin-sensitive S. aureus (MSSA), collected from patients with bacterial conjunctivitis at the Bascom Palmer Eye Institute from 2004 to 2007

The popularity of systemic azithromycin has a downside, however. Resistance to macrolides results from genetic mutations in the macrolide efflux, or mef, gene, or in the erythromycin-resistant methylase, or erm, gene, which changes the macrolide binding site on the bacterial ribosome18. The presence of a mef gene confers low- level resistance, while an erm gene gives the bacteria high-level resistance, and may also result in resistance to lincosamides, such as clindamycin, and streptogramins, due to the similar binding sites in streptococci and staphylococci19″21.

Just as azithromycin persists for long periods in other tissues, systemic use leads to prolonged high levels of the antibiotic in the conjunctiva22. For this reason, a single dose of oral azithromycin has been used for community-wide mass treatment of trachoma in some portions of the developing world23’24. Studies have demonstrated an increase in resistant conjunctival25 and nasopharyngeal26 S. pneumoniae carriage in those treated, presumably due to the prolonged persistence in these tissues, exposing the bacteria to slowly decreasing levels of antibiotic. The number of resistant organisms has been shown to return to baseline after 1 year27, but this was only possible due to the lack of continued exposure to this antibiotic, which was not otherwise available in the developing nations in which it was studied. However, mass treatment of trachoma with a single oral dose of azithromycin is repeated yearly, and in Nepal, macrolide resistance was present in 5% of pneumococci 6 months following the second annual dose of azithromycin28. The effect of ongoing annual treatment on the prevalence of resistant S. pneumoniae has not yet been studied, but even this small amount of continued macrolide pressure is likely to lead to increasing resistance rates. In the US, as well as in Europe, macrolide use is so widespread that these organisms are under continuous pressure to retain their resistance.

Use of a five-day course of azithromycin for Group A Streptococcus infection led to increased prevalence of nasopharyngeal carriage of macrolide resistant S. pneumoniae in schoolchildren in Texas29. In another study, healthy volunteers receiving a 3-day course of azithromycin had a 60.4% increase in the proportion of pharyngeal macrolide-resistant streptococci at Day 4, decreasing to a 40.9% increase over baseline at 6 weeks, and persisting at a lower level beyond 6 months (Figure 5)15. These resistant organisms may serve as a reservoir of potential pathogens, and may be spread to close contacts, who may or may not become ill due to them30.

Figure 3. S. aureus on Mueller Hinton Broth plate

Figure 4. S. pneumoniae on Mueller Hinton Broth plate with 5% sheep blood agar

Conversely, late-generation fluoroquinolone resistance among respiratory pathogens, including both S. pneumoniae and H. influenzae, has remained relatively low, at less than 1%31-35. Fourth-generation fluoroquinolones target two enzymes, DNA gyrase and topoisomerase IV, both of which are required for bacterial DNA replication. Disruption of these enzymes results in rapid bacterial cell death. Fourth-generation fluoroquinolones bind both DNA gyrase and topoisomerase IV in Gram-positive bacteria, and therefore require a double mutation for resistance to occur. In wild-type bacteria, this occurrence would be quite rare (10^sup -14^ in S. pneumoniae)36. Single-step mutants with resistance to earlier- generation fluoroquinolones are generally susceptible to moxifloxacin37,38, although concern about acquisition of the second- step mutation is real39’40. These qualities have caused a change in antibiotic prescribing; that is, the most potent agent of a class of antibiotics is typically used first to avoid the development of resistance to the entire class of antimicrobials41’42. This concept has been further refined to selecting a broad-spectrum agent with a good pharmacokinetic and pharmacodynamic profile against the known or suspected pathogen, avoiding excessive use of any single antibiotic for all indications. Using this approach, moxifloxacin is an excellent therapeutic choice for adult systemic infections in which S. pneumoniae is anticipated to be the most likely pathogen43.

Figure 5. Temporal changes in the proportion of macrolide- resistant streptococci after azithromycin and chlarithromycin use (reprinted with permission from Elsevier fThe Lancet, 2007, Vol 369, page 485))

Unlike all other antibiotics, fluoroquinolone resistance is least prevalent in children44,45. This is not surprising, since systemic fluoroquinolones are not routinely prescribed in pediatrics, and it also suggests that resistant organisms are not being passed to children by adults. Further, it may indicate that clonal spread is not occurring among adults, maintaining the low rates of fluoroquinolone resistance observed in the surveillance studies46.

To date, no head-to-head clinical trials are available comparing azithromycin with the fourth-generation fluoroquinolones for the treatment of conjunctivitis. However, azithromycin (AzaSite) is bacteriostatic and is indicated for five bacterial isolates, while moxifloxacin 0.5% [Vigamox (Alcon Laboratories, Inc., Fort Worth, TX)] is a broad-spectrum, bactericidal antibiotic indicated for 13 bacterial isolates. A recent study demonstrated that moxifloxacin 0.5% produced rapid kill (99.9%) within 1 h for S. aureus while there was a slight increase in bacterial growth with 1.0% azithromycin (1:100 dilutions for both antibiotics; D Stroman, PhD, unpublished data, June 2007).

Comparison of azithromycin to tobramycin in a ‘noninferiority trial’ demonstrated low efficacy for both drugs, with a 29.8% cure rate for azithromycin at Day 3 of treatment compared with 18.6% for tobramycin47. Similarly, the phase III clinical trial comparing azithromycin with tobramycin demonstrated no statistically significant difference (p > 0.05) between the drugs in bacterial eradication or clinical resolution of the ocular signs of conjunctivitis48. Tobramycin itself covered only 67% of all bacterial isolates from conjunctivitis, including none of the S. pneumoniae isolates, in a previous study49.

Tobramycin, as well as gentamicin, polymyxin B-neomycin, polymyxin B-trimethoprim, and sulfamethoxazole, all have shown diminished activity for one or both of S. pneumoniae and H. influenzae, with sulfonamides being similar in efficacy to placebo5. Therefore, the lack of improved efficacy of azithromycin over tobramycin suggests that the drug may not provide an advantage in the treatment for conjunctivitis. Furthermore, pre-existing bacterial resistance may be encountered. Inappropriate dosing of this macrolide may create additional resistance. This is specified in the FDA package label2 stating: ‘Skipping doses or not completing the full course of therapy may (1) decrease the effectiveness of the immediate treatment and (2) increase the likelihood that bacteria will develop resistance and will not be treatable by AzaSite (azithromycin ophthalmic solution) or other antibacterial drugs in the future’. While this may be true for other antibiotics, such a discussion in the package insert is novel.

The previously discussed resistance data referring to respiratory infections with H. influenzae and S. pneumoniae and data specific to ocular isolates show similar trends. For example, in a study by Stroman, 75% of H. influenzae, 18% of S. pneumoniae, and 30% of S. aureus isolated from patients with conjunctivitis were resistant to azithromycin, while none of these three organisms were resistant to moxifloxacin9. The BPEI results support the absence of resistance to moxifloxacin for H. influenzae and S. pneumoniae, while demonstrating 6.8% resistance among MSSA and 68.5% resistance in MRSA. In addition, the BPEI azithromycin resistance rates for MSSA and MRSA, at 45.8% and 90.7%, were much higher than the Stroman rate of resistance for S. aureus. The high rates of resistance among staphylococci, particularly MRSA, at BPEI likely reflect the severity of disease seen at this tertiary care center, in contrast to that seen at the primary care centers that participated in the Stroman data collection. The BPEI data also correspond fairly well with the azithromycin resistance rates of S. pneumoniae in the Stroman study, revealing 23.7% resistance compared with Stroman’s 18%. Interestingly, the resistance rates of H. influenzae, although zero by the defined breakpoint of > 4, would have measured 83.3% if the breakpoint had been defined as equal to 4. Without direct comparative clinical trials, physicians must rely on in vitro studies and package inserts to determine which antibiotic to choose in the treatment of bacterial conjunctivitis. In the past, the CLSI had determined MIC levels that translated into antibiotic susceptibility standards, based on levels of antibiotics in serum. These had limited usefulness in ophthalmology due to the topical administration of antibiotics, which did not correlate with serum levels, although they often seemed to correlate with clinical experience. In bacterial conjunctivitis, the pertinent ocular concentrations of antibiotics for efficacy and potential resistance development are in the conjunctiva, the target tissue, as well as in the tears, since conjunctivitis is spread via contact with the tears and discharge. With data becoming available for tear and conjunctival concentrations of drugs, it may be reasonable to make inferences about in vivo effectiveness using the same in vitro data.

In rabbits, the concentration of moxifloxacin in tears measured 366[mu]g/mL 1 min after a single drop was given, and remained greater than or equal to 1 [mu]g/mL at 6 h50. Azithromycin tear concentration in rabbits measured 288.4 [mu]g/mL 30 min following one drop of 1% suspension51. In the same study by Si and colleagues, conjunctival concentration of azithromycin measured 82.6 [mu]g/g (Maximum concentration, C^sub max^) at 30 min (T^sub max^) with an elimination constant of 0.051h^sup -1^. For mono-exponential decay of drug levels post T^sub max^, the concentration (C) at some time post T^sub max^ (r) may be estimated as follows:

C(T) = C^sub max^ x exp(-0.693/half-life x f)

Using these single-dose Si and colleagues’ data, the following curve was constructed (Figure 6) to demonstrate the slow drug release reservoir of azithromycin in the conjunctiva that could induce bacterial resistance.

Even more important than the ability of the selected antibiotic to achieve a cure in the individual patient, the mutant selection window should be avoided. This is the concentration range between the MIC^sub 90^ and the MIC of the least susceptible, but not yet resistant, next-step mutant. This upper limit has been named the mutant prevention concentration, or MPC52, and can be empirically estimated to be 8-10 times the MIC53-55. For example, Figure 6 demonstrates the decay of azithromycin concentration over time and the MPC (estimated to be 10 x MIC) of susceptible strains. If one considers the MIC for susceptible strains of S. aureus, S. epidermidis, S. pneumoniae, and H. influenzae to be 2 [mu]g/mL, 1.5 [mu]g/mL, 0.1 [mu]g/mL, 0.25 [mu]g/mL, respectively, the MPC would be estimated at 20 [mu]g/mL, 15 [mu]g/mL, 1 [mu]g/mL, 2.5 [mu]g/mL for the respective strains.

The modeled decay of concentration over time explains how azithromycin could induce resistance. That is to say, the slow elimination of the product allows low antibiotic concentrations over time when susceptible strains can become resistant. This danger exists above the MIC, in the mutant selection window, as well as below the MIC, where the creation of new mutants is fostered indirectly by allowing the pathogen population to expand and be further enriched by subsequent antibiotic challenge52. These considerations are important for a concentration-dependent antibacterial such as moxifloxacin and of greater importance for a bacteriostatic, concentration-independent (i.e. time-dependent) drug such as azithromycin. For azithromycin and other macrolides, the time above the MIC is the pharmacodynamic parameter that correlates best with bacterial inhibition and clinical efficacy, and the time above MPC correlates best with avoiding the selection of resistant bacteria.

Figure 6. Single-dose azitkromytin conjunctival concentrations modeled over 4 days with estimated mutant prevention concentrations of common bacterial isolates

Therefore, it is advisable to prescribe a concentrationdependent, broad-spectrum antibiotic with a C^sub max^ that far exceeds the MIC, is rapidly bactericidal, and is quickly eliminated to avoid the creation of newly resistant organisms56,57. Using the data from the current studies, it is clear that moxifloxacin meets these criteria.

As previously mentioned, the current study is not a head-to-head trial of azithromycin and moxifloxacin, and does not contain clinical efficacy data. Furthermore, it would have been useful to analyze the data with regard to the age of the patient, but this information was not available in both data sets. Finally, the disparate sizes of the data sets from the phase III trial and Bascom Palmer prevented analysis for statistical significance.

Conclusions

Resistance to azithromycin is more common than to moxifloxacin for clinical isolates causing bacterial conjunctivitis.

Acknowledgments

Declaration of interest: Publication and research support was provided by Alcon Laboratories, Inc. CO served as the medical writer on this manuscript.

* AzaSite is a registered trademark of InSite Vision, Inc., Alameda, CA

[dagger] Prevnar is a registered trademark of Wyeth, Madison, NJ

References

1. Ohnsman CM. Exclusion of students with conjunctivitis from school: policies of state departments of health. J Pediatr Ophthalmol Strabismus 2007;44:101-5

2. Label and Approval History: AzaSite. FDA approved drug products. Washington (DC): PDA/Center for Drug Evaluation and Research; 2007 [available at: http://www.accessdata.fda.gov/scripts/ cder/drugsatfda/ index.cfm?fuseaction=Search.Label_ApprovalHistory#apphist [last accessed 26 June 2007]

3. Gigliotti F, Williams WT, Hayden FG, et al. Etiology of acute conjunctivitis in children. J Pediatr 1981;98:531-6

4. Patel PB, Diaz MC, Bennett JE, Attia MW. Clinical features of bacterial conjunctivitis in children. Acad Emerg Med 2007; 14:1-5

5. Block SL, Hedrick J, Tyler R, et al. Increasing bacterial resistance in pediatric acute conjunctivitis (1997-1998). Antimicrob Agents Chemother 2000;44:1650-4

6. Alrawi AM, Chern KC, Cevallos V, et al. Biotypes and serotypes of Haemophilus influenzae ocular isolates. Br J Ophthalmol 2002;86:276-7

7. Murphy TV, White KE, Pastor P, et al. Declining incidence of Haemophilus influenzae type b disease since introduction of vaccination. J Am Med Assoc 1993;269(2):246-8

8. Donahue SP, Schwartz G. Preseptal and orbital cellulitis in childhood. A changing microbiologic spectrum. Ophthalmology 1998;105:1902-5 [discussion 5-6]

9. Stroman DW, Cupp GA, Schlech BA. Resistance patterns in conjunctivitis and blepharitis in 2006. Invest Ophthalmol Vis Sci 2007;48:2680

10. Outbreak of bacterial conjunctivitis at a college – New Hampshire, January-March, 2002. MMWR 2002;51:205-7

11. Pneumococcal conjunctivitis at an elementary school – Maine, September 20-December 6, 2002. MMWR 2003;52:64-6

12. Martin M, Turco JH, Zegans ME, et al. An outbreak of conjunctivitis due to atypical Streptococcus pneumoniae. New Engl J Med 2003;348:1112-21

13. Crum NF, Barrozo CP, Chapman FA, et al. An outbreak of conjunctivitis due to a novel unencapsulated Streptococcus pneumoniae among military trainees. Clin Infect Dis 2004;39:1148-54

14. Tristram S, Jacobs MR, Appelbaum PC. Antimicrobial resistance in Haemophilus influenzae. CUn Microbiol Rev 2007;20:368-89

15. Malhotra-Kumar S, Lammens C, Coenen S, et al. Effect of azithromycin and clarithromycin therapy on pharyngeal carriage of macrolide-resistant streptococci in healthy volunteers: a randomised, double-blind, placebo-controlled study. Lancet 2007;369:482-90

16. Clinical and Laboratory Standards Institute. Performance standards for antimicrobial susceptibility testing: seventeenth informational supplement. Clinical and Laboratory Standards Institute, 940 West Valley Road, Suite 1400, Wayne, Pennsylvania 19087-1898 USA 2007

17. Kowalski RP, Yates KA, Romanowski EG, et al. An ophthalmologist’s guide to understanding antibiotic susceptibility and minimum inhibitory concentration data. Ophthalmology 2005; 112:1987

18. Pechere JC. Macrolide resistance mechanisms in Gram-positive cocci. Int J Antimicrob Agents 2001;18(Suppl 1):S25-S28

19. Clarebout G, Nativelle E, Leclercq R. Unusual inducible cross resistance to macroUdes, lincosamides, and streptogramins B by methylase production in clinical isolates of Staphylococcus aureus. Microb Drug Resist 2001;7:317-22

20. Blondeau JM, DeCarolis E, Metzler KL, Hansen GT. The macrolides. Expert Opin Investig Drugs 2002;11:189-215

21. Jain R, Danziger LH. The macroUde antibiotics: a pharmacokinetic and pharmacodynamic overview. Curr Pharm Des 2004;10:3045-53

22. Tabbara KF, al-Kharashi SA, al-Mansouri SM, et al. Ocular levels of azithromycin. Arch Ophthalmol 1998;116:1625-8

23. Burton MJ, Frick KD, Bailey RL, Bowman RJ. Azithromycin for the treatment and control of trachoma. Expert Opin Pharmacother 2002;3:113-20

24. Melese M, Alemayehu W, Gaynor B, et al. What more is there to learn about trachoma? Br J Ophthalmol 2003;87:521-2

25. Chern KC, Shrestha SK, Cevallos V, et al. Alterations in the conjunctival bacterial flora following a single dose of azithromycin in a trachoma endemic area. Br J Ophthalmol 1999;83:1332-5 26. Leach AJ, Shelby-James TM, Mayo M, et al. A prospective study of the impact of community-based azithromycin treatment of trachoma on carriage and resistance of Streptococcus pneumoniae. Clin Infect Dis 1997;24:356-62

27. Gaynor BD, Holbrook KA, Whitcher JP, et al. Community treatment with azithromycin for trachoma is not associated with antibiotic resistance in Streptococcus pneumoniae at 1 year. Br J Ophthalmol 2003;87:147-8

28. Fry AM, Jha HC, Lietman TM, et al. Adverse and beneficial secondary effects of mass treatment with azithromycin to eliminate blindness due to trachoma in Nepal. Clin Infect Dis 2002;35:395-402

29. Monta JY, Kahn E, Thompson T, et al. Impact of azithromycin on oropharyngeal carriage of group A Streptococcus and nasopharyngeal carriage of macrolide-resistant Streptococcus pneumoniae. Pediatr Infect Dis J 2000;19:41-6

30. Ghaffar F, Muniz LS, Katz K, et al. Effects of large dosages of amoxicillin/clavulanate or azithromycin on nasopharyngeal carriageof Streptococcus pneumoniae, Haemophilus influenzae, nonpneumococcal alpha-hemolytic streptococci, and Staphylococcus aureus in children with acute otitis media. Clin Infect Dis 2002;34:1301-9

31. Brown SD, Farrell DJ, Morrissey I. Prevalence and molecular analysis of macrolide and fluoroquinolone resistance among isolates of Streptococcus pneumoniae collected during the 2000-2001 PROTEKT US Study. J Clin Microbiol 2004;42:4980-7

32. Jones ME, Karlowsky JA, Blosser-Middleton R, et al. Longitudinal assessment of antipneumococcal susceptibility in the United States. Antimicrob Agents Chemother 2002;46:2651-5

33. Jenkins SG, Farrell DJ, Patel M, Lavin BS. Trends in anti- bacterial resistance among Streptococcus pneumoniae isolated in the USA, 2000-2003: PROTEKT US years 1-3. J Infect 2005;51:355-63

34. Biedenbach DJ, Jones RN. Five-year analysis of Haemophilus influenzae isolates with reduced susceptibility to fluoroquinolones: prevalence results from the SENTRY antimicrobial surveillance program. Diagn Microbiol Infect Dis 2003;46:55-61

35. Brown SD, Rybak MJ. Antimicrobial susceptibility of Streptococcus pneumoniae, Streptococcus pyogenes and Haemophilus influenzae collected from patients across the USA, in 2001-2002, as part of the PROTEKT US study. J Antimicrob Chemother 2004;54(Suppl 1):17-il5

36. Blondeau JM. Fluoroquinolones: mechanism of action, classification, and development of resistance. Surv Ophthalmol 2004;49(Suppl 2):S73-S78

37. Appelbaum PC, Hunter PA. The fluoroquinolone antibacterials: past, present and future perspectives. Int J Antimicrob Agents 2000;16:5-15

38. Nightingale CH. Moxifloxacin, a new antibiotic designed to treat community-acquired respiratory tract infections: a review of microbiologie and pharmacokinetic-pharmacodynamic characteristics. Pharmacotherapy 2000;20:245-56

39. LiX, MarianoN, Rahal JJ, et al. Quinolone-resistant Haemophilus influenzae: determination of mutant selection window for ciprofloxacin, garenoxacin, levofloxacin, and moxifloxacin. Antimicrob Agents Chemother 2004;48:4460-2

40. Li X, Zhao X, Drlica K. Selection of Streptococcus pneumoniae mutants having reduced susceptibility to moxifloxacin and levofloxacin. Antimicrob Agents Chemother 2002;46:522-4

41. Miravitlles M. Moxifloxacin in respiratory tract infections. Expert Opin Pharmacother 2005;6:283-93

42. Doern GV. Antimicrobial use and the emergence of antimicrobial resistance with Streptococcus pneumoniae in the United States. Clin Infect Dis 2001;33(Suppl 3):S187-S192

43. Scheld WM. Maintaining fluoroquinolone class efficacy: review of influencing factors. Emerg Infect Dis 2003;9:1-9

44. Jones RN, Biedenbach DJ, Beach ML. Influence of patient age on the susceptibility patterns of Streptococcus pneumoniae isolates in North America (2000-2001): report from the SENTRY antimicrobial surveillance program. Diagn Microbiol Infect Dis 2003;46:77-80

45. Brown SD, Farrell DJ. Antibacterial susceptibility among Streptococcus pneumoniae isolated from paediatric and adult patients as part of the PROTEKT US study in 2001-2002. J Antimicrob Chemother 2004;54(Suppl I):i23-i29

46. Karlowsky JA, Thornsberry C, Jones ME, et al. Factors associated with relative rates of antimicrobial resistance among Streptococcus pneumoniae in the United States: results from the TRUST Surveillance Program (1998-2002). Clin Infect Dis 2003;36:963- 70

47. Cochereau I, Meddeb-Ouertani A, Khairallah M, et al. 3-day treatment with azithromycin 1.5% eye-drops (Azyter(R)) versus 7-day treatment with tobramycin 0.3% for purulent bacterial conjunctivitis: multicentre, randomised and controlled trial in adults and children. Br J Ophthalmol 2007;91:465-9

48. Guttman C. Long-acting azithromycin safe, effective in treating bacterial conjunctivitis. Ophthalmology Times July 17, 2006

49. Everett SL, Kowalski RP, Karenchak LM, et al. An in vitro comparison of the susceptibilities of bacterial isolates from patients with conjunctivitis and blepharitis to newer and established topical antibiotics. Cornea 1995;14:382-7

50. Robertson SM, Sanders M, Jasheway D, et al. Penetration and distribution of moxifloxacin and ofloxacin into ocular tissues and plasma following topical ocular administration to pigmented rabbits. Invest Ophthalmol Vis Sci 2003;44:1454

51. Si EC, Bowman LM, Roy SD. Ocular bioavailability and systemic levels of an ophthalmic formulation of azithromycin, ISV-401. Invest Ophthalmol Vis Sci 2003;44:1461

52. Drlica K. The mutant selection window and antimicrobial resistance. J Antimicrob Chemother 2003;52:11-7

53. Friedlaender MH, Breshears D, Amoozgar B, et al. The dilution of benzalkonium chloride (BAK) in the tear film. Adv Ther 2006;23:835-41

54. Schentag JJ. Pharmacokinetic and pharmacodynamic predictors of antimicrobial efficacy: moxifloxacin and Streptococcus pneumoniae. J Chemother 2002;14(Suppl 2):13-21

55. Metzler K, Hansen GM, Hedlin P, et al. Comparison of minimal inhibitory and mutant prevention drug concentrations of 4 fluoroquinolones against clinical isolates of methicillin- susceptible and -resistant Stapkylococcus aureus. Int J Antimicrob Agents 2004;24:161-7

56. Lichtenstein SJ, Dorfman M, Kennedy R, Stroman D. Controlling contagious bacterial conjunctivitis. J Pediatr Ophthalmol Strabismus 2006;43:19-26

57. Wagner RS, Abebon MB, Shapiro A, Torkildsen G. Evaluation of moxifloxacin, ciprofloxacin, gatifloxacin, ofloxacin, and levofloxacin concentrations in human conjunctival tissue. Arch Ophthalmol 2005;123:1282-3

CrossRef links are available in the online published version of this paper: http://www.cmrojournal.com

Paper CMRO-4117_8, Accepted for publication: 23 July 2007

Published Online: 08 August 2007

doi: 10.1185/030079907X226276

Christina Ohnsman(a), David Ritterband(b), Terrence O’Brien(c), Dalia Girgis(c) and Al Kabat(d)

a Wills Eye Institute, Philadelphia, PA, USA

b New York Eye & Ear Infirmary; New York, NY, USA

c Bascom Palmer Eye Institute, Miami, FL, USA

d Nova Southeastern University, Fort Lauderdale, FL, USA

Address for correspondence: Christina Ohnsman, MD, 115 Grandview Blvd., Wyomissing, PA 19609, USA. Tel.: +1 610 670 6732; email: [email protected]

Copyright Librapharm Sep 2007

(c) 2007 Current Medical Research and Opinion. Provided by ProQuest Information and Learning. All rights Reserved.

Rural Racketeering Case is a Backwoods Version of "The Sopranos": Owner of Tree Business Intimidated Rivals, Government Charges

By Dan Herbeck, The Buffalo News, N.Y.

Oct. 22–The racketeering case against David Cain Jr. is not the kind of trial that Americans have gotten used to watching on TV. The players bear little resemblance to the characters in the Tony Soprano gang. They aren’t from New York City or New Jersey. They haven’t bumped off their rivals over bookmaking or trash-hauling profits.

But, according to police, Cain and his associates were a backwoods version of “The Sopranos.” Extortion, arson and other crimes are alleged in court papers.

Their goal: intimidate rivals in the tree-trimming and logging businesses of Orleans and Niagara counties.

Federal agents allege that the Cains spent at least 11 years terrorizing rival business owners and “anyone else who got in their way” under the blue skies of farming communities such as Newfane, Yates, Medina, Barker and Hartland.

“David Cain Jr., Chris Cain and Jamie Soha were all members of a criminal association,” Assistant U.S. Attorney Anthony M. Bruce told jurors in his opening statement last week. “The theme was, ‘Make money, and see to it we don’t get caught.’ “

David Cain, 37, and his brother, Christopher Cain, 34, both of Somerset, face felony racketeering charges with their cousin, James Soha, 31, of Lockport.

Their trial began last week, and all three defendants deny the charges. Among the allegations:

–Gang members torched the private car of a Niagara County sheriff’s deputy who had filed traffic charges against David Cain. The car was set on fire while parked in the driveway of the deputy’s Newfane home.

–They tried to run a bulldozer into the Orleans County home of a man who owned a competing logging business. The bulldozer ran out of gas before it struck the home. They later caused more than $30,000 damage to the man’s equipment and his business property.

–Gang members started a fire that destroyed a 1949 vintage airplane, valued at $75,000. Federal agents say the plane was owned by a Lockport tree-trimmer who had several disagreements with David Cain.

–Christopher Cain arranged an arson fire at a woman’s River Road home in Wheatfield. Police say that it was a bizarre plot to make the woman homeless, forcing her to move in with an associate of Cain who was in love with her.

Twenty-one incidents of extortion, arson and other crimes are alleged in court papers.

Huge arson fire in ’02

David Cain, the group’s alleged leader, operated a tree-trimming business in Gasport and a junkyard in Middleport before he was jailed after his grand jury indictment in May 2006.

The government contends that his henchmen — including several men who worked for him trimming trees — tried to put rivals out of business by burning their buildings and stealing or destroying their equipment.

In one of the arson fires, at a tree-trimming business in Newfane, prosecutors contend that David Cain, Soha and others ignited 100 cords of firewood and 30 tons of wood pellets. The February 2002 fire destroyed two dump trucks and caused flames that soared so high into the night that they could be seen in Buffalo, 40 miles away.

The government alleges that David Cain later told an associate that he destroyed the Newfane business because its owner was “so competitive.”

The trial before U.S. District Judge Richard J. Arcara is expected to last at least two months.

Despite its rural setting, the case has many of the elements of a television mobster drama — including strained family relationships, a touch of romance and rough, earthy characters with explosive tempers.

His court-appointed lawyers, Joel L. Daniels and Daniel J. Henry Jr., call David Cain a hardworking businessman who is the victim of lying witnesses. They predicted that much of the trial evidence will come from criminals who made advantageous plea deals with the government.

Daniels said the real criminals in the case are those witnesses, whom he described as “liars,””dopers” and “bums.” He said one of the witnesses is a child rapist.

“[David Cain] never told anybody to smash up anything,” Daniels told the jury. “Believe me, these career criminals, they didn’t need any encouragement.”

Daniels’ statements got under the skin of the prosecutor, Bruce, who repeatedly rose to his feet to object.

More criticism of the witnesses came from Leigh E. Anderson, who represents Christopher Cain with co-counsel David J. Seeger, and James P. Harrington, attorney for Soha.

Prosecutors Bruce and Charles B. Wydysh allege that the Cain brothers had no reluctance to recruit such criminals as their henchmen.

A government list of 75 potential witnesses includes at least 10 criminals who made plea deals. It also includes police officers and businesspeople who were alleged victims of the Cains. Members of the U.S. Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms & Explosives, the Niagara County Sheriff’s Office and the Niagara County district attorney’s office worked on the case.

The first full day of witness testimony was Friday, and jurors heard several hours of testimony from Paul Rutherford Jr., 34, an Orleans County hoodlum who is a cousin of the Cain brothers.

Rutherford, who used to cut trees for David Cain, is serving a 12-year federal prison term for an October 2003 home-invasion robbery in the Town of Yates. A 70-year-old woman was tied up with electrical cord and threatened at gunpoint.

Credibility attacked

Christopher Cain told him to rob the house after learning that the woman’s husband had won tens of thousands of dollars at a casino in Ontario, Rutherford said.

He and a partner, Nathan Stanley, stole more than $30,000 cash from the home and gave Christopher Cain $5,000, Rutherford said. He also testified that he sold marijuana with Christopher Cain and pulled off other crimes — including thefts and arson fires — at the Cains’ direction.

At one time, Rutherford said, he was grossing up to $500 a day selling marijuana. Bruce asked him what he did with the money.

“I gave it to Chris,” Rutherford testified.

But defense attorneys contend that Rutherford is a liar who did not need anyone to tell him when or where to commit crimes. Daniels called him “a degenerate who never made an honest dollar in his life.”

Repeatedly attacking Rutherford’s credibility, Daniels got Rutherford to acknowledge that he got “an adrenaline rush” from pointing guns at people, that he once had a $500-a-day cocaine habit and that he committed at least 190 burglaries that police never linked to him.

“You’ve been a thief your whole adult life?” Daniels asked the witness. “Yep,” Rutherford responded.

The defense was to continue its questioning of Rutherford today.

[email protected]

—–

To see more of The Buffalo News, N.Y., or to subscribe to the newspaper, go to http://www.buffalonews.com.

Copyright (c) 2007, The Buffalo News, N.Y.

Distributed by McClatchy-Tribune Information Services.

For reprints, email [email protected], call 800-374-7985 or 847-635-6550, send a fax to 847-635-6968, or write to The Permissions Group Inc., 1247 Milwaukee Ave., Suite 303, Glenview, IL 60025, USA.

Rural Racketeering Case is a Backwoods Version of “The Sopranos”: Owner of Tree Business Intimidated Rivals, Government Charges

By Dan Herbeck, The Buffalo News, N.Y.

Oct. 22–The racketeering case against David Cain Jr. is not the kind of trial that Americans have gotten used to watching on TV. The players bear little resemblance to the characters in the Tony Soprano gang. They aren’t from New York City or New Jersey. They haven’t bumped off their rivals over bookmaking or trash-hauling profits.

But, according to police, Cain and his associates were a backwoods version of “The Sopranos.” Extortion, arson and other crimes are alleged in court papers.

Their goal: intimidate rivals in the tree-trimming and logging businesses of Orleans and Niagara counties.

Federal agents allege that the Cains spent at least 11 years terrorizing rival business owners and “anyone else who got in their way” under the blue skies of farming communities such as Newfane, Yates, Medina, Barker and Hartland.

“David Cain Jr., Chris Cain and Jamie Soha were all members of a criminal association,” Assistant U.S. Attorney Anthony M. Bruce told jurors in his opening statement last week. “The theme was, ‘Make money, and see to it we don’t get caught.’ “

David Cain, 37, and his brother, Christopher Cain, 34, both of Somerset, face felony racketeering charges with their cousin, James Soha, 31, of Lockport.

Their trial began last week, and all three defendants deny the charges. Among the allegations:

–Gang members torched the private car of a Niagara County sheriff’s deputy who had filed traffic charges against David Cain. The car was set on fire while parked in the driveway of the deputy’s Newfane home.

–They tried to run a bulldozer into the Orleans County home of a man who owned a competing logging business. The bulldozer ran out of gas before it struck the home. They later caused more than $30,000 damage to the man’s equipment and his business property.

–Gang members started a fire that destroyed a 1949 vintage airplane, valued at $75,000. Federal agents say the plane was owned by a Lockport tree-trimmer who had several disagreements with David Cain.

–Christopher Cain arranged an arson fire at a woman’s River Road home in Wheatfield. Police say that it was a bizarre plot to make the woman homeless, forcing her to move in with an associate of Cain who was in love with her.

Twenty-one incidents of extortion, arson and other crimes are alleged in court papers.

Huge arson fire in ’02

David Cain, the group’s alleged leader, operated a tree-trimming business in Gasport and a junkyard in Middleport before he was jailed after his grand jury indictment in May 2006.

The government contends that his henchmen — including several men who worked for him trimming trees — tried to put rivals out of business by burning their buildings and stealing or destroying their equipment.

In one of the arson fires, at a tree-trimming business in Newfane, prosecutors contend that David Cain, Soha and others ignited 100 cords of firewood and 30 tons of wood pellets. The February 2002 fire destroyed two dump trucks and caused flames that soared so high into the night that they could be seen in Buffalo, 40 miles away.

The government alleges that David Cain later told an associate that he destroyed the Newfane business because its owner was “so competitive.”

The trial before U.S. District Judge Richard J. Arcara is expected to last at least two months.

Despite its rural setting, the case has many of the elements of a television mobster drama — including strained family relationships, a touch of romance and rough, earthy characters with explosive tempers.

His court-appointed lawyers, Joel L. Daniels and Daniel J. Henry Jr., call David Cain a hardworking businessman who is the victim of lying witnesses. They predicted that much of the trial evidence will come from criminals who made advantageous plea deals with the government.

Daniels said the real criminals in the case are those witnesses, whom he described as “liars,””dopers” and “bums.” He said one of the witnesses is a child rapist.

“[David Cain] never told anybody to smash up anything,” Daniels told the jury. “Believe me, these career criminals, they didn’t need any encouragement.”

Daniels’ statements got under the skin of the prosecutor, Bruce, who repeatedly rose to his feet to object.

More criticism of the witnesses came from Leigh E. Anderson, who represents Christopher Cain with co-counsel David J. Seeger, and James P. Harrington, attorney for Soha.

Prosecutors Bruce and Charles B. Wydysh allege that the Cain brothers had no reluctance to recruit such criminals as their henchmen.

A government list of 75 potential witnesses includes at least 10 criminals who made plea deals. It also includes police officers and businesspeople who were alleged victims of the Cains. Members of the U.S. Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms & Explosives, the Niagara County Sheriff’s Office and the Niagara County district attorney’s office worked on the case.

The first full day of witness testimony was Friday, and jurors heard several hours of testimony from Paul Rutherford Jr., 34, an Orleans County hoodlum who is a cousin of the Cain brothers.

Rutherford, who used to cut trees for David Cain, is serving a 12-year federal prison term for an October 2003 home-invasion robbery in the Town of Yates. A 70-year-old woman was tied up with electrical cord and threatened at gunpoint.

Credibility attacked

Christopher Cain told him to rob the house after learning that the woman’s husband had won tens of thousands of dollars at a casino in Ontario, Rutherford said.

He and a partner, Nathan Stanley, stole more than $30,000 cash from the home and gave Christopher Cain $5,000, Rutherford said. He also testified that he sold marijuana with Christopher Cain and pulled off other crimes — including thefts and arson fires — at the Cains’ direction.

At one time, Rutherford said, he was grossing up to $500 a day selling marijuana. Bruce asked him what he did with the money.

“I gave it to Chris,” Rutherford testified.

But defense attorneys contend that Rutherford is a liar who did not need anyone to tell him when or where to commit crimes. Daniels called him “a degenerate who never made an honest dollar in his life.”

Repeatedly attacking Rutherford’s credibility, Daniels got Rutherford to acknowledge that he got “an adrenaline rush” from pointing guns at people, that he once had a $500-a-day cocaine habit and that he committed at least 190 burglaries that police never linked to him.

“You’ve been a thief your whole adult life?” Daniels asked the witness. “Yep,” Rutherford responded.

The defense was to continue its questioning of Rutherford today.

[email protected]

—–

To see more of The Buffalo News, N.Y., or to subscribe to the newspaper, go to http://www.buffalonews.com.

Copyright (c) 2007, The Buffalo News, N.Y.

Distributed by McClatchy-Tribune Information Services.

For reprints, email [email protected], call 800-374-7985 or 847-635-6550, send a fax to 847-635-6968, or write to The Permissions Group Inc., 1247 Milwaukee Ave., Suite 303, Glenview, IL 60025, USA.

Honored for Giving ; Woman Named Philanthropist of the Year for Work With Women, Hospital

By POLLY SUMMAR Journal Staff Writer

Mary Amelia Whited-Howell hobbled into Vanessie on Friday night on crutches with no idea she was going to be presented with the second annual Philanthropist of the Year Award.

“I knew if we told you beforehand, you wouldn’t show up,” said Robert A. Glick, executive director of the St. Vincent Hospital Foundation, to the group of donors and supporters of the hospital’s campaign to build a new emergency room.

Whited-Howell nodded in agreement, later saying she didn’t like drawing attention to herself or to her broken foot, but told the group, “It’s our community, and we need to take care of ourselves and our community.”

As president and chairwoman of the board of the Frost Foundation, a small family charity, Whited-Howell has led the foundation to become more involved in collaborate ways in its grantmaking. She’s the granddaughter of the founder.

And the Philanthropist of the Year Award, a joint venture between St. Vincent Hospital and the Albuquerque Publishing Co./Journal Santa Fe, is awarded for just such innovative methods of philanthropy.

“Mary Amelia decided that instead of just giving grants, she would work with the institution,” Glick said. “For example, with a grant to help single mothers in cottage industries,” via the New Mexico Women’s Foundation supporting the Women’s Cottage Industry Program.

“And she worked with us at the hospital to develop a program for doulas,” said Glick of the support companions for pregnant women before, during and after birth. “The Frost Foundation put up the money so women who can afford to pay do, and that supports payments for those who can’t. It’s selfreplenishing.”

Glick said some 15 to 20 percent of the hospital’s patients are below the poverty level. “The Frost Foundation also gave the (hospital) foundation the first gift to the campaign for a new emergency room — half a million dollars — about three years ago,” Glick said.

The award, presented by APC’s director of marketing Dorothy Rosado, was an Edward S. Curtis original photograph of three San Ildefonso women in honor of Whited-Howell’s work on behalf of women.

Last year’s award winner was Fran Mullin, owner of Vanessie of Santa Fe. “For a week, he gives 20 percent of the profits of the restaurant to various charities,” Glick said. “And this (three-day) weekend, he’s giving the hospital 20 percent of the gross profits.”

After the ceremony, Whited-Howell said one of her first volunteering jobs as a teenager was as a candy striper at St. Vincent Hospital here, where her family had a summer home. In the 1980s, Whited-Howell and her husband, Philip Howell, owned the Garfield Grill restaurant.

“And I grew up next to (Guarantee owner) Abe Silver’s cousin” in Shreveport, La., said Whited-Howell, a coincidence that amuses them both. Silver, who was attending the ceremony, is a former chairman of the board of the hospital foundation.

Friday’s award ceremony fell on the final weekend of the hospital’s fundraising campaign. Today’s sold-out Bob Newhart fundraiser at the Eldorado Hotel is the last event of the foundation’s campaign to raise money for the new emergency room.

(c) 2007 Albuquerque Journal. Provided by ProQuest Information and Learning. All rights Reserved.

Scientists See Coal As Key Challenge

The proliferation of coal-burning power plants around the world may pose “the single greatest challenge” to averting dangerous climate change, an international panel of scientists reported Monday.

Governments and the private sector are spending too little on research into a partial solution – technology to capture and store the carbon dioxide emissions from such plants, the group said.

The study by 15 scientists from 13 nations, “Lighting the Way: Toward a Sustainable Energy Future,” was commissioned by the governments of China and Brazil and is the product of two years of workshops organized by the InterAcademy Council, the Netherlands-based network of national academies of science.

The 174-page report details current and developing technologies, and government incentives and other policies that could lead both the developed and developing world to clean, affordable and sustainable energy supplies.

“The first thing it says, really, is that conservation and energy efficiency will remain for the next couple of decades the most important thing the world can do to get on a sustainable path,” said co-chairman Steven Chu, Nobel Prize-winning physicist and director of California’s Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory.

Such steps are urgently needed, the panel said, not only to cut back emissions of carbon dioxide and other gases blamed for global warming, but also to extend basic energy services to 2 billion poor people worldwide and reduce the potential for international conflict over energy resources.

The report took note of the growing role of coal-fired power plants in some countries, “despite increased scientific certainty and growing concern about climate change.”

China expects to open one new coal-fired plant per week over the next five years. In the United States, plans for more than 150 new coal plants have been announced since the late 1990s, although some recently have been scrapped or delayed because of climate and other concerns.

European and U.S. scientists and engineers are working to develop capture-and-storage technologies, whereby power plants’ carbon-dioxide emissions might be sequestered long-term in abandoned oil wells or other underground cavities. But the InterAcademy Council panel said such work is poorly financed.

“Some would argue this is an absolutely cornerstone policy with currently inadequate investment and attention,” panelist Ged Davis, a British energy economist, told reporters in a teleconference Monday.

The report noted public investment worldwide in energy research and development was estimated at $9 billion in 2005. That should be at least doubled, it said, and there should be “worldwide introduction of price signals for carbon emissions,” to push future public and private investment in a carbon-saving direction.

Under the Kyoto Protocol, which requires emissions reductions by industrialized nations, the European Union operates a “carbon price” system whereby industries not using up their quotas can sell allowances to others that overshoot their quotas. The United States rejects the idea of such mandatory emissions cutbacks.

Draeger Offers ”7 Tips for Better Respiratory and Lung Health”

In an effort to bring lung health issues to the attention of the public, The American Association for Respiratory Care (AARC) has designated October 21-27, 2007, as Respiratory Care Week and Wednesday, October 24 as Lung Health Day. Draeger Medical, Inc. is a Corporate Partner of AARC and, in conjunction with this event, has prepared “7 Tips for Better Respiratory and Lung Health.” These tips are written as common-sense guidelines for good lung health and are not meant to be a substitute for regular checkups and consultation with physicians.

1. Don’t smoke and do keep away from other respiratory irritants.

As one of the Surgeon General’s Warnings on cigarette packs states: “Smoking Causes Lung Cancer, Heart Disease, Emphysema, And May Complicate Pregnancy.” If you do smoke, quit. Quitting can help improve lung function considerably in as little as six weeks.1

2. Do eat & drink right.

Eat fruits and veggies, especially tomatoes. Fruits and vegetables are high in antioxidants like Vitamins A, C and E, and health professionals agree that it’s best to get them from your food rather than from supplements. Staying away from processed foods in general is good for your lungs and your overall health. British researchers found that people who ate tomatoes (or tomato sauce, etc.) three times a week had improved lung function and experienced less “wheeziness” and fewer asthma-like symptoms.2,3

Drink plenty of water or other nutritious fluids (unless otherwise directed). When we breathe, our lungs lose moisture. So we need to stay hydrated.

Cut back on eating cured meats. In adults 45 years and older, frequent consumption of cured meats was associated with decreased lung function and increased risk for chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD).4

Drinking wine, particularly white wine, both in the recent past and over your lifetime, seems to help your lungs. But don’t overdo it.2

3. Do make your home a safe place to breathe.

Keep your house free from clutter (this can attract dust and irritants). Vacuum and dust regularly. If you have forced air ductwork in your house, make sure you have it professionally cleaned to remove dust and mold.

Wash and replace sheets and pillowcases to help prevent dust mites from getting into your lungs.

Read the ingredients on household cleansers, and if the instructions tell you to use in a well-ventilated space, do so.2

4. Don’t expose your lungs to harmful environments.

Avoid going outside during high pollen count, high ozone, or on very windy days when there is a high level of dust and blowing irritants.

Don’t frequent places where there is secondhand smoke or irritants. Secondhand smoke can cause premature death and disease, and there is no risk-free level of exposure to secondhand smoke.5

5. Do breathe correctly.

Breathe in through your nose and out through your mouth. The nose is designed as a filter and temperature regulator. The mouth lets everything into your lungs.2

Inhale deeply through your nose, filling your lungs from the bottom up. This is called diaphragmatic breathing and it requires less effort to take in each breath.2

6. Do exercise.

Exercise makes your heart beat faster. Do such things as climbing stairs, riding a bike or walking briskly. This is important to keep your heart and lungs in good shape. Studies find that walking about 15 minutes three to four times a day improves breathing in people with emphysema.2,6

7. Do be an optimist.

Harvard researchers followed 670 men with an average age of 63 years for eight years and found those who were more optimistic had much better lung function and a slower rate of lung function decline than the pessimists in the bunch.7

The AARC celebrates National Respiratory Care Week each year to honor and thank respiratory care professionals for their contributions, demonstrate the value of respiratory care professionals in all healthcare settings, promote respiratory health in the workplace and the community, increase awareness of lung health issues in all environments and educate prospective students about career opportunities and the growth of the profession.

Toni Rodriquez RRT Ed. D, AARC’s current President, said, “The AARC applauds the efforts of Draeger to increase awareness of lung disease and to promote lung health as part of RC Week.”

Draeger is currently celebrating 100 years of ventilation technology. In 1907, the company introduced Pulmotor, the first-ever mobile, short-term respirator. 2007 also marks the 100-year anniversary of Draeger in the United States. As part of its ongoing celebration of these milestones, Draeger Medical will showcase an original Pulmotor alongside its latest respiratory care devices at the annual AARC Respiratory Congress in Orlando, Fla., December 1-4, 2007.

About Draeger

Draegerwerk AG is an international leader in the medical and safety technology markets with 2006 sales of €1,801.3 million. Founded in 1889, Draeger employs nearly 10,000 people in more than 190 countries, with more than 50 percent outside of Germany. The Draeger Medical division offers products, services and integrated system solutions throughout the patient care process – Emergency Care, Perioperative Care, Critical Care, Perinatal Care and Home Care. The Draeger Safety division’s portfolio covers products and system solutions for holistic hazard management — gas detection, personal and property protection products including a wide variety of services. Draeger’s key customers are from the hospital sector, on the one hand, and industry, mining, fire fighting, municipal utilities, and police, on the other. For more information, visit www.draeger.com.

1Rekha Chaudhuri, Eric Livingston, et. al., “Effects of Smoking Cessation on Lung Function and Airway Inflammation in Smokers with Asthma,” American Journal of Respiratory and Critical Care Medicine, Vol. 174, April 27, 2006, pp. 127-133.

2Readers Digest, July 13, 2005, RD.com – http://www.rd.com/content/breathe-easier-with-greater-lung-power/.

3Tricia M. McKeever, et al., “Prospective Study of Diet and decline in Lung Function in General Population,” American Journal of Respiratory and Critical Care Medicine, Vol. 165. pp. 1299-1303, 2002.

4Rui Jiang, et al., “Cured Meat Consumption, Lung Function, and Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease among United States Adults,” American Journal of Respiratory and Critical Care Medicine, Vol. 175, April 15, 2007, pp. 798-804.

5Norman Edelman, “Considerable Progress in Protecting People from Secondhand Smoke,” American Journal of Respiratory and Critical Care Medicine, July 15, 2007.

6U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute, Guide to Physical Activity and Your Heart, pp. 8, et al.

7Laura D. Kubzansky, Ph.D, et al., “Breathing Easy: A Prospective Study of Optimism and Pulmonary Function in the Normative Aging Study,” Annals of Behavioral Medicine, Vol. 24, No. 4, 2002, pp.345-353.

Abbott’s M2000(TM) Molecular Diagnostic Instrument and RealTime HIV-1 Test Win Chicago Innovation Award

ABBOTT PARK, Ill., Oct. 22 /PRNewswire-FirstCall/ — Abbott has received a 2007 Chicago Innovation Award for its m2000(TM) molecular diagnostic instrument (http://www.abbott.com/global/url/content/en_US/60.15:15/feature/Feature_0021.htm ) and the Abbott RealTime HIV-1 viral load test, the most sensitive test of its kind capable of detecting and precisely measuring all known strains of the human immunodeficiency virus (HIV).

Abbott’s RealTime HIV-1 test, approved for use in the United States in May 2007, and run on the m2000 system, is the only viral load test of its kind that can detect and measure all group M, group N and group O strains of HIV-1 as well as non-B subtypes of the virus. The products offer physicians a quick and highly accurate test method to help ensure their patients receive the most effective treatment.

This is the third time in five years Abbott has been selected for a Chicago Innovation Award. In 2005, the company’s PathVysion(TM) (http://www.pathvysion.com/ ) breast cancer test received the honor, and in 2003, HUMIRA(TM)(http://humira.com/ ), the first human monoclonal antibody drug for rheumatoid arthritis, won the award.

“At Abbott we’re in the business of improving lives — often saving lives. That’s an important motivation in fostering innovation,” said Miles D. White, chairman and chief executive officer, Abbott. “Patients depend on us for new and better medicines, diagnostics and nutritionals, and that inspires our scientists everyday. The m2000 and HIV-1 viral load test, PathVysion and HUMIRA are just a few examples of the caliber of research being conducted at Abbott to find solutions to unmet medical needs.”

Sponsored by Kuczmarski and Associates and the Chicago Sun-Times, the Chicago Innovation Awards are intended to create awareness of the contributions of Chicago-area companies in developing innovative products that change the world. Abbott and other awardees will be recognized at a ceremony and reception tonight at the Goodman Theatre attended by some 400 local business, academic and government leaders.

About the Abbott RealTime HIV-1 test and the m2000 instrument

Since the first diagnostic tests for the HIV virus came on the market in 1985, public health authorities have been concerned about the virus’ ability to mutate and create new strains of subtypes that may elude detection. Optimal treatment of HIV depends on accurate measurement of viral levels, but if variant subtypes are present and undetected, drug therapy could be ineffective.

While many of the variant strains of the virus are not as prevalent in the United States as other countries, new studies suggest that that the influx of immigrants from areas of the world where these strains are more common is increasing the number of newly diagnosed patients infected with variant HIV.

“With more than 20 years of experience in HIV testing, our scientists identified a particular region of the HIV genome resistant to the impact of mutations, and were able to develop the first and only viral load assay of its kind capable of detecting and measuring all known strains of HIV,” said John Robinson, Ph.D., senior director, Research and Development, Abbott Molecular.

The RealTime HIV-1 assay is intended to monitor disease prognosis and for use as an aid in assessing viral response to antiretroviral drug treatments. Quantitative measurements of HIV-1 levels in blood have greatly contributed to the understanding of the process by which the virus infection leads to disease and have been shown to be an essential parameter in prognosis and management of HIV infected individuals. Decisions regarding initiation or changes in antiretroviral therapy are guided by monitoring plasma HIV-1 levels or viral load, CD4-T cell count and the patient’s clinical condition. The goal of antiretroviral therapy is to reduce the virus in plasma to below detectable levels.

The RealTime HIV-1 test is intended for use in conjunction with clinical presentation and other laboratory markers as an indicator of disease prognosis and for use as an aid in assessing viral response to antiretroviral treatment as measured by changes in plasma HIV-1 RNA levels. The assay is not intended to be used as a donor-screening test for HIV-1 or as a diagnostic test to confirm the presence of HIV-1 infection.

The RealTime HIV-1 test runs on the new Abbott m2000, an automated system that uses real-time polymerase chain reaction (PCR) to amplify, detect and measure minute levels of virus in blood samples as well as extremely high levels of these infectious agents. Real-time PCR enables the production of large quantities of DNA from very small samples in a short period of time, making it possible to detect extremely low levels of a virus’s genetic material.

“The m2000 instrument in combination with the HIV-1 assay and Abbott-developed software gives clinical laboratories the ability to automatically and quickly measure very small levels of virus in patient samples, allowing labs to deliver highly accurate test results in a matter of hours,” said Scott Safar, senior director, Systems Development and Support, Abbott Molecular.

About PathVysion

PathVysion is a test for breast cancer patients that provides physicians with genetic information to help them predict if a particular type of cancer treatment may be effective for an individual patient. PathVysion fluorescence in situ hybridization (FISH) technology measures the number of copies of the HER-2 gene at the DNA level. Using fluorescent colors and a microscope, physicians count the actual number of HER-2 genes present in the cell nucleus. Results from the PathVysion kit are intended for use as an aid in selecting potential candidates for Herceptin(R) (trastuzumab) monoclonal therapy and as an adjunct to existing clinical and pathologic information currently used as prognostic factors in stage II, node-positive breast cancer patients. The PathVysion kit is further indicated as an aid to predict disease-free and overall survival in patients with stage II, node-positive breast cancer treated with adjuvant cyclophosphamide, doxorubicin and 5-fluorouracil (CAF) chemotherapy.

About Abbott’s Molecular Diagnostics Business

Abbott Molecular, a division of Abbott based in Des Plaines, Ill., is an emerging leader in molecular diagnostics — the analysis of DNA, RNA and proteins at the molecular level. Abbott Molecular’s instruments and tests provide physicians with critical information based on the early detection of pathogens and subtle, but key changes in patients’ genes and chromosomes. The products help physicians diagnose disease and infections earlier, select appropriate therapies and monitor disease progression. In addition to the RealTime HIV-1 viral load test and the Abbott m2000, Abbott Molecular’s portfolio of products also includes innovative genomic tests for chromosome changes associated with congenital disorders and cancer.

About HUMIRA

In the United States, HUMIRA is approved by the Food and Drug Administration (FDA) for reducing signs and symptoms, inducing major clinical response, inhibiting the progression of structural damage and improving physical function in adult patients with moderately to severely active rheumatoid arthritis.

HUMIRA is indicated for reducing the signs and symptoms of active arthritis, inhibiting the progression of structural damage and improving physical function in patients with psoriatic arthritis. HUMIRA can be used alone or in combination with methotrexate or other disease-modifying anti- rheumatic drugs (DMARDs). HUMIRA is also approved for reducing signs and symptoms in patients with active ankylosing spondylitis.

Earlier this year, HUMIRA was approved for reducing the signs and symptoms and inducing and maintaining clinical remission in adults with moderately to severely active Crohn’s disease who have had an inadequate response to conventional therapy, and reducing the signs and symptoms and inducing clinical remission in these patients if they have also lost response to or are intolerant to infliximab.

Clinical trials are currently under way evaluating the potential of HUMIRA in other immune-mediated diseases.

Important Safety Information

Serious infections, sepsis, tuberculosis (TB) and opportunistic infections, including fatalities, have been reported with the use of TNF- blocking agents, including HUMIRA. Many of these serious infections have occurred in patients also taking other immunosuppressive agents that in addition to their underlying disease could predispose them to infections. Infections have also been reported in patients receiving HUMIRA alone. Treatment with HUMIRA should not be initiated in patients with active infections. TNF-blocking agents, including HUMIRA, have been associated with reactivation of hepatitis B (HBV) in patients who are chronic carriers of this virus. Some cases have been fatal. Patients at risk for HBV infection should be evaluated for prior evidence of HBV infection before initiating Humira. The combination of HUMIRA and anakinra is not recommended and patients using HUMIRA should not receive live vaccines.

More cases of malignancies have been observed among patients receiving TNF blockers, including HUMIRA, compared to control patients in clinical trials. These malignancies, other than lymphoma and non-melanoma skin cancer, were similar in type and number to what would be expected in the general population. There was an approximately 3.5 fold higher rate of lymphoma in combined controlled and uncontrolled open label portions of HUMIRA clinical trials. The potential role of TNF-blocking therapy in the development of malignancies is not known. TNF-blocking agents, including HUMIRA, have been associated in rare cases with demyelinating disease and severe allergic reactions. Infrequent reports of serious blood disorders have been reported with TNF-blocking agents.

Worsening congestive heart failure (CHF) has been observed with TNF-blocking agents, including HUMIRA, and new onset CHF has been reported with TNF-blocking agents. Treatment with HUMIRA may result in the formation of autoantibodies and rarely, in development of a lupus-like syndrome. The most frequent adverse events seen in the placebo-controlled clinical trials in rheumatoid arthritis (HUMIRA vs. placebo) were injection site reactions (20 percent vs. 14 percent), upper respiratory infection (17 percent vs. 13 percent), injection site pain (12 percent vs. 12 percent), headache (12 percent vs. 8 percent), rash (12 percent vs. 6 percent) and sinusitis (11 percent vs. 9 percent). Discontinuations due to adverse events were 7 percent for HUMIRA and 4 percent for placebo. As with any treatment program, the benefits and risks of HUMIRA should be carefully considered before initiating therapy.

In HUMIRA clinical trials for ankylosing spondylitis, psoriatic arthritis and Crohn’s disease, the safety profile for patients treated with HUMIRA was similar to the safety profile seen in patients with rheumatoid arthritis.

About Abbott

Abbott is a global, broad-based health care company devoted to the discovery, development, manufacture and marketing of pharmaceuticals and medical products, including nutritionals, devices and diagnostics. The company employs 65,000 people and markets its products in more than 130 countries.

Abbott’s news releases and other information are available on the company’s Web site at http://www.abbott.com/.

Abbott

CONTACT: Don Braakman of Abbott, +1-847-937-0080

Web site: http://www.abbott.com/

The Post-Cesarean Section Symptomatic Bladder Flap Hematoma: A Modern Reappraisal

By Malvasi, A Tinelli, A; Tinelli, R; Rahimi, S; Resta, L; Tinelli, F G

Abstract The bladder-flap hematoma (BFH) is an unusual complication of the cesarean section (CS) performed by Misgaw Ladach method or Stark CS (performed without peritoneal closure) and it is an usual event after the visceral peritoneal closure performed during the traditional method. A BFH is generally thought of as a blood collection located in a space placed between the bladder and lower uterine segment (LUS), called vescico-uterine space. If, during a Stark CS, pathological fluid collections arise in this space by uterine suture bleeding, these decant into the large peritoneal cavity causing a hemoperitoneum. This last complication can be easily and accurately detectable by ultrasonography, which can be utilised by non-invasive monitoring as a guide for the clinical follow-up. In the authors’ experience, the CS by Stark method is associated with a lower febrile and infective morbidity and it is possible also to perform a successful conservative laparoscopy for the BFH management. Laparoscopical treatment of BFH offers to patients the potential clinical benefits of the minimally invasive endoscopical treatments, but it should be reserved for surgeons trained in extensive laparoscopic procedures.

Keywords: Bladder flap hematoma, cesarean section, Retzius space, ultrasonography, laparoscopy

Introduction

The bladder-flap hematoma (BFH) is an unusual complication of the cesarean section (CS) performed with Misgaw Ladach method or Stark CS, performed without peritoneal closure and it is a usual event after the visceral peritoneal closure performed during the traditional CS technique; when bleeding occurs at the laparotomical incision site, a hematoma arises between the bladder and lower uterine segment (LUS).

A BFH is generally thought of as a blood collection in a potential ‘pocket’ located between the bladder and LUS, called vescico-uterine space [1-4].

In a Stark CS, performed by not suturing the visceral peritoneum, the vescical-uterine space communicates with the large peritoneal cavity [3]; if, during a Stark CS, pathological fluid collections arise in this space, by uterine suture bleeding, because the visceral peritoneum is not sutured, these blood collections decant from the vescicouterine space into the large peritoneal cavity, causing a hemoperitoneum.

When the postoperative hemostasis is inadequate after the hysterorrafia, a sub-fascial hematoma (SFH) may arise between the bladder and the LUS; the SFH in the closed parietal peritoneum is limited in the Retzius space and it can be detected by ultrasonographic (US) examination as a solid area or a complex mass with clean walls and reinforcement of the distal echoes [5].

The flap hematoma is either closed to the incision site of the LUS, or covered, during surgery, by a fold on the incised, reflected and re-approximated peritoneum.

The SFH can be easily and accurately detectable by US, which can be utilised either by non-invasive monitoring or as a guide for the clinical follow-up; the post-CS BFH is an unusual complication, its frequency is unsteady and so is the treatment.

The aim was to study the post-CS BFH, by diagnostic imaging, in some patients; so the post-CS necrosis and dehiscence of the uterine incision sites were evaluated on seven women by computed tomography (CT), US and Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI). In these patients we detected two possible cases of BFH by CT, but conclude that MRI may be superior to CT in evaluating complications at the uterine incision site, because of its multiplanar capability and greater degree of soft tissue contrast [6].

In another scientific report, over a 67-month observation period, some authors founded, by MRI examination, in 50 patients with persistent low-grade fever following CS, 64% of BFH and concluded that BFH occurred in slightly more than half of the cases [7].

The bladder-flap haematoma: An appraisal

The post-CS BFH surgical treatment, reported in scientific literature, include: percutaneous drainage of febrile BFH, surgical transvaginal evacuation, laparotomical BFH evacuation, and laparoscopical drainage.

A study of Winsett et al. [8] included 10 patients with a bladder- flap hematoma that were evaluated for fever, mass, or dropping hematocrit after surgery. These collections can also extend over the bladder and uterus beneath the peritoneal reflection. No one US appearance was specific for BFH; however, the diagnosis can be made by finding a mass in the extraperitoneal pelvic space in the postoperative period.

In a report by Wiener et al. [9], subfascial hematomas were found in 12 (38%) of 32 patients referred for US evaluation of a fever or a fall in hemoglobin that occurred after a cesarean delivery. In all cases, sonography revealed cystic or complex masses of various sizes, beside the bladder.

Seven of the 12 patients had concomitant BFH between the LUS and posterior bladder margin. They concluded that distinction of subfascial hematomas (SFHs) from BFHs and superficial-wound hematomas must be made only if surgical evacuation is contemplated [9].

In another report, by Baker et al. [10], the uterine incision site was prospectively studied with US in 36 asymptomatic patients, 2 days after CS. The findings were compared with those seen in 21 symptomatic, post-CS patients. In the asymptomatic patients, the incision site was visualized as an oval symmetric region of distinct echogenicity interposed between the LUS and the posterior wall of the bladder. In eight of the 36 asymptomatic patients, a small round hypoechoic mass (less than 1.5 cm) was present in or adjacent to the uterine incision and it was distinct from the normal incision. These probably represented insignificant hematomas. Of the 21 symptomatic patients, 17 had either a SFH, a BFH, or endometritis. Significant BFHs were characteristically round, greater than 2 cm masses asymmetrically placed in or adjacent to the uterine incision. They concluded that, by using US, the normal appearance of the LUS can be distinguished from significant hematomas [10].

Woo et al. [11], on 14 patients who had CS with a subsequent fever, reported 13 BFHs by MRI examination; Lev-Toaff et al. [12], on 31 patients with a post-CS fever, found four hematomas either with MR or by US, and one of these required laparotomical treatment.

Achonolu et al. [13] used percutaneous drainage of collections in seven febrile post-CS patients with bladder flap hematoma; patients whose fevers are refractory to antibiotics frequently have pelvic blood collections.

The development of sophisticated imaging techniques has led to the frequent use of percutaneous drainage in the management of abdominal collections, hematomas were the most common collections associated with post-CS infections, and percutaneous drainage was a useful technique for obtaining material for culture and for distinguishing hematomas from abscesses.

In their study, most patients defervesced shortly after percutaneous drainage [13].

Six post-CS hematomas were identified: one in a patient with uterine hemorrage and DIG (diffuse intravascular coagulation) treated post-cesarean hysterectomy and one with a large BFH, treated with transvaginal evacuation of the pelvic hematoma; moreover they describes two patients with broad ligament hematomas.

The non-invasive instrumental differentiation between a simple hematoma and an infected hematoma or abscess can be difficult, but the presence of air inside it gives an evidence for the latter; the hemorrhage usually is confined by the overlying peritoneum but it may spread laterally along the broad ligaments into the retro peritoneum.

In our experience the non closuring of visceral peritoneum during a CS, is associated with a lower febrile and infective morbidity, in accordance to report of Cochrane review and other authors.

If a BFH succeeds, it is possible also to perform a successful conservative laparoscopy to treat and resolve this complication [14- 17]; so, by our experience, we report three cases of BFH, both treated by laparoscopy.

The bladder-flap hematoma: A modern minimally invasive surgical treatment

The first case concerns a 36 year-old females third pregnancy, with a BMD (body mass index) of 28 and a mean bloody pressure of 120 mmHg, submitted to a CS.

The CS was performed with the traditional technique and the visceral peritoneum was closed; the newborn weight was 3150 g with an Apgar score of 9, at 1 minute and 10 at 5 minutes; in the 4th post-operative day, the patient showed lower abdominal pain and anemia (hemoglobin of 7.2 mg/dl).

The ultrasound trans-abdominal examination (UTAE), carried out by a 5 MHz transvaginal transducer (Aloka SSd 2000 MultiView, Tokio, Japan) and performed by two experienced physicians, showed the presence of a BFH of 73 x 67 mm (Figure 1).

The post-operative follow-up was performed by UTAEs for 65 non- consecutive days, for evaluating of the BFH dimension and evolution and, during this period, the patient showed: disurya, persistent lower abdominal pain, and fever (38.7[degrees]C).

The patient immediately recovered and was treated by antibiotic therapy (cefoxitin 2 g intravenously) plus tobramicine (160 mg/ daily) for 10 days, but no important improvement was observed and the patient was submitted to a laparoscopic treatment.

The second case concerns a 39 year-old womans second pregnancy without general risk factors, with a BMD of 27 and a mean blood pressure of 115 mmHg, submitted to a CS. The CS was performed by the traditional method, suturing the visceral peritoneum; the weight of the newborn was 3700 g, with an Apgar score of 7 at 1 minute and 10 at 5 minutes; in the 3rd post-operative day, the patient showed anemia (hemoglobin of 8.4 mg/dl).

Figure 1. Pre-operative trans-abdominal ultrasonography that shows a solid area or a complex mass with the clean walls and reinforcement of the distal echoes (BFH).

The ultrasound trans-abdominal examination (UTAE), carried out by a 5 MHz transvaginal transducer (Aloka SSd 2000 MultiView, Tokio, Japan) and performed by two experienced physicians, showed the presence of a BFH of 85 x 49 mm diameter.

In agreement with the patient, the post-operative follow-up was performed, as in the first patient, by serial UTAEs in 85 days and, at during this period, the patient was treated by endoscopy, and operative laparoscopy, for persistent lower abdominal pain and fever (38.9[degrees]C).

Then the patient recovered and was treated by antibiotic therapy (cefoxitin 2 g intravenously) plus tobramicine (160 mg/daily) for 13 days, but no important improvement was observed and the patient was submitted to a laparoscopic treatment.

In the third case, a 29 year old females first pregnancy, without general risk factors, with a BMD of 25 and a mean bloody pressure of 105 mmHg, was submitted to CS by traditional method too, suturing the visceral peritoneum; the newborn weight was 2800 g, with an Apgar score of 9-10 at 5 minutes; in the 4th post-operative day, the patient showed an heavy anemia (hemoglobin of 6.5 mg/dl), without clinical signs of compromising.

The ultrasound trans-abdominal examination (UTAE), carried out by a 5 MHz transvaginal transducer (Aloka SSd 2000 MultiView, Tokio, Japan) and performed by two experienced physicians, showed the presence of a BFH of 73 x 77 mm diameter.

In agreement with the patient, the post-operative follow-up was performed, as in the first patient, by serial UTAEs in 35 days and, at during this period, the patient was treated laparoscopically for persistent fever (38.4[degrees]C).

As in the above patients, the patient recovered and was treated by an antibiotic therapy (cefoxitin 2 g intravenously) plus tobramicine (160 mg/daily) for 9 days, but no important improvement was observed and, in agreement with the patient, she was submitted to a laparoscopy.

All the laparoscopical treatments were performed by standardized methods, described as follows: the entire procedures were performed through operative laparoscopy and all patients had antibiotic prophylaxis (cefoxitin 2 g intravenously) and perioperative low molecular weight enoxaparin (40 mg/24 h subcutaneously) administration.

The patient was usually placed in the dorsolithotomy position, with the legs in universal Alien stirrups; the vaginal cavity was cleaned with povidone-iodine solution and a Foley catheter was placed in the bladder, after an application of intraoperative lower extremity sequential compression devices for venous thrombosis prophylaxis.

All procedures were performed under general endotracheal anesthesia; an orogastric tube was inserted by the anesthesiologist to decompress the stomach and it was removed at the end of the operation. After a carbon dioxide pneumoperitoneum by Veress needle (Auto-Suture(TM), Norwalk, CT) induced at the level of umbilicus, a 10 mm diameter trocar (Wolf(R); Richard Wolf, Knittlingen, Germany) that incorporates the zero-degree laparoscope (Karl Storz, Tuttlingen, Germany) was inserted through a supraumbilical vertical incision and the entrance into the abdominal cavity was made under direct visualization (Visual Access method); then the laparoscope was connected to a video monitor and a digital DVD recording, for all the operation time.

Once the umbilical trocar had been safety introduced into the abdominal cavity, the intra-abdominal pressure was maintained at 15 mmHg, to avoid embolie complications.

Three supra-pubic ancillary trocars were placed in the following way: one 5 mm diameter trocar was inserted in the midline, 3 cm under the umbilicus, and one in each iliac fossa (5 mm diameter on the left side and 10 mm diameter on the right size), laterally to inferior epigastric vessels. Before the operative procedure, all the pelvic structures were inspected and the abdomen explored through the laparoscope in a clockwise fashion.

In the first case, the pelvic-abdominal inspection showed an 8 cm left tumescence between the posterior bladder wall and anterior lower uterine body, as described by UTAE, so we proceeded in the following way: by a transversal incision of 2 cm by bipolar forceps, we decollated the bladder wall from the BFH, then performed some biopsies of the borders and drained the purulent material with macroscopic abscess characteristic, inside the collection (Figure 2).

Figure 2. Laparoscopical incision of BFH.

Once time exposed the cavity surface of BFH, we washed it by povidone-iodine solution and, at the end of the procedure, we placed a catheter inside the pelvis for drainage; the total operative laparoscopical time was of 35 minutes, with small blood loss (

The final histological examination of BFP and its borders showed purulent material with an abscess pseudo capsule (Figure 3).

The woman was discharged after 72 hours and the post-operative UTAE in the 3rd post-operative day showed an important reduction in size of the precedent uterine scare collection (Figure 4).

In the second case, the pelvic-abdominal inspection showed a 9 cm right tumescence between the posterior bladder wall and anterior uterine wall; so we proceeded as in the first case: we decollated the posterior bladder wall from the BFH, by a transversal incision of 2 cm by bipolar forceps, then performed some biopsies and drained the fluid material (with abscess characteristic too), inside the collection, washing it by polivinilpirrolidone solution, diluted at 20% and sutured its border by some vicryl 2-0 singular stenches, for a marsupialization (Figure 5).

Figure 3. Histological examination of BFH: purulent material.

Figure 4. Pre-operative trans-vaginal ultrasonography that shows a transversal section of uterus, BFH and LUS.

As in the first case, the final histological examination of BFP and its borders showed purulent material with an abscess pseudo capsule (Figure 6).

At the end of laparoscopy we placed a catheter inside the pelvis for drainage; the total operative laparoscopical time was 25 minutes, with small blood loss (

The patient was discharged after 48 hours and the post-operative UTAE showed an important reduction of the collection.

In the third patient, the laparoscopical inspection showed a 7 cm right tumescence between the posterior bladder wall and anterior uterine wall, as described by UTAE.

Figure 5. Drainage of bladder flap hematoma by laparoscopy.

Figure 6. Histological examination of BFH: numerous inflammatory cells prevalently composed of neutrophil granulocytes.

We proceeded by decollating the posterior bladder wall from the BFH after a transversal incision of 2 cm by bipolar forceps, performed some biopsies, and drained the abscess and washed it.

Finally we sutured the borders of the surgically traumatized area (Figure 5); as in the other cases, the final histological examination of BFP showed purulent material with an abscess pseudo capsule (Figure 6).

Conclusion

The scientific literature on surgical treatment of a symptomatic post-CS BFH include various procedures: percutaneous drainage of febrile BFH, surgical trans-vaginal evacuation, laparotomical evacuation and laparoscopic drainage.

Hence, because of its safety, laparoscopy is an effective and suitable method for management of BFH and it expands the spectrum of minimally invasive surgical procedures for the treatment in this puerperal complication. Up until now, not much evidence has been described in scientific literature on BFH minimally invasive treatment, so it needs several other studies or surgical reports to show the possibilities and the advantages of various surgical opportunities in BFH treatment.

Laparoscopical treatment of BFH offers to patients the potential clinical benefits of the minimally invasive treatments, but it should be reserved for surgeons trained in extensive laparoscopical procedures.

References

1. Holmgren G, Sjoholm L, Stark M. The Misgav Ladach method of cesarean section: method description. Acta Obstet Gynecol Scand 1999;78:615-621.

2. Xavier P, Ayres-De-Campos D, Reynolds A, Guimaraes M, Costa- Santos C, Patricio B. The modified Misgav-Ladach versus the Pfannenstiel-Kerr technique for cesarean section: a randomized trial. Acta Obstet Gynecol Scand 2005;84:878-882.

3. Stark M, Finkel AR. Comparison between the Joel-Cohen and Pfannenstiel incisions in cesarean section. Eur J Obstet Gynecol Reprod Biol 1994;53:121-122.

4. Malvasi A, Marono V, Vittori G, Scollo P. Subfascial hematoma: sonographic evaluation of post transverse laparotomies with and without closet parietal peritoneum. Ultrasound Obstet Gynecol 2002;22(Supp 1):173.

5. Hohlagschwandtner M, Ruecklinger E, Husslein P, Joura EA. Is the formation of a bladder flap at cesarean necessary? A randomized trial. Obstet Gynecol 2001;98:1089-1092.

6. Rivlin ME, Patel RB, Carroll CS, Morrison JC. Diagnostic imaging in uterine incisional necrosis/dehiscence complicating cesarean section. J Reprod Med 2005;50:928-932.

7. Maldjan C, Adam R, Maldjan J, Smith R. MRI appearance of the pelvis in the post caesarean section patient. Magn Reson Imaging 1999;17:223-227.

8. Winsett MZ, Pagan CJ, Bedi DC. Sonographic demonstration of bladder-flap hematoma. J Ultrasound Med 1986;5:483-487.

9. Wiener DM, Bowie JD, Baker ME, Kay HH. Sonography of subfascial hematoma after cesarean delivery. AJR Am J Roentgenol 1987;148:907-910. 10. Baker ME, Bowie JD, Killam AP. Sonography of post cesarean section bladder flap haematoma. AJR Am J Roentgenol 1985; 144:757-759.

11. Woo GM, Twikler DM, Stettler RW, Erdman WA, Brown CE. The pelvis after cesarean section and vaginal delivery: normal MR findings. AJR Am J Roentgenol 1993;161:1249-1252.

12. Lev-Toaff AS, Baka JJ. Toaff ME, Friedmann AC, Radecki PD, Caroline DF. Diagnostic imaging in puerperal febrile morbidity. Obstet Gynecol 1991;78:50-55.

13. Achonolu F, Minkoff H, Delke I. Percutaneous drainage of fluid collections in the bladder flap hematoma of febrile postcaesarean-section patients. A report of seven cases. J Reprod Med 1987;32:140-143.

14. Bamigboye AA, Hofmeyr GJ. Closure versus non-closure of the peritoneum at caesarean section. Cochrane Database Syst Rev 2003;4:CD000163. Review.

15. Gemer O, Shenhav S, Segal S, Harari D, Segal O, Zohev E. Sonographically diagnosed pelvic hematomas and postcesarean febrile morbidity. Int J Gynaecol Obstet 1999;65:7-9.

16. Honig J. Is the formation of a bladder flap at cesarean necessary? A randomized trial. Obstet Gynecol 2002;99:677.

17. Tinelli A, Malvasi A, Tinelli F, Cavallotti C, Tinelli FG. Conservative laparoscopic treatment of post-caesarean section bladder flap haematoma: two case reports. Gynecol Surg 2006;7:1-4.

A. MALVASI1, A. TINELLI2, R. TINELLI2, S. RAHIMI3, L. RESTA4, & F. G. TINELLI2

1 Department of Obstetrics and Gynaecology, Santa Maria Hospital, Bari, Italy, 2 Department of Obstetrics and Gynaecology, Vito Fazzi Hospital, Lecce, Italy, 3 Department of Pathology, Ospedale San Carlo-IDIIRCCS, Rome, Italy, and 4 Department of Pathology, University Medical School of Bari, Italy

(Received 11 February 2007; revised 21 February 2007; accepted 3 April 2007)

Correspondence: Dr Antonio Malvasi, Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology, ‘Santa Maria’ Hospital, Via A. De Ferraris 18-D, 70124 Bari, Italy. Tel: +39/336/824085. E-mail: [email protected]

Copyright Taylor & Francis Ltd. Oct 2007

(c) 2007 Journal of Maternal – Fetal & Neonatal Medicine. Provided by ProQuest Information and Learning. All rights Reserved.

First-Time Mother Died Days Af Ter Giving Birth to Daughter

By Charlotte Thompson

A YOUNG mother died in hospital days after giving birth to her first child.

Police have launched an investigation into the death of Lesley Cowie, 31, following the delivery of her daughter Grace by Caesarean section.

Mrs Cowie is thought to have suffered internal bleeding linked to a tumour during the procedure.

Women with the kind of liver tumour she suffered are usually advised not to become pregnant, but the condition shows few symptoms and is difficult for doctors to detect.

Mrs Cowie’s accountant husband Christopher, also 31, must now raise his baby girl alone.

His wife of three years – an oil industry recruitment worker from Aberdeen – died from an abdominal haemorrhage in the city’s Royal Infirmary.

A spokesman for NHS Grampian said: ‘We can confirm the death of a female patient earlier this month.

‘It has been reported to Grampian Police, who are currently investigating the incident.’ Mrs Cowie’s haemorrhage was linked to focal nodular hyperplasia (FNH) of the liver, a form of benign tumour usually found in young women.

Experts say FNH is the second most prevalent tumour of the organ.

Apart from not normally showing any symptoms, it rarely grows or bleeds and has no malignant potential.

However, in some cases it can ‘Inquiries are ongoing’

cause pain. It is normally only discovered when a patient has an ultrasound or CT scan of the abdomen for another matter.

While the cause of FNH is uncertain, some experts have speculated that it is caused by the abnormal development of small blood vessels in that segment of liver where the tumour is found.

However, others think that the affliction is caused by hormones and there is some evidence that FNH nodules can enlarge in women who are taking contraceptive drugs that contain hormones.

Women diagnosed with FNH are advised not to take contraceptive hormones or to become pregnant because of the theoretical risk of rupture.

Those who do become pregnant may have frequent ultra- sound examinations to see if the size or mass of the tumour has increased.

Mrs Cowie’s death certificate listed insulin-dependent diabetes as the secondary cause of her death.

The Cowies were married at King’s College Chapel in Aberdeen in 2004. Her parents, Ian and Brenda Duncan, and her in-laws, John and Alexandra Cowie, also live in the city.

Mrs Cowie leaves a sister, Louise and brother, James.

Her husband was too upset to comment yesterday.

A Grampian Police spokesman said: ‘We are investigating the death of a 31-year-old woman on Thursday, October 4, at Aberdeen Royal Infirmary.

‘As with all sudden deaths, police were made aware of the circumstances by the hospital and the procurator fiscal.

‘Inquiries are currently ongoing and a report will be submitted to the procurator fiscal in due course.’ Three years ago, 15-year- old Aberdeen schoolgirl Haley Whitton died in her sleep after giving birth to a baby boy..

(c) 2007 Daily Mail; London (UK). Provided by ProQuest Information and Learning. All rights Reserved.

Adventist Health System Installs the EndoTool(TM) Glucose Management System

Adventist Health System (AHS) announced today that they have signed an agreement with MD Scientific, LLC (Charlotte, NC) to make the EndoTool™ Glucose Management System the “standard of care” for controlling in-patient blood glucose levels throughout AHS’s 36 hospital system. EndoTool™ is a highly sophisticated software system that calculates the dose of intravenous (IV) insulin needed to quickly control blood glucose levels in a critical care setting. It actively models and adapts to individual patient responses to IV insulin, even those with fluctuating insulin requirements.

“Elevated blood glucose levels can interfere with the normal healing process, resulting in prolonged hospital stays and high rates of infection. Several large studies have shown that tightly controlling blood sugar in critical care patients significantly reduces complications and improves outcomes,” says Dr. Phil Smith, Chief Medical Information Officer and formerly Chief Medical Officer at Florida Hospital Zephyrhills, which piloted EndoTool™ in its critical care units. “What is remarkable is that we lowered the average blood sugar in the hospital while we significantly lowered the incidence of hypoglycemia (or low blood sugar, a common complication of treating diabetes). EndoTool™ will also allow us to implement a unified standard of care for blood glucose control throughout our medical system, maximizing our patient outcomes while minimizing the workload on our staff.”

The main component of the EndoTool™ Glucose Management System is a software program that runs on the hospital’s internal computer system. The caregiver inputs the patient’s blood sugar reading into the system and the program computes the rate of insulin necessary to maintain the blood sugar readings in the goal range that the hospital or physician has selected. The caregiver then adjusts the IV pump and continues with their other duties. EndoTool™ automatically computes when the next blood sugar reading is needed, and will even prompt the caregiver when it is due. The system downloads all of this information to the hospital information system and performs Quality Assurance documentation for continuous quality improvement. MD Scientific also offers 24 hour per day, 7 day per week Clinical and Technical support.

About MD Scientific

MD Scientific, LLC (www.MDScientific.com) was formed in 2003 with the mission of introducing physician innovation to improve healthcare. The backgrounds of the principals include medicine, control engineering, and computer technology. EndoTool™ is the first product commercially released.

About Adventist Health System

Adventist Health System (www.ahss.org) operates 36 hospitals in ten states, totaling over 6300 beds. AHS is the largest, not-for-profit Protestant healthcare organization in the United States. Their mission is Christian and Faith-based: “Extending the healing ministry of Christ.” AHS includes over 43,000 employees, 17 affiliated extended care centers, and over 20 home health care agencies. They serve nearly four million patients annually.

Vegging Out: Teen Girls Are the Fastest Growing Segment of Vegetarians

The teenage world can be a fastmoving blur of instant communication and rapid change.

But while adolescent tastes and fads can shift in a nanosecond, teens, especially girls, seem unlikely to dismiss vegetarianism as “so yesterday” anytime soon, experts contend.

In what appears a rising trend, roughly 1.4 million under-18s in the United States identify themselves as vegetarians or vegans, including 11 percent of girls between the ages of 13 and 17, according to the American Dietetic Association.

Hamburg High School student Alisia Liguoro, 15, said she joined that growing demographic about five months ago. One reason, she said, was that she felt like a hypocrite because she claimed to love animals and yet she was still eating meat.

But Liguoro also said her decision was largely a reaction to widely publicized obesity and diabetes rates among American teens.

“It (meat) just didn’t seem to taste right anymore,” she said. “And so one day I thought, ‘I’m just not going to eat (meat) anymore.’ “

John L. Cunningham, consumer research manager for the Vegetarian Research Group, Baltimore, said the vast majority of teens who practice vegetarianism do it for the same reason as Liguoro.

“This is when children are beginning to test their boundaries and explore who they are,” Cunningham said. “But the main reasons people become vegetarian is ethics — they are uncomfortable with the way animals are treated and don’t want to consume them.”

However, some health professionals believe the ethics argument is overly simplistic and overlooks a deeper, more troubling underlying trend that is fueling the vegetarian rise.

“There is definitely something deeper,” said Dr. Avidan Milevsky, assistant professor of developmental psychology at Kutztown University. “Trends don’t take off unless there is a fire fueling the trend, and I would say this is more a body image and self-esteem issue.”

Milevsky agreed that adolescence comes with a rising consciousness, including a greater awareness of the impact of personal behavior on health.

However, rather than vegetarianism being adopted as part of a positive approach to health, many times it’s seen as an ideal foil to divert attention from existing eating disorders, such as anorexia or bulimia.

“Unfortunately, this trend overall is not about avoiding future health risks,” he said. “While it may seem a lofty ideal, vegetarianism can be a very attractive option for teenagers looking to dispel suspicion and mask the pattern of disturbed eating.”

Meredith L. Mensinger, clinical nutrition manager at St. Joseph Medical Center, said vegetarianism among teens can be a healthy, positive step, but it also needs to be taken with caution and not blindly embraced.

“There are many different vegetarian diets and many different reasons why teenagers may adopt them,” she said. “Is it family tradition? Is it peer pressure? Is it body image issues?

“That has to be looked at and considered with the teen population.”

Cunningham said that perhaps the high vegetarian rate in teen girls — 11 percent versus 7 percent in women — may be better explained by the fact girls simply are more sensitive to animal rights and the environment.

“There are more girls than boys (adopting the lifestyle) because they are not immersed in the macho culture, where compassion is not encouraged and, unfortunately, aggressiveness is,” he said.

That view is supported, Cunningham said, by a 2005 study by Teenage Research Unlimited that showed nearly a quarter of girls held a favorable view of vegetarianism.

Cunningham also said that girls are more willing to adopt the lifestyle now that it is more widely accepted in society and more options exist in grocery stores and restaurants to cater to their needs.

“Ten or 20 years ago, vegetarianism was considered a harmful fringe activity,” he said. “When a girl told her parents she wanted to be vegetarian, they’d say: ‘Forget it. You’ll eat what we make you.’ “

Liguoro said the vegetarian teen still is relatively rare, at least as far as she can tell among her peers at school.

And, she said, she adopted the lifestyle without pressure from friends or to hide existing problems.

“I think we just take in more when we hear about things like cruelty to animals,” she said. “We take it more into consideration than adults do, who seem to think it’s just a part of life.

“I don’t think that’s how it should be.”

Milevsky said that while there are some major underlying concerns regarding teen vegetarianism, it’s unlikely the rising trend will fall any time soon.

“It is catching on and once a trend emerges, a lot of other teens see it as a cool concept and come on board,” he said. “There are many, many fads and trends that have not lasted because there are no underlying issues to ensure that they self-perpetuate.

“But, as long as the Hollywood culture continues to permeate adolescent groups, the need to engage in eating patterns to develop a certain body image will continue.

“Whether a new fad, such as a diet plan or pill, emerges to replace teen vegetarianism remains to be seen. But the need for adolescents to explore identity and have a positive image are not going anywhere soon.”

Acupuncture in Managing Menopausal Symptoms: Hope or Mirage?

By Alfhaily, F Ewies, A A A

Key words: ACUPUNCTURE, HOT FLUSHES, VASOMOTOR SYMPTOMS ABSTRACT

There is an increased interest amongst women in seeking alternatives for hormone replacement therapy because of their fear of side-effects. It is claimed that acupuncture is effective for curing menopausal symptoms, and to be a safe treatment in the hands of well-trained and qualified practitioners. About one million acupuncture treatments are given in the National Health Service and two million privately each year in England for various indications. However, because its mechanism of action is not fully understood in physiological terms, acupuncture is considered by many clinicians to be of no value. This article reviews the currently available evidence as regards the effectiveness and safety of acupuncture in treating menopausal symptoms.

INTRODUCTION

An increasing number of women are seeking alternatives for conventional hormone replacement therapy (HRT) because of their concerns over possible increased risks, particularly breast cancer1. Acupuncture, one of the oldest treatment modalities, is currently receiving wide publicity in the lay press and increased interest amongst postmenopausal women. Further, it is promoted by western organizations such as the British Medical Acupuncture Society2. It was estimated that one million acupuncture treatments are given in the National Health Service (NHS) and two million privately each year in England, and around 7% of the adult population received acupuncture for various indications3. Some studies have shown that acupuncture ameliorated vasomotor symptoms in postmenopausal women and was safe in those with previous breast cancer and taking tamoxifen. However, in spite of the increasing use, there is still a vast amount of prejudice with regards to acupuncture and techniques regarded as ‘complementary’ to traditional western medicine4.

The aim of this article is to review the currently available evidence as regards acupuncture in the treatment of menopausal symptoms, in order to provide more information for clinicians and the public about the effectiveness, safety and techniques. A search of the literature, using PubMed, was made by entering the key words: acupuncture, hot flushes, menopausal symptoms, and vasomotor symptoms. Also, for comparison, we used the Google search engine to look for key words that might help to identify additional articles. No limit was used on date of publication. A total of 17 relevant studies published in English language were identified and used, in the hope that this would explore unvisited areas for future research.

DEFINITION AND MECHANISM OF ACTION

Acupuncture originated in China 3500 years ago and works through stimulating certain points on the body by needle (acupuncture) or pressure (acupressure). Electrical stimulation of acupuncture needles at standardized points (electroacupuncture) is also used. The term ‘acupuncture’ derives from the Latin acus, a needle, and punctura, a puncture5. The Chinese method is holistic, based on the concept that no single part can be understood except in relation to the whole body6, and attention should be paid to maintain the body in harmonious balance within, and in relation to, the external environment. Acupuncture is alleged to balance the harmony within the body. The stimulation of certain points on the surface of the body affects the function of certain organs, and these points follow a predictable and stable pattern. The acupuncture points are positioned along meridians, where a meridian is defined as ‘the line that can be drawn linking the points associated with any particular organ’; meridians are channels for ‘Qi’ (pronounced chee, vital energy). Energy or Qi flows through the body from meridian to meridian. Disease and pain occur when there is a blockage in the flow of the Qi5-7. There are 365 acupuncture points, which lie along 20 meridians. Twelve of these meridians are primary, and correspond to specific organs, organ systems or functions; eight are secondary. To the Chinese, an organ comprises the organic structure and its entire functional system. It has been suggested that acupuncture might modulate the central nervous system and the release of neurotransmitters8. Furthermore, changes in brain functional magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) signals have been observed during acupuncture9.

VASOMOTOR SYMPTOMS IN THE WESTERN AND CHINESE MEDICINE

The Chinese explanation of hot flushes and other menopausal symptoms is vague in the context of Western medicine. In Chinese medicine, hot flushes result from deterioration in the yin of the liver, weakness in the blood of the heart and exhaustion of the water of the kidney. The deficiency of the water is countered by an excess fire, which disturbs the control of the yin and releases its yang. The associated menopausal symptoms could occur for one of the following reasons. First, the combined effects of deficiency in the water of the kidney, hyperactivity in the liver and flare-up of the fire of the heart could lead to palpitation, insomnia, and tiredness. Second, the imbalance between the liver and spleen might lead to depression, irritability, loss of temper and an oppressive feeling in the chest10.

In western medicine, the exact pathophysiology of the hot flushes is still unknown but it could be related to an alteration in the set point temperature in the hypothalamus11. Both withdrawal and activation of endogenous opioids, e.g. beta-endorphin, have been suggested as underlying mechanisms; however, current evidence is insufficient because of lack of studies with appropriate design. Hot flushes were proposed to be hypothalamic thermoregulatory events originating from increased brain norepinephrine activity, due to decreased activity of hypothalamic opioids, which in turn is caused by estrogen withdrawal12,13. This was supported by the finding that hot flushes diminished with pharmacotherapy that increased opioid concentrations14. Nonetheless, opioid activation was also suspected because people receiving chlorpropamide flush after drinking alcohol15. Further, it was hypothesized that estrogen withdrawal could lead to reduction in the blood serotonin (5-HT) level and consequently to an up-regulation of 5-HT^sub 2A^ receptors. The activation of 5-HT^sub 2A^ receptors might disturb the hypothalamic set point temperature, which activates autonomic reactions to cool down the body, such as vasodilatation causing increased skin temperature and sweating16. It was shown that the 5-HT level was restored to normal after treatment with estrogen in women with spontaneous and surgical menopause17,18.

ACUPUNCTURE IN MANAGING MENOPAUSAL SYMPTOMS

Acupuncture was suggested to reduce the frequency of hot flushes by triggering the release of hypothalamic beta-endorphin, which is also partially responsible for a sense of well-being as well as having a pain-relieving effect19,20. It is unlikely that acupuncture has a placebo effect, since it was previously reported that the administration of placebo did not have an effect on the release of beta-endorphin21,22. Further, acupuncture was found to release 5- HT, which could relieve symptoms such as abdominal pain and cramps, mood swings and sleeplessness19, in addition to its speculated key role in the pathophysiology of hot flushes, as previously mentioned.

Treatment of hot flushes depends on stimulating several points. These can be divided into four groups: specific, homeostatic, sedative and others.

Specific points10

(1) BL.62 (Shenmai): 0.5 cm inferior to the tip of the lateral malleolus

(2) LR.14 (Qimen): vertically below the nipple in the 6th intercostal space

(3) KI.3 (Taixi): midway between the tip of the medial malleolus and the medial border of the tendo-achilles

(4) HT.7 (Shenmen): at the transverse wrist crease, on the radial side of the tendon of the flexor carpi ulnaris

(5) TE.6 (Zhigou): on the back of the forearm between ulna and radius, 3 cm proximal to the wrist crease.

Homeostatic points10

These restore the balance in the internal environment of the body through modulation of the endocrine system, and sympathetic and parasympathetic activities23,24:

(1) SP.6 (Sanyinjiao): 3 cm above the tip of the medial malleolus on the medial border of the tibia

(2) LI.11 (Quchi): at the lateral end of the transverse elbow crease when the elbow is semi-flexed

(3) ST.36 (Zusanli): one fingerbreadth lateral to the inferior border of the tibial tuberosity, 3 cm below the knee joint.

Sedative points10

They are used for the treatment of associated symptoms such as insomnia and anxiety:

(1) GV.20 (Baihui): on the vertex of the skull, 5 cm behind the anterior hairline, on the midline

(2) LI.4 (Hegu): at the highest point of the thenar eminence on the back of the hand when the forefinger and thumb are adducted.

Other points used

Other points that can be used are LR. 3, GB.20, GB.34, and CV.425.

SAFETY

Insertion of acupuncture needles causes minimal or no pain and less tissue injury than phlebotomy or parenteral injection, since it uses needles that are thinner than insulin needles. Acupuncture is safe when it is performed by experienced and well-trained practitioners, employing sterile and single-use needles. However, some adverse side-effects have been reported26. A recent study in Germany of 97 733 patients receiving acupuncture reported only six cases of potentially serious adverse events 6, including exacerbation of depression, asthma attack, hypertensive crisis, vasovagal reaction and pneumothorax. The most common minor adverse events included needle pain and local bleeding, both occurring in less than 5% of patients27. The needle size used varied between 0.2 and 0.3 mm, and there was no particular needle type or style that was linked to higher rates of adverse events28. One of the most common serious complications was the transmission of hepatitis viruses or other infectious agents via inadequately sterilized needles26; therefore, the use of disposable needles is essential. On the other hand, The Collaborative Group on Hormonal Factors in Breast Cancer, in their re-analysis of world-wide observational data, estimated that taking HRT from the age of 50 for more than 5 years would increase the risk of breast cancer by two extra cases per 1000 women29. Further, HRT was associated with a two-fold increase in venous thromboembolism, with the highest risk occurring in the first year of use30,31. EFFECTIVENESS

Acupuncture in healthy women with natural menopause

Two recent prospective, parallel, randomized Swedish studies, involving 102 postmenopausal women, assessed the effect of transdermal placebo versus estrogen treatment (study I), and oral estrogen versus acupuncture or applied relaxation (study II), using the Kupperman index. It was found that the number of hot flushes per 24 h decreased significantly after 4 and 12 weeks in all groups except the placebo group32. However, this trial did not include a placebo acupuncture control group. In a recent, randomized, controlled pilot study, active or placebo acupuncture (placebo needles that do not penetrate the skin at sham acupuncture points) was administered to investigate the effectiveness of acupuncture on postmenopausal nocturnal hot flushes and sleep in 29 postmenopausal women, experiencing at least seven moderate to severe hot flushes daily. Acupuncture significantly reduced the severity of nocturnal hot flushes compared with placebo. The frequency of the flushes was reduced in both groups, with no influence on sleep33. Another controlled study34 randomized 45 postmenopausal women with vasomotor symptoms into three treatment groups: electro-acupuncture (n = 15), superficial needle insertion (n = 13) and unopposed 2 mg 17beta- estradiol orally (n = 15) for 12 weeks with 6 months’ follow-up. The mean number of hot flushes per 24 h, the Kupperman index and the general climacteric symptoms score decreased (p

Grille and colleagues35 randomly selected 45 menopausal women from two hospital clinics and divided them into three groups: HRT (n = 15), acupuncture (n = 15) and no treatment (n = 5). Groups one and two had comparable increases in serum estradiol levels. Nonetheless, the effect of both acupuncture and HRT wore off after stopping the treatment, and it was necessary to continue the treatment to maintain benefit. In a fourth randomized, controlled study36, 24 women were randomized to either an electro-acupuncture treatment group or to a control group (shallow acupuncture needle insertion at the same points) for 8 weeks. The number of hot flushes and night sweating decreased significantly by >50% in both groups, but symptoms recurred within 3 months in the control group, in contrast to the treated women who remained asymptomatic. Further, the investigators found no spontaneous decrease in the frequency of hot flushes in 12 untreated women (from the waiting-list group) during the 8 weeks of treatment. Moreover, the excretion of the potent vasodilating neuropeptide, calcitonin gene-related peptide-like immunoreactivity, decreased significantly during treatment in the electro-acupuncture group. This is a very potent vasodilator that could be involved in the pathogenesis of hot flushes. Nevertheless, the use of shallow needle insertion at correct acupuncture points as a control method was suboptimal because it was expected to have some effect. The ideal control would have been to use sham acupuncture, which involves points on the body not recognized as acupuncture points. Using the same control, Sandberg and colleagues37 found, in a single-blind, randomized, controlled study, no difference between electro-acupuncture and extremely superficial needle insertion as regards general psychological well-being and experience of climacteric symptoms in 30 women aged 48-60 years, whose natural menopause status was confirmed by elevated levels of follicle stimulating hormone. Both parameters were significantly ameliorated in the treatment and control groups, and improvement continued for 6 months after treatment. The sole difference was improvement of mood in the electro-acupuncture group by the 12th week of treatment (p

Cohen and colleagues38 conducted a small study stimulating specific acupuncture points related to menopausal symptoms (n = 8), while the control group (n = 9) had treatment designated as a general tonic to benefit the flow of Ch’i. Both groups received 9 weeks of treatment, followed by three no-treatment weeks. The treatment group showed a significant reduction in the number of hot flushes and episodes of sleeplessness when compared with controls; however, mood swings were significantly improved in both groups. Di Conchetto39 reported 2 years of acupuncture treatment of 100 women with menopausal hot flushes, with another 2 years of follow-up. They were divided into three groups, treated with combined acupuncture and moxibustion, electro-acupuncture, or acupuncture alone. Twenty women had complete remission, and 65 had a reduction in their symptoms. However, it was an uncontrolled study, there were no formal outcome measures, and it was not clear whether the reduction of symptoms was assessed by the patient or the doctor. In another uncontrolled study, 25 women with menopausal symptoms were treated for 1 year with combined acupuncture and moxibustion. Ten women improved completely, and the remaining 15 had partial improvement and reduction in their intake of sedatives or antidepressants40. Again, there were no formal outcome measures. Another small study41 to evaluate the effects of acupuncture on the quality of life of 11 women with menopausal symptoms showed that it significantly improved vasomotor and other symptoms during 5 weeks of treatment, and this continued for 3 months after the treatment. Nevertheless, there was no change in psychosocial or sexual symptoms. Further, in a case notes review of 238 women complaining of joint pain associated with menopause and treated with acupuncture for 8 months, 51% reported complete relief, 26% reported noticeable reduction in their symptoms, 13% reported accepted reduction in their symptoms but with tendency for recurrence, and 10% reported some improvement42.

Acupuncture in women with breast cancer and menopausal symptoms

A randomized study evaluated the effect of electro-acupuncture (n = 17) and applied relaxation (n = 14) for 12 weeks on vasomotor symptoms in postmenopausal women being treated for breast cancer. It was found that the number of hot flushes per 24 h was significantly decreased and the mean Kupperman index score was significantly reduced in both groups and remained unchanged 6 months after the end of treatment43. However, this study did not involve a non-treated control group and the effect might, to some degree, be related to the care of the therapists. In a small uncontrolled study, Towlerton and Filshie reported that acupuncture treatment reduced the severity and duration of hot flushes in eight out of 12 postmenopausal women receiving tamoxifen for breast cancer25. A retrospective audit20 of the electronic records of 182 women with breast cancer, who had 6 weeks of acupuncture treatment and were then taught to perform self- acupuncture weekly for up to 6 years, showed that 114 (62.6%) gained >/= 50% reduction in hot flushes and 30 (16.5%) gained

Most studies of acupuncture treatment were flawed by methodological problems, including poor design, lack of follow-up data and substandard treatment. However, the major problem, which many investigators consider to be still unresolved, is the definition of an appropriate placebo control. The use of inappropriate placebo controls has bedevilled acupuncture research and led to serious misinterpretation of the results of the clinical trials46. It is fundamental to find a control condition with small or non-existent physiological effects as well as to ensure that the psychological impacts of the true treatment and control are equivalent, i.e. they have equivalent placebo power. It may not matter too much whether the placebo has, as in a drug trial, the same form as the real treatment, but it is of great concern in skilled physical treatments on conscious patients where changes to the treatment may be noticed by the patients. Since acupuncture is becoming widely used, patients will be more aware of the sensations of the correct treatment and more able to detect variations introduced in control procedures46.

Table 1 Summary of the studies that investigated the effectiveness of acupuncture in managing menopausal symptoms

Table 1 Summary of the studies that investigated the effectiveness of acupuncture in managing menopausal symptoms

Sham acupuncture (stimulating non-classical points using the same depth of insertion and stimulation as real acupuncture) was initially assumed by most investigators to be ineffective, and therefore ideal as a placebo. Nonetheless, this was challenged by Lewith and colleagues47 who found that sham acupuncture had an analgesic effect in 40-50% of patients in comparison with 60% for real acupuncture. Controlled trials also showed significant analgesic effect from both classical and non-classical locations48,49. The issue became complicated further by finding that treatment of non-painful conditions, such as the use of P6 to treat nausea, is different; there is evidence to suggest that point location is important and acupuncture away from P6 has a little effect on nausea and is primarily a placebo50. Minimal acupuncture was implemented in many studies using variable methods; commonly, needles were placed away from classical points, inserted only 1-2 mm and stimulated extremely lightly. Although it was argued that this almost exactly matched the real treatment and maintained its psychological impact, it might still have some therapeutic effect that could make it harder to demonstrate a difference between treatment and control51. It could be assumed that a different clinician, a different group of patients, and a different setting may all influence the perception of the respective treatments or control procedures; therefore, a credible control method in one study does not necessarily mean that it will be suitable in all46.

CONCLUDING REMARKS

The majority of women treated with acupuncture have a reduction of more than 50% in their hot flushes and this effect continued as long as 6 months after treatment, in some studies, without any adverse events (Table 1). Despite these encouraging results, definitive conclusions cannot be reached. The majority of these studies are of poor quality, of small size, or used an inadequate control method; therefore, doubt remains about their reliability and the reported results could be entirely due to a placebo effect. It is recommended that therapies purported to alleviate vasomotor symptoms should be compared with a placebo and an established therapy, since placebo treatment caused more than 50% reduction in hot flushes in the clinical trials that evaluated the effect of oral HRT52’53. Therefore, there is a need for large, double-blind, randomized, controlled trials comparing acupuncture with HRT and credible placebo acupuncture in order to provide reliable evidence. Further, rigorous economic evaluation of acupuncture is important before offering it in the NHS for treating menopausal symptoms.

Conflict of interest Nil.

Source of funding Nil.

References

1. Newton KM, Keenan NL, Anderson LA, LaCroix AZ. Use of alternative therapies for menopause symptoms: results of a population-based survey. Obstet Gynecol 2003; 101:250

2. Ewies AA, Olah KS. The sharp end of medical practice: the use of acupuncture in obstetrics and gynaecology. BJOG 2002;109:1-4

3. Thomas KJ, Nicholl JP, Coleman P. Use and expenditure on complementary medicine in England: a population based survey. Complement Ther Med 2001;9:2-11

4. Ewies AA. The Yearbook of Obstetrics and Gynaecology, Vol 11: Acupuncture. London: RCOG Press, 2004

5. Yelland S. Acupuncture in midwifery. Mod Midwife 1996;6:31-3

6. West Z. Acupuncture within the National Health Service: a personal perspective. Complement Ther Nurs Midwifery 1997;3:83-6

7. Ulett GA, Han S, Han JS. Electroacupuncture: mechanisms and clinical application. Biol Psychiatry 1998;44:129-38

8. Han JS. Acupuncture: neuropeptide release produced by electrical stimulation of different frequencies. Trends Neurosci 2003;26:17-22

9. Shen J. Research on the neurophysiological mechanisms of acupuncture: review of selected studies and methodological issues. J Altern Complement Med 2001;7(Suppl 1): S121-7

10. Tukmachi E. Treatment of hot flushes in breast cancer patients with acupuncture. Acupuncture Med 2000;18:22-7

11. Lomax P, Schonbaum E. Postmenopausal hot flushes and their management. Pharmacol Ther 1993;57:347-58

12. Casper RF, Yen SS. Neuroendocrinology of menopausal flushes: a hypothesis of flush mechanism. Clin Endocrinol (Oxf) 1985;22:293- 312

13. Schurz B, Wimmer-Greinecker G, Metka M, Heytmanek G, Egarter C, Knogler W. Betaendorphin levels during the climacteric period. Maturitas 1988;10:45-50

14. Cagnacci A, Melis GB, Soldani R, et al. Neuroendocrine and clinical effects of transdermal 17 beta -estradiol in postmenopausal women. Maturitas 1991;13:283-96

15. Leslie RD, Pyke DA, Stubbs WA. Sensitivity to enkephalin as a cause of non-insulin dependent diabetes. Lancet 1979;1:341-3

16. Berendsen HH. The role of serotonin in hot flushes. Maturitas 2000;36:155-64

17. Gonzales GF, Carrillo C. Blood serotonin levels in postmenopausal women: effects of age and serum oestradiol levels. Maturitas 1993;17:23-9

18. Blum I, Vered Y, Lifshitz A, et al. The effect of estrogen replacement therapy on plasma serotonin and catecholamines of postmenopausal women. Isr J Med Sci 1996;32:1158-62

19. Omura Y. Pathophysiology of acupuncture on cardiovascular and nervous systems. Acupunct Electro-Therapeutics Res 1975;1:55-141

20. Filshie J, Bolton T, Browne D, Ashley S. Acupuncture and self acupuncture for long-term treatment of vasomotor symptoms in cancer patients – audit and treatment algorithm. Acupunct Med 2005;23:171- 80

21. Roelofs J, ter Riet G, Peters ML, Kessels AG, Reulen JP, Menheere PP. Expectations of analgesia do not affect spinal nociceptive R-III reflex activity: an experimental study into the mechanism of placebo-induced analgesia. Pain 2000;89:75-80

22. Johansen O, Brox J, Flaten MA. Placebo and nocebo responses, Cortisol, and circulating betaendorphin. Psychosom Med 2003;65:786- 90

23. Plummer JP. Acupuncture and homeostasis: physiological, physical (postural) and psychological. Am J Chin Med 1981;9:1-14

24. Gunn CC EP, Pert CB, Caudill MA, Thomasma DC. Acupuncture: medical acupuncture and neuroscience-evolving concepts and clinical applications. AAMA Rev 1991;3:3-16

25. Towlerton G, Filshie J, O’Brien M, Duncan A. Acupuncture in the control of vasomotor symptoms caused by tamoxifen. Palliat Med 1999;13:445

26. Ernst E, White A. Life-threatening adverse reactions after acupuncture? A systematic review. Pain 1997;71:123-6

27. Melchart D, Weidenhammer W, Streng A, et al. Prospective investigation of adverse effects of acupuncture in 97 733 patients. Arch Intern Med 2004;164:104-5

28. White A, Hayhoe S, Hart A, Ernst E. Adverse events following acupuncture: prospective survey of 32 000 consultations with doctors and physiotherapists. Br Med J 2001;323:485-6

29. Collaborative Group on Hormonal Factors in Breast Cancer. Breast cancer and hormone replacement therapy: collaborative reanalysis of data from 51 epidemiological studies of 52,705 women with breast cancer and 108,411 women without breast cancer. Lancet 1997; 350:1047-59

30. Hormone replacement therapy and venous thromboembolism. Royal College of Obstetricians and Gynaecologists. Top guideline no. 19. Revised January 2004

31. Curb JD, Prentice RL, Bray PF, et al. Venous thrombosis and conjugated equine estrogen in women without a uterus. Arch Intern Med 2006;166:772-80

32. Zaborowska E, Brynhildsen J, Damberg S, et al. Effects of acupuncture, applied relaxation, estrogens and placebo on hot flushes in postmenopausal women: an analysis of two prospective, parallel, randomized studies. Climacteric 2007;10:38-45

33. Huang MI, Nir Y, Chen B, Schnyer R, Manber R. A randomized controlled pilot study of acupuncture for postmenopausal hot flashes: effect on nocturnal hot flashes and sleep quality. Fertil Steril 2006;86:700-10

34. Wyon Y, Wijma K, Nedstrand E, Hammar M. A comparison of acupuncture and oral estradiol treatment of vasomotor symptoms in postmenopausal women. Climacteric 2004; 7:153-64 35. Grille M, Lamma A, Macchiagodena C, et al. L’emploi therapeutique de l’acupuncture dans la menopause. (Experiennces de l’hopital de Ravenne et de Bologne). La Revue Francaise de Medecine Traditionelle Chinoise 1989; 133: 65-6

36. Wyon Y, Lindgren R, Lundeberg T, Hammar M. Effects of acupuncture on climacteric vasomotor symptoms, quality of life, and urinary excretion of neuropeptides among postmenopausal women. Menopause 1995;2:3-12

37. Sandberg M, Wijma K, Wyon Y, Nedstrand E, Hammar M. Effects of electro-acupuncture on psychological distress in postmenopausal women. Complement Ther Med 2002;10:161-9

38. Cohen SM, Rousseau ME, Carey BL. Can acupuncture ease the symptoms of menopause? Holist Nurs Pract 2003;17:295-9

39. Conchetto D. Orientation diagnostigue et therapeutigue dans Ie syndrome climaterique en medicine chinoise. La Revue Francaise de Medecine Traditionell chinoise 1989;133:55-6

40. Limarti L, Ricciarelli E. Utilisation des points dorsaux paravertebraaux dans les syndromes anxio-depressifs climateriques. La Revue Francaise de Medecine Traditionelle Chinoise 1989;133:70-1

41. Dong H, Ludicke F, Comte I, Campana A, Graff P, Bischof P. An exploratory pilot study of acupuncture on the quality of life and reproductive hormone secretion in menopausal women. J Altern Complement Med 2001;7:651-8

42. Sotte L. Therapies des syndromes polyarticulaires en menopause. La Revue Francaise de Medecine Traditionelle Chinoise 1989;133:57-9

43. Nedstrand E, Wijma K, Wyon Y, Hammar M. Vasomotor symptoms decrease in women with breast cancer randomized to treatment with applied relaxation or electro-acupuncture: a preliminary study. Climacteric 2005;8:243-50

44. Cumins SM, Murray Brant A. Does acupuncture influence the vasomotor symptoms experienced by breast cancer patients taking tamoxifen? Acupunct Med 2000;18:28

45. Porzio G, Trapasso T, Martelli S, et al. Acupuncture in the treatment of menopause-related symptoms in women taking tamoxifen. Tumori 2002;88:128-30

46. Vincent C, Lewith G. Placebo controls for acupuncture studies. J R Soc Med 1995; 88:199-202

47. Lewith GT, Field J, Machin D. Acupuncture compared with placebo in post-herpetic pain. Pain 1983;17:361-8

48. Gaw AC, Chang LW, Shaw LC. Efficacy of acupuncture on osteoarthritic pain. A controlled, double-blind study. N Engl J Med 1975;293:375-8

49. Richardson PH, Vincent CA. Acupuncture for the treatment of pain: a review of evaluative research. Pain 1986;24:15-40

50. Dundee JW, McMillan CM. P6 acupressure and postoperative vomiting. Br J Anaesth 1992; 68:225-6

51. Vincent CA. A controlled trial of the treatment of migraine by acupuncture. Clin J Pain 1989; 5:305-12

52. MacLennan AH, Broadbent JL, Lester S, Moore V. Oral oestrogen and combined oestrogen/progestogen therapy versus placebo for hot flushes. Cochrane Database Syst Rev 2004 (4):CD002978

53. MacLennan A, Lester S, Moore V. Oral estrogen replacement therapy versus placebo for hot flushes: a systematic review. Climacteric 2001; 4:58-74

F. Alfhaiy and A. A. A. Ewies

Department of Obstetrics and Gynaecology, Ipswich Hospital NHS Trust, UK

Correspondence: Dr A. A. A. Ewies, Department of Obstetrics & Gynaecology, The Ipswich Hospital NHS Trust, Maternity Block, Heath Road, Ipswich IP4 5PD, Suffolk, UK

Received 08-10-06

Revised 09-02-07

Accepted 27-02-07

Copyright Taylor & Francis Ltd. Oct 2007

(c) 2007 Climacteric. Provided by ProQuest Information and Learning. All rights Reserved.

Uterotropic Effects of Dietary Equol Administration in Ovariectomized Sprague-Dawley Rats

By Rachon, D Vortherms, T; Seidlova-Wuttke, D; Menche, A; Wuttke, W

Key words: UTERUS, MENOPAUSE, PHYTOESTROGENS, EQUOL, PROLIFERATING CELL NUCLEAR ANTIGEN, INSULIN-LIKE GROWTH FACTOR I, PROGESTERONE RECEPTOR, COMPLEMENT PROTEIN 3 ABSTRACT

Aim The aim of the present study was to evaluate the uterotropic effects of the administration of dietary equol, a metabolite of soy- derived daidzein or formononetin present in red clover, in an ovariectomized rat model of menopause.

Method Two doses of racemic equol were used (50 mg/kg of chow and 400 mg/kg of chow) and the results were compared with two doses of estradiol-3 benzoate (E2B) (4.3 mg/kg of chow and 17.3 mg/kg of chow). After 3 months, animals were sacrificed and the uteri were removed, weighed and paraffin-embedded for morphometrical and immunohistochemical evaluation. The expression of selected uterine estrogen-responsive genes was also measured using real-time reverse transcription-polymerase chain reaction.

Results Compared to controls, uterine weights in animals treated with high-dose equol were significantly higher, presented histologic features of mild estrogenic stimulation and had greater epithelial height and thickness of the uterine stroma and myometrium. Staining for the presence of the proliferating cell nuclear antigen (PCNA) also showed a greater prevalence of the PCNA-positive cells in the uterine stroma in animals treated with high-dose equol. Conversely, the percentage of PCNA-positive cells in the uterine epithelium was lower compared to the controls. Dietary high-dose equol treatment also increased significantly levels of uterine insulin-like growth factor 1, progesterone receptor and complement protein 3 mRNA. Although statistically significant, all these effects were, however, lower in magnitude compared to the effects of low- and high-dose E2B treatment. Low-dose equol did not have any effects on the above- studied parameters.

Conclusion Long-term high-dose dietary equol administration to ovariectomized rats exerts uterotropic effects at the cellular and molecular level which question the safety of uncontrolled and unlimited consumption of soy or red clover supplements by postmenopausal women with intact uteri.

INTRODUCTION

Soy (Glycine max) and red clover (Trifolium pratense) extracts are nowadays widely advertised as an effective treatment of climacteric complaints without the adverse side-effects attributed to estrogen use1’2. Yet the results of several recent clinical trials on the effectiveness of these preparations in ameliorating estrogen-deficiency symptoms in postmenopausal women have been inconsistent and question their safety3’4. Most of the uncertainties relate to the potential adverse effects of these preparations in estrogen-sensitive tissues. The uterus is one of the main estrogen targets and unopposed estrogen treatment in postmenopausal women induces endometrial hyperplasia and the risk of endometrial cancer5. Also, treatment with estrogens after menopause may increase the risk of uterine leiomyoma formation6. Results from the numerous studies investigating the effects of soy or red clover extracts on the human uterus have been largely inconclusive4’7-9. Recently, however, in a large randomized and placebo-controlled trial, a small but significant increase in the incidence of endometrial hyperplasia was observed in postmenopausal women receiving a daily dose of 150 mg purified isoflavones for a period of 5 years10.

Equol (7-hydroxy-3 – (4′-hydroxypheny 1 (-enroman) is the end- product of the biotransformation by the gastrointestinal tract microflora of the soyderived isoflavone daidzein or formononetin found in red clover. It is a chiral molecule existing as R and S enantiomeric forms11 and structurally similar to 17beta-estradiol (E2), having affinity for both estrogen receptors (ERa and ERjS)12- 14. This evidence has raised concern that uncontrolled and high- dose intake of soy and/or clover preparations after menopause may actually have adverse effects in estrogen-sensitive tissues. S- equol is formed in humans, but 30-50% of the adult population does not have the adequate gut flora for its production15.

The aim of the present study was to evaluate the uterotropic effects of dietary equol administration in an ovariectomized rat model of menopause. Two doses of equol were used and administered together with the rodent chow for a period of 3 months so as to mimic long-term use of soy- or red clover-containing supplements in postmenopausal women. The effects were evaluated on uterine weight, histology, staining for the presence of the proliferating cell nuclear antigen (PCNA) as well as the expression of three estrogen- responsive genes: insulin-like growth factor 1 (IGF-I), progesterone receptor (PR) and complement protein 3 (C3). All the obtained results were then compared with the effects of estradiol-3 benzoate (E2B).

MATERIALS AND METHODS

Animals

All experiments were performed in the year 2005 and approved by the Local Ethics Committee for Animal Care and Use at the Georg August University in Gottingen, according to the German animal welfare regulations, under permission given by the district authorities of Braunschweig, Germany (number 509.42502/01-36.03). Sixty virgin female Sprague-Dawley rats raised in the animal facility of the Gottingen University Clinic were used. Animals were kept in groups of six in Makrolon(R) cages (type 4) under a 12-h light, 12-h dark cycle, in a room temperature of 22-24[degrees]C and relative humidity 50-55%, with free access to water. In order to eliminate exposure to soyderived isoflavones found in regular rodent chow, they were fed with soy-free food (Ssniff Spezialdiaten GmbH, Soest, Germany). At the age of 3 months (mean body weight 244 g), the animals were bilaterally ovariectomized under ketamin (18.75 mg/ animal, Ketavet, Pharmacia & Upjohn, Erlangen, Germany) and xylazin (2.25 mg/animal, Rompun 2%, Bayer, Leverkusen, Germany) anesthesia. After ovariectomy, animals were randomized, placed in groups of six per cage and divided into four treatment groups (12 animals per group). The control group received soy-free food only. Low- and high- dose E2B groups received soy-free food with the addition of E2B (98% purity, Sigma-Aldrich Chemie GmbH, St. Louis, USA) at concentrations of 4.3 mg and 17.3 mg per kg of chow, respectively. The lowand high- dose equol groups received soy-free food with the addition of a racemic mixture of equol (98% purity, Changzhou Dahua Imp. & Exp. Group, China) at concentrations of 50 mg and 400 mg per kg of chow, respectively. The rodent chow was provided by Ssniff special diets GmbH (Soest, Germany) and was prepared by mixing the tested substances with the soy-free formulation Ssniff SM R/M (10 mm pellets) to homogeneity before the process of pelleting. Animals were fed ad libitum and, according to the records of food intake, the average consumption of the tested substances per animal throughout the whole experiment period was calculated. The average consumptions of E2B by the low- and high-dose groups were 0.07 mg and 0.20 mg per animal per day, respectively. The average consumptions of equol by the low- and high-dose groups were 0.92 mg and 6.54 mg per animal per day, respectively.

Serum and organ collection

After 3 months of treatment, animals were decapitated under CO2 anesthesia between 8:00 and 12:00. Blood was drained from the carcass into polypropylene tubes (Sarstedt, Nuembrecht, Germany) and kept at 4[degrees]C for 2-4 h. Serum was then obtained after centrifugation of the samples at 2500 rpm for 30 min at a temperature of 4[degrees]C. Samples were aliquoted in quadruplets into 1.5 ml polypropylene tubes (Eppendorf AG, Hamburg, Germany) and stored at – 20[degrees]C until further analyses. The abdominal cavity was opened with a longitudinal cut and the uteri were removed. Uterine horns were dissected free of adhering fat and mesentery. After weighing, one uterine horn was fixed in 10% buffered formalin for histological evaluation and immunohistochemistry studies. The contralateral horn was transferred into 2 ml polypropylene tubes (Sarstedt), frozen in liquid nitrogen, and stored at – 70[degrees]C for further analyses.

Uterine histology and immunohistochemistry

Formalin-fixed uterine horns were paraffinembedded, cut transversally into 5^m-thick slices and stained with hematoxylin- eosin. For morphological analyses, known E2-induced features were evaluated. Shape and polarity of the lamina propria cells, epithelial mitotic figures and necrosis, determination of hypertrophy and hyperplasia of glands and endometrial epithelium, and pathologic features like squamous metaplasia and pyometra were recorded. Also, the height of the endothelial cells (magnification 250 x ) and the thickness of the uterine stroma and myometrium (magnification 50 x ) were measured in ten animals from each group using a computer-based morphometry system (Soft Imaging System, Munster, Germany). Ten measurements were obtained in randomly selected areas in the middle transversal tissue cuts and a mean value was calculated for each animal. For immunohistochemistry studies, a monoclonal antibody for PCNA (PC-10, sc 56, Santa Cruz Biotechnology) was used after the antigen retrieval technique with microwave radiation in citrate buffer. The last immune reaction was performed with peroxidase and DAB (EnVision(TM)-DAB, Dako Cytomation, K5007). Ten representative high-power fields (? 400) were examined and 100 cells in each field were counted. The PCNA labeling index was determined as the number of cells with unequivocal nuclear staining, divided by the total number of cells counted (per 1000), expressed as a percentage. All the above- mentioned histological evaluations were performed blinded to treatment group. Serum 17beta-estradiol and equol measurements

Serum E2 levels were measured on a Roche Elecsys 2010 immunoassay analyzer using Estradiol II reagent kit (Roche Diagnostics GmbH, Mannheim). The lowest detection limit for this assay is 18.4 pmol/l and the mean intra- and intervariation coefficients are 2.7% and 3.4%, respectively. Serum equol levels were measured by high pressure liquid chromatography (HPLC) and ultraviolet detection at 260 nm. The HPLC conditions were gradient elution with 0 min 70% A 30% B, 15 min 25% A 75% B (A, water containing 0.085% 0-phosphoric acid; B, acetonitril; 250 x 4 mm C^sub 18^ reverse-phase column, flow rate 1 ml/min).

RNA extraction and reverse transcription

Before RNA extraction, frozen uteri were disrupted and homogenized in liquid nitrogen in precooled Teflon vessels, in the presence of stainless steel beads, by rapid agitation for 20 s at 2500 rpm using a Mikro-Dismembrator (B. Braun Biotech International GmbH, Melsungen, Germany). During the whole procedure, the samples were kept in liquid nitrogen or on dry ice. The tissue powder was then transferred back into the polypropylene tubes and kept at – 70[degrees]C. For RNA isolation, 30 mg of the tissue homogenate was used and the extraction process was carried out with the RNeasy Total RNA Kit (Qiagen, Hilden, Germany) according to the manufacturer’s instructions. The integrity of the isolated total RNA was checked by using the Agilent 2100 bioanalyzer and RNA 6000 LabChip kit (Agilent Technologies, Waldbronn, Germany) and its concentration was measured with an ultraviolet spectrophotometer (Biophotometer, Eppendorf, Hamburg, Germany) at wave lengths of 260 nm and 280 nm. Afterwards, each sample was diluted with RNase-free water to achieve a final concentration of 20 ng/[mu]l. The reverse transcription reaction was carried out in a total volume of 20 [mu]l containing 1 x reaction buffer (50 mM Tris-HCl, 75 mM KCl, 3 mM MgCl^sub 2^, 50 mM dithiothreitol) (Promega, Madison, USA), 100 ng random hexamer primers (Invitrogen, Carlsbad, CA, USA), 0.5 mM dNTPs (Invitrogen), 200 U M-MMLV reverse transcriptase (Promega, Madison, USA), 4 U RNasin and 200 ng of total RNA (Promega, Madison, USA). Samples were incubated for 10 min at 22[degrees]C to allow primer annealing; reverse transcription was at 42[degrees]C for 50 min. At the end of incubation, the samples were heated at 95[degrees]C for 10 min to inactivate the enzyme and denature RNA-cDNA hybrids. The whole reaction was run in a Trio-Thermoblock (Biometra, Gottingen, Germany).

Real-time polymerase chain reaction

Real-time polymerase chain reactions were based on the 5′- nuclease assay16 which was run on an ABI Prism 7700 sequence detection system (TaqMan, PE Applied Biosystems, Foster City, CA, USA). Primer and probe sequences for C3, IGF-1 and progesterone receptors (PR) as well as the concentrations used have been described previously17. They were all purchased from Eurogentec (Seraing, Belgium). Real-time PCR reactions were run on 96-well microtiter plates (MicroAmp Optical 96-Well reaction Plate, PE Applied Biosystems, Weiterstadt, Germany) in a 25 [mu]l volume containing 1 x TaqMan Universal PCR Master Mix (PE Applied Biosystems), adequate primers and hybridization probe concentrations, and 2 [mu]l cDNA. Subsequently, samples were amplified over 40 cycles. Each cycle consisted of a denaturation phase of 15 s at 95[degrees]C and a hybridization/elongation phase of 1 min at 60 [degrees]C.

Statistical analyses

All data are presented as arithmetic mean +- standard deviation. Relative changes of mRNA levels were analyzed in the real-time PCR experiments. The mean value of the absolute data measured in the control group was set at 100% and all other values determined in the respective assays were expressed in relation to this average value. One-way ANOVA followed by Dunnett’s post hoc test for multiple comparisons was performed to compare the differences between the studied groups, p values

RESULTS

Effects on serum 17beta-estradiol and equol concentrations

As expected, animals fed with low- and high-dose E2B- supplemented chow had significantly higher mean serum E2 levels compared to controls (133 +- 17 pmol/l and 312 +- 61 pmol/l vs. 85 +- 7 pmol/l, p 0.05, respectively). Mean serum equol concentrations in animals fed with equol-containing chow at low and high dose were 33 +- 49 nmol/ l and 1095 +- 564 nmol/l, respectively. Equol was undetectable in serum of the controls and E2B-treated animals.

Effects on uterine weight

As shown in Table 1, uterine weights in low-dose equol-treated animals did not differ from those in the controls. In contrast, animals fed with highdose equol had significantly higher uterine weights in comparison with control animals (p

Effects on uterine tissue morphology

Histological analysis of the uteri from animals treated with low- dose equol did not show any features of estrogenic stimulation and they were similar to those of the control group. The endometrium was composed of low cuboidal epithelium lining the uterine lumen and uterine stroma was composed of unresponsive stromal cells. In contrast, in six out of 12 animals from the highdose equol-treated group, the endometrial epithelium was composed of tall columnar cells which presented increased mitotic activity and some differentiation in the stroma. Animals treated with dietary E2B at low and high doses showed typical features of estrogenic stimulation. The endometrium was composed of tall, pseudostratified columnar cells with high mitotic activity. In the high-dose E2B- treated group, signs of squamous metaplasia were also present. Uterine stroma was composed of well-differentiated, responsive stromal cells. In one animal treated with the low E2B dose and three animals treated with the high E2B dose, eosinophilic and neutrophilic infiltration of the endometrium was seen. Morphometric analyses showed that, compared to controls, animals treated with high-dose dietary equol had greater endometrial epithelium height (10.3 +- 1.3 pm vs. 9.0 +- 0.7 pm, p

Table 1 Effects of 3-month dietary equol and estradiol-3 benzoate (E2B) treatment on body and uterine weight in ovariectomized Sprague- Dawley rats. Data are presented as mean +- standard deviation

Also, compared to the control group, the immunohistochemical staining of the uteri for the presence of PCNA expression showed a greater prevalence of PCNA-positive cells in the uterine stroma of animals treated with high-dose equol (3.4 +- 0.3% vs. 2.4 +- 0.4%, p

Effects on uterine IGF-1, PR and C3 gene expression

Uterine expression of IGF-1, progesterone receptor and C3 is up- regulated through ERa-mediated pathways and can serve as a sensitive marker of ligand-dependent estrogen receptor activation within the uterus19. Therefore, in the last step of our experiment, we evaluated the effects of dietary equol administration on the uterine expression of the above-mentioned genes using the quantitative real- time PCR method. The obtained results were then compared with the effects of E2B. Compared to controls, uterine IGF-1 mRNA levels were significantly higher in high-dose equol-treated animals (194 +- 75% vs. 100 +- 27%, p

DISCUSSION

The aim of the present study was to investigate the uterotropic effects of equol in an ovariectomized rat model of menopause. Our results clearly demonstrate that long-term equol consumption at a relatively high dose has apparent uterotropic effects in ovariectomized Sprague-Dawley rats. Apart from the increase in uterine weight, signs of estrogenic stimulation were noted at the cellular and molecular level. Compared to controls, uteri from animals fed with high-dose equol exhibited characteristic features of estrogenic stimulation, such as an increase in endometrial epithelium height and thickness of the uterine stroma and myometrium. Although statistically significant, these changes, however, were lower in magnitude compared to the effects of E2B given at low and high doses. PCNA, a 36 kDa nuclear protein, is expressed in proliferating cells during the S phase of the cell cycle and immunostaining for its presence has been shown to be of practical value in assessing cell proliferation20 as well as a useful tool in cancer prognosis research21’22. The PCNA immunostaining method has been also shown to correlate with other measures of cell proliferation, such as thymidine labeling index and S-phase fraction determined by flow cytometry23,24. Therefore, in our study we also evaluated the number of PCNA-positive cells in the endometrial epithelial cells and the uterine stroma. Both stromal and epithelial cells of the endometrium proliferate rapidly during estrogen exposure, and estrogen withdrawal results in their apoptosis25’26. Therefore, our result, that high-dose equol or E2B treatment increased the number of PCNA-positive cells in the stroma, was not surprising. In contrast, the finding that long-term dietary treatment with high-dose equol and low- or high-dose E2B decreased the percentage of PCNA-positive cells in the endometrial epithelium was rather unexpected. In intact, normally cycling rats, the expression of PCNA in the luminal epithelium increases from diestrus to proestrus, when estrogen levels are high. However, during estrus, when estrogen levels decrease, apoptosis occurs markedly and the expression of PCNA disappears27. Also, it has been shown that short- term (2 weeks) subcutaneous estrogen treatment increases PCNA expression in the luminal and glandular epithelium of ovariectomized rats27. In our experiment, although high-dose equol and low- or high- dose E2B treatment increased the height of the luminal epithelium, the expression of the PCNA was decreased compared to the control animals. An explanation for this contradictory finding may be that longterm estrogen exposure leads to the down-regulation of the PCNA expression in the endometrial epithelial cells. In a study of Diel and colleagues 28, it has been demonstrated that uterine PCNA mRNA levels increased after 7 h following oral daidzein administration but were already decreased after 24 h to levels of ovariectomized controls. This assumption, however, warrants further studies.

Figure 2 The prevalence of PCNA-positive cells in uterine stroma and epithelium in ovariectomized rats treated for 3 months with dietary equol and estradiol-3 benzoate (E2B). (a) Animals treated with high-dose dietary equol had a higher percentage of PCNA- positive cells in the uterine stroma compared to the controls. This effect was also apparent in animals treated with low- and high-dose E2B. (b) Conversely, high-dose equol as well as low- and high-dose E2B treatment decreased the percentage of PCNA-positive cells in the uterine epithelium. *p

Uterotropic effects of estrogens are due to the activation of the uterine IGF-1 expression which, in turn, stimulates the proliferation of uterine tissues (myometrium and endometrium)29’30. In addition, exposure of the uterus to estrogens dramatically increases uterine expression of PR and C319,31, effects which are primarily mediated by ERalpha32 and are regarded as a more estrogensensitive parameter than the increase in uterine weight19,33. Therefore, in our experiment, we also measured uterine mRNA levels of IGF-1, PR and C3. High-dose equol treatment significantly increased uterine expression of all the three abovementioned genes. Although statistically significant, all these effects were, however, 2-fold, 3-fold and over 60-fold lower for IGF- 1, PR and C3 gene expression, respectively, compared with the effects of E2B. To our knowledge, this is the first report on the effects of dietary equol on uterine IGF-1, PR and C3 gene expression in ovariectomized rats. Nevertheless, the soy-derived equol precursor daidzein has already been shown to notably up-regulate uterine C3 expression in the rat uterus19 and in a rat endometrial adenocarcinoma cell line34. Endometrial PR gene expression has also been shown to be up-regulated in ovariectomized cynomolgus monkeys fed soy isoflavones (genistein and daidzein) for 28-33 days35. Yet, the role of ERalpha-mediated increase of C3 gene expression in the uterus during exposure to estrogens or estrogen agonists is unknown. C3 is the key protein taking part in the complement activation cascade, which is an important component of the innate immunity against bacterial infections. Therefore, we may only speculate that its increased expression during estrogen exposure, as in proestrus for example or during pregnancy, may protect the uterus and the urogenital tract from bacterial infections, thereby improving the chances of conception and pregnancy. Also, ERalpha-mediated up- regulation of uterine PR expression during estrogen exposure allows the endometrium to become more responsive to progesterone action, thereby facilitating the implantation of a fertilized egg and successful pregnancy36. IGF-1, in turn, plays a role in mediating the mitogenic effects of estrogens in the uterus30, leading to its increased mass and growth. In vitro studies, however, have shown that IGF-1 may also stimulate the proliferation of endometrial cancer cells37 as well as promote leiomyoma cell growth38 , which explains the high correlation between long-term estrogen exposure and the prevalence of these gynecological disorders in older women5’39. Therefore, uterine IGF-1 expression may affect several different aspects of uterine physiology as well as pathology.

Figure 3 Effects of dietary equol and estradiol-3 benzoate (E2) on uterine IGF-1, progesterone receptor (PR) and C3 gene expression, (a) Animals treated with high-dose dietary equol had significantly higher uterine IGF-1 mRNA levels compared to controls. Also, treatment with high-dose dietary equol significantly increased uterine PR mRNA (b) as well as C3 levels (c). These effects were, however, smaller in magnitude compared to the effects of low- and high-dose E2B treatment. *p

An additional finding in our experiment was that animals treated with low- and high-dose E2B had significantly lower body weight compared to controls. This was, however, not surprising, as data from our previous experiments and the results of others have clearly shown that estrogen treatment attenuates ovariectomy-induced body weight in rats18’40. This effect, however, did not have any confounding effect on the other parameters examined in this study.

To our knowledge, this is the first report on the uterotropic effects of dietary equol administration to ovariectomized Sprague- Dawley rats. Nevertheless, in an elegant study of Selvaraj and colleagues, daily subcutaneous injections of equol to ovariectomized C57BL/6 mice for 12 days also increased uterine weight and epithelial proliferation measured by the Ki-67 labeling index. Oral equol administration induced similar trends but, in the case of uterine weight gain, they did not reach statistical significance41. Parenteral equol administration has also been shown to be uterotropic in sheep42 and immature rats43. In contrast, Wood and colleagues did not observe any significant uterotropic effects of dietary equol administration to ovariectomized cynomolgus monkeys35. The authors note, however, that, in contrast to rodents, humans and monkeys produce significant levels of adrenal androgens which can be converted into estrone and further to 17beta-estradiol (‘estrogen background’), making their estrogen target tissues less sensitive to the estrogenic actions of equol35.

In view of its relevance to human physiology, the doses of equol used in our experiment also deserve discussion. While traditional soy-based Asian diets provide around 16 mg daidzein per day44, the commercially available and ‘over the counter’ soy preparations used to alleviate ‘hot flushes’ by postmenopausal women usually contain doses ranging from 50 mg to 70 mg per tablet45-47. Anecdotal evidence also points out that some women consume doses as high as 150 mg of pure daidzein per day, which would be equivalent to an average of 2.5 mg per kg body weight. Although one cannot predict how much of that amount can be transformed into pure equol by the gut flora in equol producers, pharmacologists claim that doses of any tested substance applied to rats must be 10-15-fold higher than in humans in order to exert equipotent effects48’49. Also, in an attempt to balance the fact that a racemic mixture of equol and not its S form, which is considered to be the more active isomer50, was used, the doses should be doubled. According to the calculations of mean food intake, daily average consumption of equol in the ‘high- dose’ group was 21.7 mgJkg body weight. Hence, the doses used in the present study may well be of importance for postmenopausal women’s health. In conclusion, long-term high-dose dietary equol administration to ovariectomized rats exerts uterotropic effects at the cellular and molecular level; this result questions the safety of uncontrolled and unlimited consumption of soy or red clover supplements by postmenopausal women with intact uteri.

Conflict of interest Nil.

Source of funding This work was funded by the European Commission Grants: EURISKED (contract no. EVKl -CT2002-00 128) and CASCADE (contract no. FOOD-CT-2004-506319).

References

1. Mahady GB, Parrot J, Lee C, Yun GS, Dan A. Botanical dietary supplement use in peri- and postmenopausal women. Menopause 2003;10:65-72

2. Wuttke W, Jarry H, Westphalen S, Christoffel V, Seidlova- Wuttke D. Phytoestrogens for hormone replacement therapy? J Steroid Biochem MoI Biol 2002;83:133-47

3. Low Dog T. Menopause: a review of botanical dietary supplements. Am J Med 2005;118 (Suppl 12B):98-108

4. Booth NL, Piersen CE, Banuvar S, Geller SE, Shulman LP, Farnsworth NR. Clinical studies of red clover (Trifolium pratense) dietary supplements in menopause: a literature review. Menopause 2006;13:251-64

5. Weiderpass E, Adami HO, Baron JA, et al. Risk of endometrial cancer following estrogen replacement with and without progestins. J Natl Cancer Inst 1999;91:1131-7

6. Reed SD, Cushing-Haugen KL, Daling JR, Scholes D, Schwartz SM. Postmenopausal estrogen and progestogen therapy and the risk of uterine leiomyomas. Menopause 2004;11:214-22

7. Hale GE, Hughes CL, Robboy SJ, Agarwal SK, Bievre M. A double- blind randomized study on the effects of red clover isoflavones on the endometrium. Menopause 2001;8:338-46

8. Nikander E, Rutanen EM, Nieminen P, Wahlstrom T, Ylikorkala O, Tiitinen A. Lack of effect of isoflavonoids on the vagina and endometrium in postmenopausal women. Fertil Steril 2005;83:137-42

9. Imhof M, Gocan A, Reithmayr F, et al. Effects of a red clover extract (MFIlRCE) on endometrium and sex hormones in postmenopausal women. Maturitas 2006;55:76-81

10. Unfer V, Casini ML, Costabile L, Mignosa M, Gerli S, Di Renzo GC. Endometrial effects of long-term treatment with phytoestrogens: a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled study. Fertil Steril 2004;82:145-8, quiz 265

11. Muthyala RS, Ju YH, Sheng S, et al. Equol, a natural estrogenic metabolite from soy isoflavones: convenient preparation and resolution of R- and S-equols and their differing binding and biological activity through estrogen receptors alpha and beta. Bioorg Med Chem 2004;12:1559-67

12. Rowland IR, Wiseman H, Sanders TA, Adlercreutz H, Bowey EA. Interindividual variation in metabolism of soy isoflavones and lignans: influence of habitual diet on equol production by the gut microflora. Nutr Cancer 2000;36:27-32

13. Setchell KD, Brown NM, Desai PB, et al. Bioavailability, disposition, and dose-response effects of soy isoflavones when consumed by healthy women at physiologically typical dietary intakes. J Nutr 2003;133:1027-35

14. Morito K, Hirose T, Kinjo J, et al. Interaction of phytoestrogens with estrogen receptors alpha and beta. Biol Pharm Bull 2001;24: 351-6

15. Setchell KD, Brown NM, Lydeking-Olsen E. The clinical importance of the metabolite equol – a clue to the effectiveness of soy and its isoflavones. J Nutr 2002;132:3577-84

16. Heid CA, Stevens J, Livak KJ, Williams PM. Real time quantitative PCR. Genome Res 1996; 6:986-94

17. Rachon D, Vortherms T, Seidlova-Wuttke D, Wuttke W. Dietary daidzein and puerarin do not affect pituitary LH expression but exert uterotropic effects in ovariectomized rats. Maturitas 2007;57:161-70

18. Rachon D, Vortherms T, Seidlova-Wuttke D, Wuttke W. Effects of dietary equol on body weight gain, intraabdominal fat accumulation, plasma lipids and glucose tolerance in ovariectomized Sprague-Dawley rats. Menopause 2007; 14:1-8

19. Diel P, Schulz T, Smolnikar K, Strunck E, Vollmer G, Michna H. Ability of xeno- and phytoestrogens to modulate expression of estrogen-sensitive genes in rat uterus: estrogenicity profiles and uterotropic activity. J Steroid Biochem Mol Biol 2000;73:1-10

20. Celis JE, Celis A. Cell cycle-dependent variations in the distribution of the nuclear protein cyclin proliferating cell nuclear antigen in cultured cells: subdivision of S phase. Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 1985;82:3262-6

21. Kurki P, Vanderlaan M, Dolbeare F, Gray J, Tan EM. Expression of proliferating cell nuclear antigen (PCNA)/cyclin during the cell cycle. Exp Cell Res 1986;166:209-19

22. Schimmelpenning H, Eriksson ET, Franzen B, Zetterberg A, Auer GU. Prognostic value of the combined assessment of proliferating cell nuclear antigen immunostaining and nuclear DNA content in invasive human mammary carcinomas. Virchows Arch A Pathol Anat Histopathol 1993;423:273-9

23. Dawson AE, Norton JA, Weinberg DS. Comparative assessment of proliferation and DNA content in breast carcinoma by image analysis and flow cytometry. Am J Pathol 1990;136: 1115-24

24. Battersby S, Anderson TJ. Correlation of proliferative activity in breast tissue using PCNA/cyclin. Hum Pathol 1990;21:781

25. Martin L, Pollard JW, Fagg B. Oestriol, oestradiol-17beta and the proliferation and death of uterine cells. J Endocrinol 1976;69: 103-15

26. Quarmby VE, Korach KS. The influence of 17 beta-estradiol on patterns of cell division in the uterus. Endocrinology 1984;114:694- 702

27. Lai MD, Lee LR, Cheng KS, Wing LY. Expression of proliferating cell nuclear antigen in luminal epithelium during the growth and regression of rat uterus. J Endocrinol 2000; 166:87-93

28. Diel P, Geis RB, Caldarelli A, et al. The differential ability of the phytoestrogen genistein and of estradiol to induce uterine weight and proliferation in the rat is associated with a substance specific modulation of uterine gene expression. Mol Cell Endocrinol 2004;221: 21-32

29. Couse JF, Korach KS. Estrogen receptor null mice: what have we learned and where will they lead us? Endocr Rev 1999;20:358-417

30. Adesanya OO, Zhou J, Samathanam C, Powell-Braxton L, Bondy CA. Insulin-like growth factor 1 is required for G2 progression in the estradiol-induced mitotic cycle. Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 1999;96:3287-91

31. Sundstrom SA, Komm BS, Ponce-de-Leon H, Yi Z, Teuscher C, Lyttle CR. Estrogen regulation of tissue-specific expression of complement C3. J Biol Chem 1989;264:16941-7

32. Harris HA, Katzenellenbogen JA, Katzenellenbogen BS. Characterization of the biological roles of the estrogen receptors, ERalpha and ERbeta, in estrogen target tissues in vivo through the use of an ERalpha-selective ligand. Endocrinology 2002;143:4172-7

33. Heikaus S, Winterhager E, Traub O, Grummer R. Responsiveness of endometrial genes Connexin26, Connexin43, C3 and clusterin to primary estrogen, selective estrogen receptor modulators, phyto- and xenoestrogens. J Mol Endocrinol 2002;29:239-49

34. Hopert AC, Beyer A, Frank K, Strunck E, Wunsche W, Vollmer G. Characterization of estrogenicity of phytoestrogens in an endome- trial-derived experimental model. Environ Health Perspect 1998;106:581-6

35. Wood CE, Appt SE, Clarkson TB, et al. Effects of high-dose soy isoflavones and equol on reproductive tissues in female cynomolgus monkeys. Biol Reprod 2006;75:477-86

36. Kraus WL, Katzenellenbogen BS. Regulation of progesterone receptor gene expression and growth in the rat uterus: modulation of estrogen actions by progesterone and sex steroid hormone antagonists. Endocrinology 1993;132:2371-9

37. Kleinman D, Roberts CT Jr, LeRoith D, Schally AV, Levy J, Sharoni Y. Regulation of endometrial cancer cell growth by insulin- like growth factors and the luteinizing hormone-releasing hormone antagonist SB-75. Regul Pept 1993;48:91-8

38. Strawn EY Jr, Novy MJ, Burry KA, Bethea CL. Insulin-like growth factor I promotes leiomyoma cell growth in vitro. Am J Obstet Gynecol 1995; 172:1837-43; discussion 1843-4

39. Lurie S, Piper I, Woliovitch I, Glezerman M. Age-related prevalence of sonographically confirmed uterine myomas. J Obstet Gynaecol 2005; 25:42-4

40. Richter CP, Uhlenhuth EH. Comparison of the effects of gonadectomy of spontaneous activity of wild and domesticated Norway rats. Endocrinology 1954;54:311-22

41. Selvaraj V, Zakroczymski MA, Naaz A, et al. Estrogenicity of the isoflavone metabolite equol on reproductive and non- reproductive organs in mice. Biol Reprod 2004;71:966-72

42. Kaziro R, Kennedy JP, Cole ER, Southwell-Keely PT. The oestrogenicity of equol in sheep. J Endocrinol 1984;103:395-9

43. Tang BY, Adams NR. Effect of equol on oestrogen receptors and on synthesis of DNA and protein in the immature rat uterus. J Endocrinol 1980;85:291-7

44. Arai Y, Uehara M, Sato Y, et al. Comparison of isoflavones among dietary intake, plasma concentration and urinary excretion for accurate estimation of phytoestrogen intake. J Epidemiol 2000;10:127- 35

45. Faure ED, Chantre P, Mares P. Effects of a standardized soy extract on hot flushes: a multicenter, double-blind, randomized, placebo-controlled study. Menopause 2002;9:329-34 46. Upmalis DH, Lobo R, Bradley L, Warren M, Cone FL, Lamia CA. Vasomotor symptom relief by soy isoflavone extract tablets in postmenopausal women: a multicenter, double-blind, randomized, placebo-controlled study. Menopause 2000;7:236-42

47. Quella SK, Loprinzi CL, Barton DL, et al. Evaluation of soy phytoestrogens for the treatment of hot flashes in breast cancer survivors: A North Central Cancer Treatment Group Trial. J Clin Oncol 2000;18:1068-74

48. Davidson IW, Parker JC, Beides RP. Biological basis for extrapolation across mammalian species. Regul Toxicol Pharmacol 1986;6: 211-37

49. Vocci F, Farber T. Extrapolation of animal toxicity data to man. Regul Toxicol Pharmacol 1988;8:389-98

50. Setchell KD, Clerici C, Lephart ED, et al. S-equol, a potent ligand for estrogen receptor beta, is the exclusive enantiomeric form of the soy isoflavone metabolite produced by human intestinal bacterial flora. Am J Clin Nutr 2005; 81:1072-9

D. Rachon*,[dagger] T. Vortherms*, D. Seidlova-Wuttke*, A. Menche* and W. Wuttke*

*Department of Clinical and Experimental Endocrinology, University of Gottingen, Gottingen,

Germany; [dagger] Department of Immunology, Medical University of Gdansk, Gdansk, Poland

Correspondence: Dr D. Rachon, Department of Immunology, Medical University of Gdansk, ul. Debinki 1 , 80-2 1 0 Gdansk Poland

Received 29-12-06

Revised 1 2-03-07

Accepted 19-03-07

Copyright Taylor & Francis Ltd. Oct 2007

(c) 2007 Climacteric. Provided by ProQuest Information and Learning. All rights Reserved.

GHI to Provide Independent Personal Health Advocate for Medicare Members

NEW YORK, Oct. 17 /PRNewswire/ — Effective January 1, 2008, Group Health Incorporated (GHI) has announced that its more than 10,000 GHI Medicare Choice PPO members may now call a toll-free number to speak with their own independent Personal Health Advocate (PHA) for help with healthcare and administrative issues. This new service is made available through Health Advocate, Inc., the nation’s leading health advocacy and assistance company.

Since 1937, GHI has been a leader in health insurance, committed to quality health care coverage for all New Yorkers, including those on limited incomes. According to GHI CEO Frank J. Brancinini, “The addition of the Health Advocate service to GHI Medicare Choice PPO Plans at no extra cost exemplifies GHI’s commitment to making quality health care coverage simple and affordable for those who qualify for Medicare.”

Personal Health Advocates, typically highly trained Registered Nurses backed by a team of medical directors and administrative experts, help Medicare members resolve a range of issues including insurance claims, billing, and payment problems. They help find the best doctors and hospitals; get second opinions; secure appointments with specialists, and research treatment options, as well as locate other providers. Personal Health Advocates also provide assistance with eldercare issues; help explain a medical condition; coordinate and arrange wellness services, and arrange transportation through community services, where available.

“We are very pleased to support GHI’s Medicare Advantage members to help enhance their overall healthcare experience,” said Abbie Leibowitz, M.D., Executive Vice President and Chief Medical Officer, Health Advocate, Inc. “Our personalized service is designed to facilitate better understanding of, and access to, medical services for seniors.”

Medicare members will be connected to the same Personal Health Advocate every time they call, helping to ensure continuity of service. Members may call as often as needed, Monday through Friday, 8 a.m. to 7 p.m. Eastern time. After hours and during weekends, on-call staff is available to assist with issues that need to be addressed during non-business hours.

About GHI

Group Health Incorporated (GHI) is a statewide health insurer serving New Yorkers since 1937. GHI and its wholly owned subsidiary, GHI HMO, provide health care coverage and administrative services to more than 2.6 million people. GHI offers customers a variety of PPO, EPO and HMO programs, as well as prescription drug, dental, and vision plans. GHI’s network in the tri-state area includes nearly 79,000 practitioners at over 120,000 locations. Throughout its history GHI has pioneered many of the programs that are now standard in the health insurance field. For additional information about GHI, please visit http://www.ghi.com/.

About Health Advocate, Inc.

Health Advocate was founded to help employers and other organizations and their respective employees better navigate the clinical and administrative complexities of the nation’s healthcare and insurance systems. The company currently serves more than 10 million Americans nation-wide through its relationships with 3,000+ employers, unions, third-party administrators and insurers, including some of the nation’s largest companies as well as a wide range of local and regional organizations. The company has received widespread news media coverage, was identified by Inc. 500 Magazine as one of the nation’s fastest growing privately held companies, and recognized by Philadelphia Magazine as one of the “Best Places to Work.” More information can be found at http://www.healthadvocate.com/.

Group Health Incorporated

CONTACT: Ilene Margolin of GHI, +1-212-615-0098; or Kristen McMahon ofRubenstein Associates – Public Relations, +1-212-843-8268

Web site: http://www.ghi.com/http://www.healthadvocate.com/

PHM International, Inc. And Healthcare Technical Services, Sdn Bhd Sign Partnership Offering

SEBASTIAN, Fla., and KUALA LUMPUR, Malaysia, Oct. 17 /PRNewswire/ — PHM International, a worldwide healthcare consultancy, and Healthcare Technical Services (HTS) announce the signing of a Business Partnership Offering for the development of new hospital planning and technical advisory services.

PHM International has a global presence in the healthcare and health insurance sectors. In addition, PHM International publishes the monthly PHM Emerging Markets Healthcare Monitor for institutional investors, private equity, and industry leaders.

HTS has more than 20 years experience in hospital planning, project management, and technical advisory experience in emerging markets and is ready to increase its market presence and offerings.

“This partnership positions us well as a definitive resource in the fast evolving healthcare sector of the world’s emerging markets,” stated Hank Kearney, president of PHM International.

“Our work in Poland with HTS illustrates what together we bring to the market: a keen insight into profitable hospital set-ups in emerging economies, an integrated range of services, and the security of a sound brand,” continued Kearney.

“We believe that with this smart partnership between HTS and PHM International we can offer an integrated healthcare solution to private healthcare providers as well as governments in order to meet the rapid changes of the technology and the increasing customer expectations,” emphasized Yahaya Hassan, managing director of HTS.

About Healthcare Technical Services

Healthcare Technical Services is a member of the Johor Corporation group of companies and is a subsidiary of Damasara Realty Berhad of Malaysia. With headquarters in Kuala Lumpur, HTS has managed the planning and development of hospitals throughout Malaysia, Bangladesh, Indonesia and Eastern Europe worth around RM 400 millions. In addition, HTS’s Facilities Engineering Management Services (FEMS) division provides maintenance and engineering services to more than ten hospitals that cover a total of 2.2 millions sq feet.

About PHM International

PHM International is a worldwide healthcare and insurance sector consultancy. Since 1997 PHM International has developed a core specialization in advisory services in emerging market economies including healthcare financing, product development, research, and business development. Target clients include healthcare organizations, institutional investors, private equity, pharmaceutical companies, governments, and insurance institutions. PHM International is headquartered in Florida, with representation in New York, Bulgaria, Macedonia, and Poland.

   Contact:   PHM International             Healthcare Technical Services              Margaret Baarman              Rushdan Ramli              [email protected]          [email protected]              01.772.388.6496               +603 40212331              http://www.phmintl.com/               http://www.hts.kpjealth.com.my/  

Available Topic Expert(s): For information on the listed expert(s), click appropriate link. Hank Kearney http://profnet.prnewswire.com/Subscriber/ExpertProfile.aspx?ei=60279

PHM International

CONTACT: Margaret Baarman of PHM International, +01-772-388-6496,[email protected], or Rushdan Ramli of Healthcare Technical Services,+603-40212331, [email protected]

Web site: http://www.phmintl.com/http://www.hts.kpjealth.com.my/

Do Not Take the Pill! Dr. Prudence Hall Tells Her Teen and Female Patients

SANTA MONICA, Calif., Oct. 17 /PRNewswire/ — Dr. Prudence Hall, founder of The Hall Center in Santa Monica, CA, has always been a strong advocate for the overall health of her patients. It wasn’t until she became immersed in treating menopausal patients with bioidentical natural hormones that she started investigating her birth control patients more carefully. “I was shocked to find that most of my twenty year old patients on the pill, had hormone levels that were on par with my menopausal patients. Normal estrogen levels for twenty and thirty year olds should be 150-250. Most of the pill users had levels of fifteen, twenty or low thirties. Less than thirty is considered to be in the menopausal range.”

Information emerging about the female brain reveals that estrogen is an essential hormone for healthy brain functioning.

   --  It enhances the connections between neurons, resulting in improved       memory and prevention of dementia.   --  Mood, smell, self-esteem, and even the ability of a woman to choose a       healthy partner to father her child depend on estrogen.   --  It stimulates the production of serotonin, which is one of the       "feel good" hormones in the brain.   --  When estrogen is low, serotonin levels become low, resulting in       depression, OCD, paranoia and ADD.    

Dr. Hall says, “this is why so many women, who have low estrogen due to the birth control pill, end up on antidepressants and other medications. Surprise! These problems happen to the menopausal brain as well, due to loss of estrogen.”

Dr. Hall states, “Menopausal women gain about thirty pounds, loose their lovely skin, develop arthritis, have increased diabetes, increased heart disease, more thyroid problems, more breast cancer and a loss of their sex drive; all due to low estrogen.” She adds, “Data from taking the pill shows similar concerns with increased heart disease, more strokes, increased depression, lower libidos, sugar imbalances and an alarming 10% increase in breast cancer. With fifteen women out of one hundred currently developing breast cancer, we can’t afford this deadly side effect.” Research from MD Anderson Cancer Center reports that 90% of cancer is due to inflammation. Estrogen decreases inflammation, but menopause and the birth control pill, due to their low estrogen states, both increase inflammation, and therefore the risk of many to cancer. “Although, a recent article states that patients using the birth control pill do not gain weight, most pill users feel it does,” Dr. Hall continues, “I agree. By lowering estrogen levels, the birth control pill raises blood sugar as well as cortisol levels, resulting in weight gain; just like in menopause.”

Why do so many women use such a problematic medication when they aren’t even sick?

   --  Very effective to prevent pregnancy 98-99% of women will not get       pregnant while on the pill.   --  Some women do feel well on the pill.   --  It can clear up acne in some patients   --  Improves PMS in others   --  Seems to offer some protection from ovarian cancer    

Dr. Hall says, “It is always better to correct problems at their root cause, rather than covering them up. Use of bioidentical hormones, diet, supplements and life style changes produces better results with all these problems, while actually improving a woman’s overall health.

Dr. Prudence Hall also states, “The birth control pill, by putting women into hormonal menopause, is counterproductive to goals of health and beauty. As a woman and gynecologist, I ask the question if we really want to hurt our health voluntarily by using the pill? I don’t think women want premature aging, if avoidable. Save birth control pills for true emergencies and use other options for birth control that are safer. Let’s allow our own natural hormones to protect us from disease and aging for as long as we possibly can.”

Dr. Prudence Hall is the Founder and Medical Director of Functional Medicine & Gynecology at The Hall Center. She received an M.D. degree at the University of Southern California (USC) School of Medicine. She went on to do her residency in Gynecology at USC, and spent years as a busy surgeon and traditional practitioner. She obtained a Master’s Degree in Health Sciences at the University of California, Berkeley. As her practice matured, she began focusing on the causes and treatments of aging illnesses, acquiring a broad base of knowledge in integrated healing and Functional Medicine. Dr. Hall, who has studied with the noted endocrinologist Dr. Diana Schwarzbein, has long been on the frontier of modern advances for menopause and rejuvenation therapies.

Dr. Prudence Hall

CONTACT: Neisha Cohen of Prime Time Media, +1-310-559-0445,[email protected], for Dr. Prudence Hall

National Kidney Registry Welcomes David Serur, MD and Marian Charlton, RN, CCTC, to Its Medical Board

The National Kidney Registry, a non-profit organization dedicated to improving the lives of those facing kidney failure, is pleased to announce the addition of David Serur, MD, and Marian Charlton, RN, CCTC, to its Medical Board. Dr. Serur is currently the Medical Director of the Kidney/Pancreas Transplant Program at The Rogosin Institute in New York City. He is Associate Professor of Medicine and Surgery at New York Presbyterian Weill Cornell. Marian Charlton is the Living Donor Transplant Coordinator at The Rogosin Institute. Ms. Charlton has over twenty years experience working in transplantation.

“We are honored to have Dr. Serur and Ms. Charlton join our Medical Board. As an adult nephrologist from a leading medical center, Dr. Serur fills an important void on our medical board as does Ms. Charlton, who will provide the valuable perspective of a transplant coordinator from a major hospital who is on the front lines every day working with living donors. Having such strong representation and support on our board from NewYork-Presbyterian Hospital will accelerate our ability to deliver on our mission,” said Garet Hil, founder of the National Kidney Registry.

“We are interested in expanding the options for people seeking living donor transplants and believe the National Kidney Registry will be able to help us make significant progress in this area,” said Dr. Serur.

“Our living donor transplant program is well-established, and we are seeking opportunities to increase the number of transplants we do. We think it will be beneficial to work with the National Kidney Registry to find more matches,” noted Ms. Charlton.

About the National Kidney Registry

The National Kidney Registry is a nonprofit organization registered under the laws of the State of New York. The mission of the National Kidney Registry is to save and improve the lives of people facing kidney failure by increasing the quality, speed, and number of living donor transplants in the world.

About NewYork-Presbyterian Hospital

NewYork-Presbyterian Hospital is one of the most comprehensive university hospitals in the world, with leading specialists in every field of medicine. We are composed of two renowned medical centers, NewYork-Presbyterian Hospital/Columbia University Medical Center and NewYork-Presbyterian Hospital/Weill Cornell Medical Center, and affiliated with two Ivy League medical institutions, Columbia University College of Physicians & Surgeons and Weill Medical College of Cornell University.

NewYork-Presbyterian Hospital was voted the best hospital in the greater New York area in New York Magazine’s 2006 Best Hospitals survey. It was also voted number one in pediatrics, psychiatry, cancer care, obstetrics and gynecology, and neurology/neuroscience. NewYork-Presbyterian Hospital is also ranked higher in more specialties than any other hospital in the New York area by U.S.News & World Report(TM). In 2007, it earned us a rank of 6th in the nation on the U.S.News Honor Roll of America’s Best Hospitals for the second year in a row.

The Hospital’s Transplantation Institute is the New York region’s flagship center for kidney transplantation in adults and children, providing the most advanced surgical techniques and innovative immunosuppressive therapy available in the United States. The successful track record of our kidney transplant programs is unsurpassed and spans decades. The Institute combines outstanding programs at NewYork-Presbyterian/Columbia University Medical Center and NewYork-Presbyterian/Weill Cornell, each individually recognized for its pioneering research and depth of clinical expertise in kidney transplantation.

About The Rogosin Institute

The Rogosin Institute is a not-for-profit institution for medical research and treatment in kidney disease (including dialysis and transplantation) and cardiovascular disease related to cholesterol and other lipid abnormalities. The Rogosin Institute also has extensive research programs in diabetes, cancer, endotoxemia, and telemedicine.

Image Available: http://www2.marketwire.com/mw/frame_mw?attachid=603652

Image Available: http://www2.marketwire.com/mw/frame_mw?attachid=603655

 Contact: Garet Hil National Kidney Registry 800-936-1627 Email Contact

SOURCE: National Kidney Registry

Doctor to Blame in Wrong-Side Surgery, Panel Says

By Felice J. Freyer; Journal Medical Writer

The decision converts what had been a voluntary license surrender by a neurosurgeon into a full-fledged two-month suspension.

* * *

Dr. J. Frederick Harrington, the neurosurgeon, bears most of the blame for operating on the wrong side of a patient’s head at Rhode Island Hospital in July, a Health Department investigation has concluded.

Nevertheless, the state has allowed Harrington to resume practicing surgery, with no restrictions, effective last Wednesday. He had voluntarily stopped doing surgery shortly after the error.

The decision last week by the state Board of Medical Licensure and Discipline converts what had been a voluntary license surrender into a full-fledged suspension (from Aug. 2 to Oct. 10), the most severe sanction the board has ever issued for a wrong-site surgery, according to Dr. Robert S. Crausman, chief administrative officer. That sanction will be “attached to this doctor for the rest of his career,” Crausman said.

Wrong-site surgeries often involve a cascade of errors by many people in a hospital, but in this case most of the blame lies with Harrington, Crausman said. “His error was the primary cause of the wrong-site surgery,” Crausman said.

Harrington failed to check the CT scan images of the patient’s brain, relying instead on his memory, and also failed to pause and make sure he was right when someone in the operating room questioned him.

Crausman noted that nonetheless there were “systems issues” at Rhode Island Hospital that contributed to the error. The July incident was the third wrong-side surgery at the hospital in six years, all involving neurosurgery. This pattern prompted the Health Department to order immediate changes and monitoring at the hospital.

After the incident, Rhode Island Hospital suspended Harrington’s privileges, and Roger Williams Medical Center and Our Lady of Fatima Hospital followed suit. Spokesmen for all three hospitals said on Friday that Harrington’s privileges remain suspended.

But Robert Goldberg, Harrington’s lawyer, said he expects Harrington to regain his privileges at every hospital and resume his full practice. Goldberg said that the state had concluded that Harrington is “a good and fit physician.” It “speaks volumes,” he said, that the medical board restored his license without restrictions.

“The doctor more than anybody wishes the incident didn’t happen,” Goldberg said, calling Harrington a highly competent neurosurgeon.

Told of Crausman’s comments, Goldberg asserted that Harrington never sought to evade his responsibility for the error. “He was the captain of the ship,” Goldberg said, but added, “Ask every doctor in the state if they ever made a mistake. Who hasn’t? It can happen with any physician any time and any place.”

In Harrington’s case, it happened more than once. In September 2006, he also operated on the wrong side of a patient’s head at Roger Williams Medical Center, but the Health Department did not sanction him because of mitigating circumstances.

In the most recent incident, on July 30, an 86-year-old man came to Rhode Island Hospital three days after a fall. He was found to have bleeding on the brain, and as he started to do poorly in the emergency room, he was transferred to the operating room for emergency surgery. Neither the patient’s medical history nor the consent form specified which side needed the surgery. When a nurse pointed out that the information was missing, Harrington filled in the blanks, relying on his memory rather than consulting the CT scan.

He cut open the wrong side. As soon as he realized the error, he operated on the correct side. The patient died a few days later, but the medical examiner has yet to determine whether the surgical error contributed to his death.

Meanwhile, Rhode Island Hospital has been studying the incident and instituting changes to prevent a similar mistake from happening again, said Mary Reich Cooper, vice president and chief quality officer for Lifespan, the hospital’s parent company.

A new process requires the same safety checks for emergency surgery as for elective surgery, including checking the patient’s identity and consent forms, and stopping to verify that the doctor is about to perform the right procedure on the right part of the right patient. In the past, Cooper said, people bypassed this process because “they were afraid that those precious minutes might make the difference between life and death.” In fact, those safety steps take little time and only in rare cases can skipping them be justified, she said.

The hospital has also instituted a new “structured communication” between emergency room nurses and operating room nurses to ensure that all the necessary information is conveyed.

And it has set computers in the operating room to keep necessary images, such as CT scans, displayed constantly, so the doctor doesn’t have to call them up. In the past the computers would “time out” to protect patient privacy. But since everyone in the operating room is involved in caring for the patient, such periodic shutdowns were ruled unnecessary.

[email protected] / (401) 277-7397

(c) 2007 Providence Journal. Provided by ProQuest Information and Learning. All rights Reserved.

DMAA, HealthSciences Institute Partner on Chronic Care Professional Certification

DMAA: The Care Continuum Alliance and HealthSciences Institute (HSI), a leading health care certification and resource organization, today announced an agreement under which the Institute’s Chronic Care Professional (CCP) certification program will carry the DMAA name and endorsement.

The agreement, which the DMAA Board of Directors approved in September, marks a significant step toward greater promotion of evidence-based professional education in chronic care, health management and behavior change foundations and best practices.

“We saw this as a perfect opportunity to create a whole greater than the sum of its parts,” DMAA President and CEO Tracey Moorhead said. “HealthSciences Institute pioneered certification of chronic care professionals and DMAA serves as the leading advocate for the population-based care those professionals practice, so it was a natural fit.”

“We’re pleased to have the support of DMAA, which has been at the forefront of this field since its inception,” HSI President and CEO Blake Andersen, PhD, said. “We look forward to drawing on the substantial expertise, knowledge and resources of DMAA and its members to better prepare health care professionals for success in the new health care environment.”

Under the agreement, the Institute’s 4-year-old CCP certification program will be branded as a DMAA educational product and offered at a discount to DMAA organization and individual members. DMAA will have seats on the HSI Advisory Board, which guides ongoing development of educational content. DMAA and HSI also will jointly create an independent certification examination committee for the program. HSI will continue to direct all onsite and online programs.

The CCP program is based on a 2003 HSI national competency modeling study, with extensive input by subject matter experts in chronic care, health care improvement, behavioral medicine and health psychology. Curriculum design and e-learning support were provided by learning and development faculty from the University of Toronto Medical School. The interdisciplinary program is consumer-focused, rather than discipline-focused, and designed to augment the specialized training and skills of nurses, physicians, pharmacists, rehabilitation therapists, dietitians, social workers and others working in disease management, health plan, provider and community settings.

To date, the CCP program has been selected by more than 25 U.S. health plans, including 10 Blue Cross Blue Shield affiliates, and three states — Minnesota, Wisconsin and Vermont. More than 1,000 professionals have received certification under the program, which provides both onsite and Web-based instruction and includes comprehensive educational materials. Certification, designated by the “CCP” credential, is valid for three years.

“In a relatively short time frame, the CCP program has won broad acceptance and built a strong reputation for educational quality. This exceptional track record was a deciding factor in our decision to move forward with this partnership,” Moorhead said. “We’re extremely pleased by this opportunity to collaborate with HSI.”

Andersen said certification of professional staff augments program certification in distinguishing organizations from competitors. It also can reduce staff onboarding and development costs and support improved quality outcomes reporting and performance-based measures. For individuals, CCP certification provides a valuable distinction in an increasingly competitive field and recognizes specialized knowledge and skills.

“Through this partnership, the CCP program will continue to evolve to meet the needs of adult learners who are on the front line of population-based health management and chronic care,” Andersen said. “By and large, these individuals are most interested in mastering practical approaches and interventions for supporting patient adherence and behavior change, shared decision-making, evidence-based care and physician partnering.”

HSI surveys show that more than 95 percent of professionals who complete the CCP program agree or strongly agree that it leaves them better prepared to deliver chronic care services in their day-to-day job roles and that the program represents a “good value” for organizations.

Individuals can register for online CCP e-learning certification at www.healthsciences.org or schedule live, onsite delivery by contacting HSI at [email protected] or (866) 640-6060.

About DMAA: The Care Continuum Alliance

DMAA: The Care Continuum Alliance convenes all stakeholders providing services along the care continuum toward the goal of population health improvement. These care continuum services include strategies such as health and wellness promotion, disease management and care coordination. DMAA: The Care Continuum Alliance promotes the role of population health improvement in raising the quality of care, improving health outcomes and reducing preventable health care costs for people with chronic conditions and those at risk for developing chronic conditions. DMAA: The Care Continuum Alliance represents more than 200 corporate and individual stakeholders, including health plans, disease management organizations, health information technology innovators, employers, physicians, nurses and other health care professionals and researchers and academicians. Learn more by visiting DMAA online at www.dmaa.org.

About HealthSciences Institute

HealthSciences Institute is a Chicago-based multidisciplinary collaborative and health care certification and resource organization. HealthSciences maintains an advisory board of subject-matter experts representing a number of health care disciplines, industries, and learning institutions. HSI helps health care stakeholders and professionals deliver improved value to health care consumers and purchasers by applying evidence and best practices in health and disease management — and the new generation of health coaching and behavior change facilitation solutions from the fields of behavioral medicine and health psychology. HSI’s partnerships with health care centers of excellence and leading health care solution providers ensure thought leadership and innovative solutions to the many human and financial challenges of chronic care. Learn more by visiting www.HealthSciences.org.

 Contact: Carl Graziano DMAA (202) 737-5781 [email protected]  Maria Vanesa Cascino HealthSciences Institute (866) 640-6060 [email protected]

SOURCE: DMAA: The Care Continuum Alliance

Sage Memorial Hospital Projects Breakeven For FY2007

GANADO, Ariz., Oct. 16 /PRNewswire/ — Sage Memorial Hospital announced today that it expects its profitability to be near breakeven for FY2007. The breakeven results are attributed to Morgan and Associates’ design and implementation of a turnaround plan, which offsets the $1.8 million loss projected earlier this year.

“The leadership and efforts of Mr. Morgan, Mr. Razaghi and their dedicated team of professionals have saved our hospital from the brink of bankruptcy,” stated Tomicita Gorman, Chairman of Sage Memorial Hospital’s Board of Directors. “The Board of Directors has made a three year commitment to Morgan & Associates and we have worked diligently along side the team from the very beginning to realize the success of the turnaround plan.”

“The Board of Directors mission is to provide quality healthcare to our communities and local chapters. With the new positive results, the Board can now begin to focus its efforts on bringing the vision of a new facility into reality,” continued Ms. Gorman. “To that end, we have initiated efforts to work with the local chapter leaders and Navajo Nation Council delegates, particularly Fort Defiance Council delegates, to secure funding for a new facility.”

“While the final results for the year are still pending, early indications suggest that Sage Memorial Hospital may breakeven this year,” commented Mr. Ahmad R. Razaghi, CEO of Morgan and Associates. “Our goal [for Sage Memorial] is to establish a stable and sustainable platform for the operations of the facilities that will allow for the long-term success of this organization,” continued Mr. Razaghi.

Morgan and Associates was engaged to design and implement a turnaround strategy for Sage Memorial Hospital in advance of developing and financing a new hospital. The initial phase of the turnaround plan focused on realigning the management and administration functions to improve the operational efficiencies of the hospital and its clinics. As a part of the turnaround strategy, Morgan and Associates successfully negotiated a number of agreements including a three-year agreement with Indian Health Services to provide healthcare services. Morgan and Associates will begin working with the medical staff to implement similar efficiencies in the clinical areas of the organization. “The strategic changes made thus far [at Sage Memorial Hospital] have proved to be very beneficial for the organization,” stated Mr. Manuel Morgan, President of Morgan and Associates. “These changes are in-line with our goal of continually improving the quality of care being provided to the communities served by Sage Memorial Hospital while maintaining fiscal discipline.”

About Sage Memorial Hospital

Established in 1901, Sage Memorial Hospital provides medical and dental care to the residents of Ganado, AZ and surrounding communities spanning over 1,800 square miles. Sage Memorial operates a critical access hospital and three field clinics and provides healthcare to nearly 70,000 patients per year. The facilities are under the management of Navajo Health Foundation-Sage Memorial Hospital, which is the first Native American-managed comprehensive healthcare system in the U.S. The Presbytery of Grand Canyon maintains ownership of the property and buildings, and leases the facilities to the Navajo Health Foundation-Sage Memorial Hospital.

About Morgan & Associates

Morgan & Associates is a healthcare management, development and investment banking firm. The principles of the firm have extensive experience with Native American healthcare projects and management, which most recently includes the development and financing of Blue Mountain Hospital in Blanding, UT.

Sage Memorial Hospital

CONTACT: Kory Razaghi, +1-949-468-8868, [email protected], for SageMemorial Hospital

Four Winds Casino Resort Announces New Bus Service From Chicago and Nearby Suburbs

The Four Winds Casino Resort announced today a new bus service that will shuttle guests from several locations in the Chicago metropolitan area to the new Four Winds Casino Resort in New Buffalo, Mich. Bus service will depart from locations in Chicago, Crestwood, Ill., Homewood, Ill. and Countryside, Ill. All new riders who sign up for the W Club player’s card will receive $10.00 in free-play. The rider’s bonus package will vary depending on the pick-up location.

Each pick-up location will have a dedicated bus offering multiple pick-up and return times daily. For schedules, bonus packages and directions, call 866-711-1997 or visit www.fourwindscasinoshuttle.com. If you are planning a group outing, deluxe round-trip transportation with exclusive casino packages are also available.

“We’re very excited to offer bus service from several Chicagoland communities to the Four Winds Casino Resort,” said Matt Harkness, general manager, Four Winds Casino Resort. “With 130,000 square feet of gaming space including 3,000 slot machines, 100 table games, six restaurants and the area’s largest jackpots, the Four Winds Casino Resort sets a new standard for gaming in the Midwest.”

Bus Routes and Schedules

 --  Southside of Chicago. Departing from the 87th Street parking lot near     the Dan Ryan Expressway, Chicago, and the corner of 79th Street and     Martin Luther King Drive, Chicago.  The bus service is free and each     guest will receive $5.00 in free-play.     --  Departing from the 87th Street parking lot on a daily basis at:         - 9:00 a.m., 12:00 p.m., 3:15 p.m., 6:30 p.m. Central time.     --  Departing from the corner of 79th Street and Martin Luther King         Drive on a daily basis at:         - 9:15 a.m., 12:15 p.m., 3:30 p.m., 6:45 p.m. Central time.     --  Departing from the Four Winds Casino Resort on a daily basis back         to the 87th Street parking lot and the corner of 79th Street and         Martin Luther King Drive at:         - 10:30 a.m., 1:45 p.m., 5:00 p.m., 8:00 p.m., 11:00 p.m.           Central time. --  Chinatown. Departing from the corner of Archer Ave. and Wentworth Ave.,     Chicago, and the Chinatown Depot, 3016 S. Wentworth Ave., Chicago.     The bus service is free and each guest will receive $5.00 in free-play.     --  Departing from the corner of Archer Ave. & Wentworth Ave. on a         daily basis at:         - 8:00 a.m., 10:00 a.m., 12:00 p.m., 2:00 p.m., 4:00 p.m.,           6:00 p.m., 8:00 p.m., 10:00 p.m., 12:00 a.m. Central time.     --  Departing from the Chinatown Depot on a daily basis at:         - 8:15 a.m., 10:15 a.m., 12:15 p.m., 2:15 p.m., 4:15 p.m.,           6:15 p.m., 8:15 p.m., 10:15 p.m., 12:15 a.m. Central time.     --  Departing from the Four Winds Casino Resort on a daily basis back         to the corner of Archer Ave. and Wentworth Ave. and the Chinatown         Depot on a daily basis at:         - 10:00 a.m., 12:00 p.m., 2:00 p.m., 4:00 p.m., 6:00 p.m.,           8:00 p.m., 10:00 p.m., 12:00 a.m., 2:00 a.m., 4:00 a.m.           Central time. --  Crestwood. Departing from the Crestwood Depot, 5411 W. 127th Street,     Crestwood, Ill.  There is a $10.00 fee to ride the bus. Each guest will     receive $10.00 in free-play.     --  Departing from Crestwood on a daily basis at:         - 9:00 a.m., 12:30 p.m., 4:00 p.m. Central time.     --  Departing from the Four Winds Casino Resort on a daily basis back         to Crestwood at:         - 10:45 a.m. 2:15 p.m., 5:45 p.m., 9:15 p.m. Central time. --  Homewood. Departing from the Washington Square Center, 17815 S.     Halsted, Homewood, Ill.  There is a $10.00 fee to ride the bus.     Each guest will receive $10.00 in free-play.     --  Departing from Homewood on Tuesdays, Thursdays and Saturdays at:         - 8:30 a.m., 12:30 p.m. Central time.     --  Departing from the Four Winds Casino Resort on Tuesdays, Thursdays         and Saturdays back to Homewood at:         - 10:15 a.m., 2:15 p.m., 6:30 p.m. Central time. --  Countryside. Departing from the J. C. George's Restaurant, 59th &     LaGrange, Countryside, Ill.  There is a $10.00 fee to ride the bus.     Each guest will receive $10.00 in free-play.     --  Departing from Countryside on Mondays, Wednesdays and Fridays at:         - 8:30 a.m., 12:30 p.m. Central time.     --  Departing from the Four Winds Casino Resort on Mondays, Wednesdays         and Fridays back to Countryside at:         - 10:15 a.m., 2:15 p.m., 6:30 p.m. Central time. 

For more information on the Four Winds Casino Resort, or to make a reservation, please call 1-866-4WINDS1 (866-494-6371) or visit www.fourwindscasino.com.

About the Four Winds Casino Resort

Four Winds Casino Resort is owned by the Pokagon Band of Potawatomi Indians and is located at 11111 Wilson Road in New Buffalo, Mich. Managed by Lakes Entertainment, Inc., the resort offers 130,000 square feet of gaming with 3,000 slot machines and 100 table games including poker. It also features six restaurants, entertainment bars and retail venues, and a 165-room hotel, making it a premier destination resort for Midwest tourism. More information can be found at www.fourwindscasino.com.

 Media Contacts: Joshua Taustein Dresner Corporate Services 312-780-7219 [email protected]  David Gutierrez Dresner Corporate Services 312-780-7204 [email protected]

SOURCE: Four Winds Casino Resort

Bryan R. Rogers Appointed President of Far West Division

NASHVILLE, Tenn., Oct. 16 /PRNewswire/ — HCA today announced the appointment of Bryan R. Rogers as President of HCA’s Far West Division, which is based in Las Vegas, effective Jan. 1, 2008. Rogers replaces Tom May who recently announced his retirement.

As Far West Division President, Rogers will have responsibility for operations in Nevada, California and Alaska, which currently include nine hospitals and seven ambulatory surgery centers with annual net revenues of $2.5 billion.

He currently serves as President of HCA’s Midwest Division in Kansas City. Rogers was appointed to this position when HCA acquired the 11-hospital system in April, 2003.

“After HCA acquired Health Midwest, Bryan successfully led our facilities through a major transition over the last few years,” said Sam Hazen, President of HCA’s Western Group. “At the same time, he has done a terrific job of building the Midwest Division into a vibrant and growing system. His proven leadership in a multi-facility setting, combined with his prior experience in California, makes him a great choice for the Far West Division.”

Rogers, 50, began his career with HCA in May 1999 as President and CEO at Riverside Community Hospital. While at Riverside, he is widely credited with major improvements in employee and patient satisfaction, major capital expansions at the hospital and significant operational improvements. Prior to joining Riverside, he served as Executive Vice President of Operations at Citrus Valley Health Partners and as President and CEO of Foothill Presbyterian Hospital.

He holds an advanced executive MBA from Claremont Graduate University, Master of Public Health, Hospital Administration and Health Services Management from UCLA. He received his undergraduate degree and training as a Physician Assistant from Duke University where he graduated Summa Cum Laude. Rogers is a Fellow in the American College of Healthcare Executives.

The company intends to begin searching for his replacement immediately.

All references to “Company” and “HCA” as used throughout this document refer to HCA Inc and its affiliates.

HCA

CONTACT: Investors, Mark Kimbrough, +1-615-344-2688, or Media, EdFishbough, +1-615-344-2810, both of HCA

Web site: http://www.hcahealthcare.com/

The Blade, Toledo, Ohio, Kathie Smith Column: Area Cooking Classes Bring Tasty Variety

By Kathie Smith, The Blade, Toledo, Ohio

Oct. 16–It’s already mid-season for fall cooking classes in northwest Ohio and southeast Michigan.

w Cooking classes at Kitchen Tools & Skills at 26597 Dixie Highway in Perrysburg begin at 6:30 p.m. and are $35 each. (To register, call 419-872-9090.) Watch for:

Oct. 23: Italian Cuisine taught by Liz Sofo of Sofo Foods. The menu includes homemade butternut Squash Ravioli with Walnut Sauce and Braised Short Ribs with Homemade Polenta.

Oct. 24: Mexican Cuisine taught by Lina Barrera and Syndi Guerrero will feature crispy poblano chilies rellenos stuffed with black bean, ground pork, and Mexican cheese topped with fresh cranberry mole sauce and a dollop of cilantro creme fraiche. For dessert, they’ll make sweet sopes (flash-fried pastry) topped with candied pumpkin.

Oct. 30: A wine dinner will feature Aficionado Wine and Cigars proprietor Steve Parks.

Oct. 31: French Cuisine taught by Christine and Jim Wilson (former owners of Gourmet Curiosities) with Katie Sharpe (owner of Katie’s Crepes). The menu includes basil, mozzarella, and tomato crepe and Pork Chops Normandy.

–At Franklin Park Williams-Sonoma, Marty Kokotaylo will teach Food Made Fast: Main Dishes featuring chicken korma and ale-braised sausages and red cabbage at 6 p.m. on Oct. 28. (His Autumn Dinner Party class on Sept. 30 featured mushroom crostini, stuffed acorn squash, and rosemary-sage pork tenderloin with pancetta or bacon.) Cost is $40.

Technique classes are complimentary at 10 a.m. Saturday and Sunday on selected dates. Pie Crust Essentials will be this weekend.

–Georgeann Brown of un coup de main (which means “a helping hand”) began teaching classes at her Dundee, Mich., home last spring. Class size is limited to six students. Classes run for three hours. Mrs. Brown, who is fluent in French, has traveled throughout France and Spain. She is also a member of the Maumee Valley Herb Society. Her motto is: “Living well and eating well happens when you cook well.”

Future classes include:

Oktoberfest in Alsace — Time to Celebrate, from 10 a.m. to 2 p.m. Saturday. Cost is $65 and features Alsatian Flatbread with Creamy Onion & Bacon Topping and Choucroute Garni (sauerkraut garnished with potatoes and a variety of meats such as sausages, pork, or ham).

A two-day, hands-on class, Show Stopper Desserts, will be from 10 a.m. to 2 p.m. Nov. 2 & 3 for $100 (includes a soup lunch). Recipes include Chocolate Ruffle Cake, Buche de Noel, and Lavender & Honey Creme Brulee.

Everything but the Bird, Traditional Side Dishes with a Twist, will be from 10 a.m. to 2 p.m. Nov. 8 featuring Creamy Mashed Potatoes with Chevre and Fresh Sage, Baked Yams with Ginger-Molasses Butter, and Amaretto-Almond Streusel Pumpkin Pie. Cost is $65.

Hors d’oeuvres Made Ahead & With Ease, will be from 10 a.m. to 2 p.m. Dec. 1. Recipes include Wonton Triangles with Wasabi & Smoked Salmon, White Cheddar Pate a Choux Puffs, and Crab, Chili & Avocado Tostaditos. Cost is $65. To register call 734-529-2318.

–At Ralph’s Joy of Living, a Special Wine Dinner will be at 6:30 p.m. Oct. 27 at 33 North Washington St. in Tiffin. Cost is $25 per person. Call 419-447-1051. In the Fremont store at 113 South Front St., Italian Cuisine: Campania (Naples) will be at 6:30 p.m. Oct. 31 ($35) and Italian Cuisine: Lazio (Roma) will be at 6:30 p.m. Nov. 7 ($35). Call 419-332-1928.

Kathie Smith is The Blade’s food editor.

E-mail her at [email protected] Read more Kathie Smith columns at www.toledoblade.com/smith

—–

To see more of The Blade, or to subscribe to the newspaper, go to http://www.toledoblade.com.

Copyright (c) 2007, The Blade, Toledo, Ohio

Distributed by McClatchy-Tribune Information Services.

For reprints, email [email protected], call 800-374-7985 or 847-635-6550, send a fax to 847-635-6968, or write to The Permissions Group Inc., 1247 Milwaukee Ave., Suite 303, Glenview, IL 60025, USA.

Mid-State Cardiology, The Heart Group Unite With Saint Thomas Health Services to Create Saint Thomas Heart

Mid-State Cardiology Associates and The Heart Group have united to form the state’s largest private cardiology practice.

The physicians of Mid-State Cardiology, with offices on the Baptist Hospital campus, and The Heart Group, located on the Saint Thomas Hospital campus, will practice under the umbrella of Saint Thomas Heart, a new division of Saint Thomas Health Services (STHS). This combined group of 45 heart specialists sees more than 130,000 heart patients in a 69-county region that stretches throughout Middle Tennessee and into southern Kentucky and northern Alabama. Both practices have offices on the campus of Williamson Medical Center.

Saint Thomas Heart aligns all of Saint Thomas Health Services’ heart services, including an extensive network of community clinics, the STHS Chest Pain Center Network with 10 regional partners, and two joint-venture catheterization laboratories, under focused leadership.

“The combination of these practices to create Saint Thomas Heart results in not only the largest private practice of cardiologists in Tennessee, but brings together two practices that have a long-standing history and reputation for quality that are nonpareil,” said Jim Houser, President and CEO of Saint Thomas Health Services .

The 15 cardiac specialists at Mid-State Cardiology have practiced at Baptist Hospital for more than 30 years. The group has regional clinics in five communities. The Heart Group, with 30 cardiac specialists, was founded in 1985 and has 22 clinics across Middle Tennessee. The Heart Group joined Saint Thomas Health Services in 2006.

“Cardiologists at Baptist Hospital and Saint Thomas Hospital have been delivering innovative and quality heart care for many years, and together, we can further build upon our decades of experience and expertise to serve patients throughout the region,” said Dr. George Crossley, president and CEO for Mid-State Cardiology Associates.

While keeping their individual practice names, both groups will operate under the Saint Thomas Heart umbrella.

The addition of Mid-State Cardiology and the creation of Saint Thomas Heart come on the heels of Saint Thomas Health Services posting its strongest financial numbers in four years. In the 12 months ended June 30, the system posted net income of $95.5 million, more than four times the 2006 number. Operating income last fiscal year was $38.4 million, reversing a $5.0 million loss in fiscal 2006.

“Through initiatives like Saint Thomas Heart, we are continuing to build on more than 200 years in combined history of providing excellent care in faith and values- based environments,” Houser said. “The joining of these two practices is but one example of the benefit created when our hospitals came together five years ago as Saint Thomas Health Services.”

“This new cardiology practice and Saint Thomas Heart exemplify the forward thinking that makes the Saint Thomas Health Services organization such a leading destination for great cardiac care,” said Dr. Howard Walpole of The Heart Group. “We’re proud to be a part of Saint Thomas Heart and are excited about moving forward in partnership with Mid-State Cardiology.”

Saint Thomas Heart includes:

Nearly 70 cardiac specialists practicing at Saint Thomas Hospital and Baptist Hospital in Nashville and Middle Tennessee Medical Center in Murfreesboro.

The Saint Thomas Heart Institute, where cardiac specialists have performed more than 300 heart transplants, 189,000 cardiac catheterizations, 41,000 coronary angioplasties and stents, 58,000 open-heart operations and treated 97,000 cardiac rehabilitation patients.

A network of 22 community clinics in 20 counties delivering high-quality cardiac care close to home for thousands of patients.

The Chest Pain Center Network, which includes Nashville’s first Chest Pain Center at Baptist Hospital, provides cardiac care and expertise to community-based providers, improving the level of care in their communities. The Network has affiliations with ten facilities in the region and will soon be adding two others.

Joint-venture catheterization labs in Crossville and Gallatin.

About Saint Thomas Health Services

Saint Thomas Health Services is a faith-based ministry with more than 8,000 associates serving Middle Tennessee. Saint Thomas Health Services’ regional health system consists of four hospitals — Baptist and Saint Thomas in Nashville, Middle Tennessee Medical Center in Murfreesboro and Hickman Community Hospital in Centerville — and a comprehensive network of affiliated joint ventures in diagnostics, cardiac services and ambulatory surgery as well as medical practices, the Center for Spinal Surgery, clinics and rehabilitation facilities. STHS is a member of Ascension Health, a Catholic organization that is the largest not-for-profit health system in the United States.

U.S. Doctors for Africa Launches Ghana Mobile Clinic Project As First Step in Proposed $70 Million Mobile Clinic Initiative

U.S. Doctors for Africa (USDFA) (www.usdfa.org) announces the Ghana Mobile Clinic Project–the deployment of its first mobile clinic to Africa. This is the first clinic of an anticipated 200 mobile clinics USDFA has committed to deploy by 2015 as part of its Mobile Clinic Initiative, a commitment made by USDFA at the 2006 Clinton Global Initiative. USDFA aims to save millions of lives by providing basic health care and education that is currently unavailable in rural Africa.

The Vice President of the Republic of Ghana H.E. Alhaji Aliu Mahama has joined forces with USDFA to arrange governmental partnerships. The mobile clinic being deployed to Ghana by the end of 2007 is visible in front of 55 Wall Street (Manhattan) during USDFA’s October 17, 2007, Fundraising Gala at Cipriani’s, which honors philanthropist and Hip Hop mogul Russell Simmons.

USDFA founder Ted Alemayhu says, “Seven million children under the age of five die annually in Africa from preventable illnesses, such as acute respiratory infections, diarrhea, malaria, tuberculosis and AIDS. Our mobile clinic will deliver low cost interventions, including immunization and antibiotics to help battle these diseases.”

USDFA only places clinics and medical volunteers into stable and safe environments. Despite its stable government, the health crisis in Ghana is as severe as other African countries, where regions of more than 100,000 people often only have one medically trained person.

The pilot clinic will gather data for approximately one year, and subsequently, USDFA will expand its efforts into other African countries, such as Tanzania, Ethiopia and South Africa. Each mobile clinic ranges in value from $200,000.00 — 300,000.00.

About U.S. Doctors for Africa (USDFA)

U.S. Doctors for Africa (USDFA) is a 501(c)(3) non-profit organization providing volunteer medical professionals from the United States and Africa to the most rural areas of Sub-Saharan Africa. USDFA provides basic health care, such as vaccinations and health education, in an effort to combat AIDS/HIV, Malaria and other preventable communicable diseases. Supporters of USDFA include Kofi Annan, Bill Clinton, Hillary Rodham Clinton, Oprah Winfrey, Quincy Jones, Chris Tucker, Dikembe Mutombo, Baron Davis and Russell Simmons. Partners include the World Bank, the International Monetary Fund (IMF), the Clinton Foundation and the World Health Organization. (www.usdfa.org)

ARDSnet Ventilatory Protocol and Alveolar Hyperinflation: Role of Positive End-Expiratory Pressure

By Grasso, Salvatore Stripoli, Tania; De Michele, Michele; Bruno, Francesco; Moschetta, Marco; Angelelli, Giuseppe; Munno, Irene; Ruggiero, Vincenzo; Anaclerio, Roberto; Cafarelli, Aldo; Driessen, Bernd; Fiore, Tommaso

Rationale: In patients with acute respiratory distress syndrome (ARDS), a focal distribution of loss of aeration in lung computed tomography predicts low potential for alveolar recruitment and susceptibility to alveolar hyperinflation with high levels of positive end-expiratory pressure (PEEP). Objectives:We tested the hypothesis that, in this cohort of patients, the table-based PEEP setting criteria of the National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute’s ARDS Network (ARDSnet) low tidal volume ventilatory protocol could induce tidal alveolar hyperinflation.

Methods: In 15 patients, physiologic parameters and plasma inflammatory mediators were measured during two ventilatory strategies, applied randomly: the ARDSnet and the stress index strategy. The latter used the same ARDSnet ventilatory pattern except for the PEEP level, which was adjusted based on the stress index, a monitoring tool intended to quantify tidal alveolar hyperinflation and/or recruiting/derecruiting that occurs during constant-flow ventilation, on a breath-by-breath basis.

Measurements and Main Results: In all patients, the stress index revealed alveolar hyperinflation during application of the ARDSnet strategy, and consequently, PEEP was significantly decreased (P

Conclusions: Alveolar hyperinflation in patients with focal ARDS ventilated with the ARDSnet protocol is attenuated by a physiologic approach to PEEP setting based on the stress index measurement.

Keywords: acute lung injury; inflammatory response; mechanical ventilation; ventilator-induced lung injury

Mechanical ventilation can exacerbate the inflammatory response in patients with acute respiratory distress syndrome (ARDS) by inducing cyclic tidal alveolar hyperinflation and/or recruiting/ derecruiting (1). Several protective ventilatory strategies have been proposed to minimize these forms of ventilator-induced micromechanical stress. A randomized multicenter study by the National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute’s ARDS Network (ARDSnet) comparing tidal volumes of 6 versus 12 ml/kg predicted body weight showed a significantly better survival in those individuals allocated to the low tidal volume arm (2). However, because the same positive end-expiratory pressure (PEEP) setting criteria (protocolized alternating increases of PEEP and inspired oxygen fraction [FIO^sub 2^]) were applied in both arms of the ARDSnet study, their impact in terms of lung protection remains unclear (3). Moreover, a more recent ARDSnet investigation (Assessment of Low Tidal Volume and Elevated End Expiratory volume to Obviate Lung Injury [ALVEOLI] trial) (4), testing the effects on mortality of a “higher” PEEP titration table, did not show any improvement when compared with the original trial. A study by our group suggests, as a possible explanation of this result, that the table-based approach to the higher PEEP setting of the ALVEOLI study may have failed to induce a physiologic response in terms of alveolar recruitment in a significant group of patients (5).

Using computed tomography (CT), Gattinoni and coworkers have recently shown that the potential for alveolar recruitment is quite variable among patients with ARDS (6). Previously, the CT Scan ARDS study group classified ARDS into focal (36% of patients), diffuse (23%), and patchy (41%), based on the pattern of distribution of loss of aeration (7, 8), and showed that the chances of producing alveolar recruitment with PEEP can be predicted a priori using this classification (9). Accordingly, in patients with a focal distribution of loss of aeration (i.e., with atelectatic dependent lobes coexisting with aerated nondependent lobes), the use of high PEEP levels (15-20 cm H2O) resulted in minimal alveolar recruitment in the dependent lobes but significant hyperinflation in the nondependent lung lobes (10).

In the present study, we tested the hypothesis that ventilation using the standardized ARDSnet PEEP-FIO[sub]2[/sub] protocol would induce alveolar hyperinflation in patients with focal ARDS. Therefore, we compared in these patients the ARDSnet ventilatory strategy with an alternative strategy characterized by a more “physiologic” titration of PEEP, aimed at minimizing ventilator- induced tidal hyperinflation. To do so, we adjusted PEEP based on stress index monitoring, as recently proposed by De Perrot and colleagues and Ranieri and coworkers (11-13). The stress index is determined on a breath-by-breath basis during constant-flow ventilation by analyzing the shape of the in-spiratory airway opening pressure curve. This approach assumes that, during constant- flow tidal inflation, the rate of change in airway opening pressure over time reflects the rate of change in elastance of the respiratory system (14). A recent CT study suggested that the stress index may accurately quantify the degree of tidal alveolar hyperinflation (15).

Parts of this study have previously been reported in abstract format (16).

METHODS

Additional details provided in the online supplement.

Patients with early ARDS (17), fulfilling the inclusion criteria of the ARDSnet protocol (2), were included in the study provided they had undergone a thoracic CT scan for clinical purposes in the preceding 24 hours that revealed a pattern of focal loss of aeration according to the CT Scan ARDS study group criteria (7, 9). The qualitative CT analysis was performed by two independent radiologists (G.A. and M.M.). The institutional review board for clinical studies approved the protocol, and written, informed consent was obtained from each patient or his or her next of kin before enrollment into the study.

Measurements

Static elastance (partitioned for respiratory system, chest wall, and lung), quasi-static pressure-volume curves of the respiratory system (low-flow technique), and PEEP-induced alveolar recruitment were measured as previously described (5).

The stress index was measured during constant-flow assist- control mechanical ventilation without changing the baseline ventilatory pattern, as previously described (11-13, 15) (further details are provided in the online supplement). Briefly, a computer program (ICU-LAB; KleisTEK, Bari, Italy) aided in identifying the steady part of the inspiratory flow and the corresponding portion of the airway opening pressure curve, and in fitting to the latter the following power equation:

airway pressure=a . inspiratory time^sup b^+c,

where the coefficient b (“stress index”) describes the shape of the curve. For stress index values of less than 1, the curve presents a downward concavity suggesting a continuous decrease in elastance. For stress index values of higher than 1, the curve presents an upward concavity suggesting a continuous increase in elastance. Finally, for a stress index value equal to 1, the curve is straight, suggesting the absence of tidal variations in elastance (Figure 1). To suppress eventual spontaneous inspiratory efforts during the measurement, the baseline sedation level (Ramsay score 3- 4) (18) could be briefly (10-15 min) increased to a Ramsay score of 5 during stress index measurements. No further increase in sedation or neuromuscular blockade was allowed to facilitate the stress measurement.

Invasive arterial pressure, heart rate, right atrial pressure, continuous cardiac output (via transesophageal Doppler, Cardio Q; Deltex Medical, Chichester, UK), and arterial blood gases (Rapid Lab 865; Bayer Diagnostics, Dublin, Ireland) were determined under each experimental condition.

Plasma concentrations of interleukin (IL)-6, IL-8, tumor necrosis factor (TNF)-a, and soluble TNF-alpha receptors I and II (sTNF- alpha RI and II) were measured with commercially available kits for solid-phase ELISAs (IL-6, IL-8, TNF-alpha; Bender Medical Systems, Vienna, Austria; sTNF-alpha RI and II; HyCult Biotechnology, Uden, The Netherlands).

Study Protocol

From the moment the diagnosis of ARDS was made all patients were ventilated following the ARDSnet protocol. During the study period of 24 hours, each patient was initially ventilated for 12 hours following the ARDSnet strategy (2) and for the subsequent 12 hours following the stress index strategy, or vice versa. The sequence of application of the two strategies was randomly assigned to patients using a concealed allocation approach by choosing between sealed envelopes that contained the individual procedure sequence. The stress index strategy used the same ARDSnet ventilatory pattern, except for the PEEP level, which was titrated to effect-that is, targeting a stress index between 0.9 and 1.1, a normal range identified according to previous investigations (12, 15). If, during the ARDSnet strategy application, the stress index was higher than 1.1, PEEP was decreased to achieve a value between 0.9 and 1.1; if stress index values between 0.9 and 1.1 were measured, no change was made; and if the stress index was lower than 0.9, PEEP was increased. Adjustment of PEEP was suspended if any one of the following conditions ensued: plateau pressure >30 cm H2O, SaO^sub 2^

Statistical Analysis

Data are presented as mean +- SD. Because plasma cytokine determinations were not normally distributed, values were expressed as median and 25th-75th interquartile range. Comparisons between the two ventilatory strategies were performed using analysis of variance for repeated measures followed by a Student t test for paired samples, or a Wilcoxon signed-rank test, where appropriate. A P value of less than 0.05 indicated significant differences between values. Statistical analysis was performed using the software package StatView (Abacus, Inc., Berkeley, CA).

RESULTS

The study was conducted in from January 2004 to February 2006. In this period, 964 patients were admitted to our 16-bed intensive care unit. ARDS was diagnosed in 114 (11.8%) of patients. Of those, 92 (80.7%) patients underwent thoracic CT scan within the first 3 days of diagnosis of ARDS, and the qualitative analysis of CT scans according to the CT Scan ARDS study group criteria revealed a focal, patchy, and diffuse pattern of loss of aeration in 30 (32.6%), 44 (47.8%), and 18 (19.6%) of patients, respectively. Hence, only 30 patients with early focal ARDS were considered eligible for inclusion in the study. Of those, 15 were excluded (10 because they did not meet the inclusion criteria of the ARDSnet protocol, 5 because they refused informed consent). All the 15 patients admitted completed the study; of those, 7 were randomized to the sequence ARDSnet strategy-stress index strategy and 8 to the stress index- ARDSnet strategy. Baseline ventilatory settings and demographic and clinical data of the 15 patients enrolled in the study are shown in Table 1. In seven patients, ARDS was of pulmonary origin.

In all patients, the stress index value during ARDSnet strategy ventilation was higher than 1.1 (1.154 +- 0.054). To implement the stress index strategy, in all patients PEEP was reduced accordingly. The target stress index range (0.90-1.1) was reached in all patients (1.008 +- 0.054, P

Figure 2 and Table 2 show the ventilatory, respiratory mechanics, and gas exchange parameters at the end of each study period. By protocol, FIO[sub]2[/sub] and VT were left unchanged. The PEEP value was significantly lower during the period the stress index strategy was used as compared with the period the ARDSnet strategy was used (6.8 +- 2.2 vs. 13.2 +- 2.4 cm H2 O, P

Figure 4 shows the quasi-static volume-pressure curves obtained in three representative patients under the two experimental conditions. Of note, the volume-pressure curves recorded during the ARDSnet strategy application were almost superimposed to those measured during the period the stress index strategy was applied, indicating minimal differences in alveolar derecruitment between the two strategies, despite a significant PEEP reduction. Overall, the alveolar derecruitment was between 25 and 145 ml (mean, 70 +- 39 ml).

Cardiac output was significantly lower (6 +- 0.8 vs. 7.1 +- 1.4 L/ min, P = 0.0163) and systemic vascular resistances higher (1,190 +- 200 vs. 974 +- 297 dyne . s . cm^sup -5^, P = 0.0491) when the ARDSnet strategy was applied. Mean arterial pressure and heart rate were not different.

Plasma levels of IL-6, IL-8, and sTNF-alpha RI were significantly higher during the phase of ARDSnet ventilation than during the period of stress index-guided ventilation, whereas the levels of TNF- alpha and sTNF-alpha RII were not significantly affected by the two strategies (Figure 5).

DISCUSSION

Our data support the hypothesis that application of the ARDSnet protocol may generate tidal alveolar hyperinflation in patients with ARDS with a focal pattern of loss of aeration. Furthermore, they show that the observed hyperinflation is likely due to the PEEP setting criteria of this specific protocol (table based, alternating PEEP and FIO[sub]2[/sub] increases to achieve an oxygenation target). We demonstrated that adjusting PEEP based on the respiratory system mechanics of an individual patient allows reduced risk of alveolar hyperinflation.

In the present study, the application of the stress index analysis revealed the occurrence of tidal alveolar hyperinflation in patients with focal ARDS who were ventilated using the ARDSnet protocol. Previous studies have documented the ability of the stress index to qualitatively detect alveolar hyperinflation in humans, both in adults (13) and children (19), as compared with static pressure-volume curves. However, human studies comparing the stress index method against the reference CT scan method are not available. A recent experimental CT study demonstrated that the amount of lung tissue subject to tidal alveolar hyperinflation grows exponentially for stress index values higher than 1.1, whereas it is negligible for stress index vales in the 0.9-1.1 range (15), but we must point out that this study was conducted in a surfactant-depleted ARDS model and under a wide range of stress indices. Therefore, the ability of the stress index to exactly quantify the amount of lung tissue undergoing tidal alveolar hyperinflation in the clinical context needs further validation. Moreover, PaCO^sub 2^ was significantly higher during the ARDSnet strategy period, whereas minute ventilation was not significantly different between the two modalities (Table 2). This provides further indirect evidence for alveolar overinflation during ARDSnet strategy-guided ventilation (20), but because we have compared PaCO^sub 2^ values recorded at the end of each study period (i.e., at a time interval of 12 h), effects of differences in metabolic CO2 production therefore cannot be ruled out. Finally, despite the PEEP level being significantly lower during the stress index strategy period as compared with the phase when the ARDSnet strategy was applied, static lung elastance improved and a slight, albeit significant, alveolar derecruitment occurred without worsening of arterial oxygenation. These data indirectly suggest that alveolar hyperinflation had developed during the ARDSnet ventilation period.

The rationale of the ARDSnet protective ventilatory strategy (2) is to minimize tidal alveolar hyperinflation, a well-known cause of ventilator-induced lung injury (1). The practical and standardized approach chosen by the ARDSnet investigators was deemed appropriate for a multicenter clinical study, involving hundreds of patients (21). However, ARDS is a complex condition, characterized by differences in etiology (22), severity, derangement of respiratory mechanics, and potential for alveolar recruitment (6). In patients with focal ARDS, lacking alveolar recruitment, oxygenation is likely more influenced by the applied FIO^sub 2^ than by PEEP (23), and we may speculate (as recently suggested [24]) that applying the ARDS- net PEEP-FIO^sub 2^ table (which mandates simultaneous PEEP and FIO^sub 2^ increases) may lead to the selection of higher PEEP levels merely to arrive at the higher FIO^sub 2^ levels predicted in the table, which unfortunately provokes tidal alveolar hyperinflation. Our data suggest that, in patients with focal ARDS, titrating PEEP to a lower level than the one prescribed by the ARDSnet protocol allows reducing the risk of hyperinflation and elevated plasma levels of inflammatory mediators. However, this implies that the development of dependent atelectasis is to some extent “tolerated.” Another possible approach would be use of aggressive recruitment maneuvers (in which airway pressures would be raised to values as high as 60 cm H2O) with subsequent use of high PEEP levels. Such a strategy has recently been shown to drastically reduce atelectasis, hyperinflation, and lung inflammation (25). Further studies are warranted to determine whether one of those two opposite approaches would be more beneficial in terms of clinical outcome parameters (3, 24, 26).

In our patients, plateau pressure was lower than 30 cm H2O during the period when the ARDSnet strategy was applied. Although several studies have suggested that this is a relatively safe threshold, we found a significant decrease in circulating inflammatory mediators by further lowering plateau pressures during the stress index strategy. Our data seem to accord with a recent review by Hager and coworkers (27) suggesting that reducing the “safe threshold” for plateau pressure below 30 cm H2 O could further limit ventilator- induced lung injury. In a recent study (28), Terragni and coworkers identified two groups among patients ventilated with the ARDSnet protocol: one “more” and one “less” protected against lung mechanical stress. Interestingly, less protected patients were characterized by significantly higher plateau pressures when compared with more protected patients. The authors speculated that the VT limitation prescribed by the ARDSnet protocol could be insufficient in the group of less protected patients. Our data seem to emphasize the role of PEEP in inducing lung hyperinflation in patients with focal ARDS. Of note, the less protected patients in the Terragni study were ventilated with significantly higher PEEP and FIO[sub]2[/sub] levels than those classified as being more protected, and the authors reported that less protected patients were characterized by a larger, dependent, nonaerated compartment, suggesting that they were affected by focal ARDS. We have tested a protective ventilatory protocol different from that of the ARDSnet because the PEEP level was chosen on the basis of stress index monitoring. The main advantage of the stress index monitoring is the potential for breath-by-breath determination of ventilator-induced lung mechanical stress, accomplished without the need for disconnecting the patient from the ventilator or changing ventilatory settings. In addition, if lung parenchyma is not homogeneously diseased, it could theoretically happen that regions where resistances and/or compliance are lower are dynamically hyperinflated during tidal inflation (29). None of the pressure- volume curves measured under static or quasi-static conditions or CT scans obtained during an end-inspiratory pause may detect such additional amount of alveolar hyperinflation, whereas the stress index may potentially be suitable to do it (14). However, this assumption has not been demonstrated and deserves further investigation. Although several theoretical assumptions are made when interpreting the stress index determination as a valid parameter (11, 12, 15) (see the online supplement for further discussion), the stress index has been shown to provide the same information as the static volume-pressure curve regarding the elastic properties of the respiratory system in both adults (13) and children (19). In a rat model, it predicted a noninjurious ventilatory strategy with a high positive power (12), whereas a stress index- guided ventilatory protocol was successfully applied in a mouse lung transplant model to protect the transplanted lung from ventilator-induced lung injury (11). In our study, for the clinical implementation of the stress index, one important point was to rule out the possible influence of spontaneous inspiratory efforts on the shape of the airway pressure-time curve (30). Although we report that 80% of the measurements were possible at a sedation level of Ramsay score 3-4 and that a transient increase to a level 5 allowed the measurement in the remaining 20% of the measurements, in a recent study even a sedation level of Ramsay 5 allowed obtaining a reliable measurement of a quasi-static volume- pressure curve in only 10 of 19 patients with ARDS (31). A possible explanation for the difference between the two studies could be the different time window (

Mechanical ventilation may be an important factor in determining systemic cytokine levels in patients with ARDS. Several human and experimental studies have documented that tidal alveolar hyperinflation and/or opening and collapse may increase plasma levels of cytokines, due to the disruption of the alveolar epithelial-endothelial barrier (32-36). This has been considered a mechanism underlying the development of multiple-system organ dysfunction syndrome in these patients (1, 34). Stuber and coworkers documented a sharp increase in plasma levels of TNF-alpha, IL-6, IL- 10, and IL-1beta within 1 hour after switching from a protective to an injurious ventilatory strategy, which was reversed as soon as the protective strategy was resumed (35). These data support our study. During the stress index strategy period, we found a significant decrease in plasma levels of IL-6 and IL-8, two key mediators of ventilator-induced lung injury (32). However, in contrast to the former study, we did not find significant variation in plasma levels of TNF-alpha. We may speculate that these differences may be explained by the fact that, different from the work of Stuber and colleagues, we compared two protective ventilatory strategies. The significant reduction in plasma levels of sTNF-alpha RI during the stress index strategy application is of particular interest because this receptor (differently than the type II) is directly released from alveolar epithelial cells and has been shown to be a sensitive marker of ventilator-induced lung injury (37). Furthermore, the plasma levels of this receptor are associated with morbidity and mortality in patients with acute lung injury (37).

Some limitations of this study must addressed:

1. The inclusion of patients with “diffuse” or “patchy” patterns of loss of aeration would have potentially broadened the impact of our investigation, and this issue deserves further investigation.

2. The stress index calculation is presently feasible only during constant-flow ventilation, whereas a decelerating ramp in-spiratory flow is frequently applied. In the online supplement, we present a theoretical approach to the application of the stress index software in this condition.

3. We report a slight (albeit significant) alveolar derecruitment, without significant changes in arterial oxygenation, even though PEEP was markedly decreased moving from the ARDSnet to the stress index strategy. This finding, which is quite unusual for patients with earlyARDS,may be explained by considering that we studied a particular subgroup of patients with ARDS, characterized by a low potential for alveolar recruitment. This significantly limits the possible implications of our study, which must always refer to this cohort of patients.

4. Our data indicate a greater physiologic benefit of the stress index over the ARDSnet approach, but they do not provide direct evidence regarding its superiority over other possible approaches, such as using a different PEEP-FIO^sub 2^ scale or setting PEEP at the same low level (5-7 cm H2O) in all patients with focal ARDS, as suggested by Rouby and coworkers (23).

5. A logical implication of the stress index approach-that is, setting VT based on its impact on the airway opening pressure profile-was not addressed in our study.

In conclusion, our data emphasize the importance of considering both the distribution of loss of aeration and the physiologic effects of PEEP when ventilating patients with ARDS. We have applied for the first time in the clinical setting the stress index strategy, and our results suggest that it could be a better physiologic approach for setting PEEP than the PEEP-FIO^sub 2^ table. We must emphasize, however, that our short and tightly controlled physiologic study, conducted on a relatively small number of patients, was not designed to evaluate the impact of the two ventilation strategies on clinically meaningful outcome parameters, and therefore any extrapolation of our results to the clinical situation must be conducted with caution.

Conflict of Interest Statement: S.G. received V4,800 in speaker fees in scientific courses organized and financed by Tyco and Maqnet. T.S. does not have a financial relationship with a commercial entity that has an interest in the subject of this manuscript. M.D.M. does not have a financial relationship with a commercial entity that has an interest in the subject of this manuscript. F.B. does not have a financial relationship with a commercial entity that has an interest in the subject of this manuscript. M.M. does not have a financial relationship with a commercial entity that has an interest in the subject of this manuscript. G.A. does not have a financial relationship with a commercial entity that has an interest in the subject of this manuscript. I.M. does not have a financial relationship with a commercial entity that has an interest in the subject of this manuscript. V.R. does not have a financial relationship with a commercial entity that has an interest in the subject of this manuscript. R.A. does not have a financial relationship with a commercial entity that has an interest in the subject of this manuscript. A.C. does not have a financial relationship with a commercial entity that has an interest in the subject of this manuscript. B.D. does not have a financial relationship with a commercial entity that has an interest in the subject of this manuscript. T.F. does not have a financial relationship with a commercial entity that has an interest in the subject of this manuscript.

AT A GLANCE COMMENTARY

Scientific Knowledge on the Subject

Mechanical ventilation may exacerbate lung injury in patients with acute respiratory distress syndrome (ARDS) causing tidal alveolar hyperinflation. The ARDSnet protective ventilatory protocol was intended to minimize hyperinflation by applying low tidal volumes.

What This Study Adds to the Field

We found evidence of alveolar hyperinflation in patients with focal ARDS ventilated with the ARDSnet protocol. Individual positive end-expiratory pressure titration based on the “stress index” monitoring reduced the risk of alveolar hyperinflation.

References

1. Slutsky AS. Ventilator-induced lung injury: from barotrauma to bio-trauma. Respir Care 2005;50:646-659.

2. Acute Respiratory Distress Syndrome Network. Ventilation with lower tidal volumes as compared with traditional tidal volumes for acute lung injury and the acute respiratory distress syndrome. N Engl J Med 2000;342:1301-1308. 3. Slutsky AS, Hudson LD. PEEP or no PEEP: lung recruitment may be the solution. N Engl J Med 2006;354:1839-1841.

4. Brower RG, Lanken PN, MacIntyre N, Matthay MA, Morris A, Ancukiewicz M, Schoenfeld D, Thompson BT. Higher versus lower positive end-expiratory pressures in patients with the acute respiratory distress syndrome. N Engl J Med 2004;351:327-336.

5. Grasso S, Fanelli V, Cafarelli A, Anaclerio R, Amabile M, Ancona G, Fiore T. Effects of high versus low positive end- expiratory pressures in acute respiratory distress syndrome. Am J Respir Crit Care Med 2005;171:1002-1008.

6. Gattinoni L, Caironi P, Cressoni M, Chiumello D, Ranieri VM, Quintel M, Russo S, Patroniti N, Cornejo R, Bugedo G. Lung recruitment in patients with the acute respiratory distress syndrome. N Engl J Med 2006;354:1775-1786.

7. Puybasset L, Cluzel P, Gusman P, Grenier P, Preteux F, Rouby JJ. Regional distribution of gas and tissue in acute respiratory distress syndrome. I. Consequences for lung morphology. CT Scan ARDS Study Group. Intensive Care Med 2000;26:857-869.

8. Rouby JJ, Puybasset L, Cluzel P, Richecoeur J, Lu Q, Grenier P. Regional distribution of gas and tissue in acute respiratory distress syndrome. II. Physiological correlations and definition of an ARDS Severity Score. CT Scan ARDS Study Group. Intensive Care Med 2000;26:1046-1056.

9. Puybasset L, Gusman P,Muller JC,Cluzel P, Coriat P, Rouby JJ. Regional distribution of gas and tissue in acute respiratory distress syndrome. III. Consequences for the effects of positive end- expiratory pressure. CT Scan ARDS Study Group. Intensive Care Med 2000;26:1215-1227.

10. Nieszkowska A, Lu Q, Vieira S, Elman M, Fetita C, Rouby JJ. Incidence and regional distribution of lung overinflation during mechanical ventilation with positive end-expiratory pressure. Crit Care Med 2004; 32:1496-1503.

11. De Perrot M, Imai Y, Volgyesi GA, Waddell TK, Liu M, Mullen JB, McRae K, Zhang H, Slutsky AS, Ranieri VM, et al. Effect of ventilator-induced lung injury on the development of reperfusion injury in a rat lung transplant model. J Thorac Cardiovasc Surg 2002;124:1137-1144.

12. Ranieri VM, Zhang H, Mascia L, Aubin M, Lin CY, Mullen JB, Grasso S, Binnie M, Volgyesi GA, Eng P, et al. Pressure-time curve predicts minimally injurious ventilatory strategy in an isolated rat lung model. Anesthesiology 2000;93:1320-1328.

13. Ranieri VM, Giuliani R, Fiore T, Dambrosio M, Milic-Emili J. Volume- pressure curve of the respiratory system predicts effects of PEEP in ARDS: “occlusion” versus “constant flow” technique. Am J Respir Crit Care Med 1994;149:19-27.

14. Suratt PM, Owens DH, Kilgore WT, Harry RR, Hsiao HS. A pulse method of measuring respiratory system compliance. J Appl Physiol 1980;49:1116-1121.

15. Grasso S, Terragni P, Mascia L, Fanelli V, Quintel M, Herrmann P, Hedenstierna G, Slutsky AS, Ranieri VM. Airway pressure- time curve profile (stress index) detects tidal recruitment/ hyperinflation in experimental acute lung injury. Crit Care Med 2004;32:1018-1027.

16. De Michele M, Munno I, Stripoli T, Garofalo D, Anaclerio R, Cafarelli A, Ancona G, Bruno F, Fiore T, Grasso, S. Effects of a physiologically oriented PEEP setting strategy on inflammatory mediators in patients with “focal” ARDS. Intensive Care Med 2006;32:s112.

17. Bernard GR, Artigas A, Brigham KL, Carlet J, Falke K, Hudson L, Lamy M, LeGall JR, Morris A, Spragg R. Report of the American European Consensus Conference on acute respiratory distress syn- drome: definitions, mechanisms, relevant outcomes, and clinical trial coordination. Consensus Committee. J Crit Care 1994;9:72-81.

18. Ramsay MA, Savege TM, Simpson BR, Goodwin R. Controlled sedation with alphaxalone-alphadolone. BMJ 1974;2:656-659.

19. Neve V, de la Roque ED, Leclerc F, Leteurtre S, Dorkenoo A, Sadik A, Cremer R, Logier R. Ventilator-induced overdistension in children: dynamic versus low-flow inflation volume-pressure curves. Am J Respir Crit Care Med 2000;162:139-147.

20. Gattinoni L, Vagginelli F, Carlesso E, Taccone P, Conte V, Chiumello D, Valenza F, Caironi P, Pesenti A. Decrease in PaCO2 with prone position is predictive of improved outcome in acute respiratory distress syndrome. Crit Care Med 2003;31:2727-2733.

21. Slutsky AS, Ranieri VM. Mechanical ventilation: lessons from the ARDSNet trial. Respir Res 2000;1:73-77.

22. Gattinoni L, Pelosi P, Suter PM, Pedoto A, Vercesi P, Lissoni A. Acute respiratory distress syndrome caused by pulmonary and extrapulmo-nary disease: different syndromes? Am J Respir Crit Care Med 1998; 158:3-11.

23. Rouby JJ, Lu Q, Goldstein I. Selecting the right level of positive end-expiratory pressure in patients with acute respiratory distress syndrome. Am J Respir Crit Care Med 2002;165:1182-1186.

24. Rouby JJ, Brochard L. Tidal recruitment and overinflation in acute respiratory distress syndrome: yin and yang. Am J Respir Crit Care Med 2007;175:104-106.

25. Borges JB, Okamoto VN, Matos GF, Caramez MP, Arantes PR, Barros F, Souza CE, Victorino JA, Kacmarek RM, Barbas CS, et al. Reversibility of lung collapse and hypoxemia in early acute respiratory distress syndrome. Am J Respir Crit Care Med 2006;174:268-278.

26. Pesenti A, Fumagalli R. PEEP: blood gas cosmetics or a therapy for ARDS? Crit Care Med 1999;27:253-254.

27. Hager DN, Krishnan JA, Hayden DL, Brower RG. Tidal volume reduction in patients with acute lung injury when plateau pressures are not high. Am J Respir Crit Care Med 2005;172:1241-1245.

28. Terragni PP, Rosboch G, Tealdi A, Corno E, Menaldo E, Davini O, Gandini G, Herrmann P, Mascia L, Quintel M, et al. Tidal hyperinflation during low tidal volume ventilation in acute respiratory distress syndrome. Am J Respir Crit Care Med 2007;175:160-166.

29. Otis AB, McKerrow CB, Bartlett RA, Mead J, McIlroy MB, Selver Stone NJ, Radford EP Jr. Mechanical factors in distribution of pulmonary ventilation. J Appl Physiol 1956;8:427-443.

30. Marini JJ, Smith TC, Lamb VJ. External work output and force generation during synchronized intermittent mechanical ventilation: effect of machine assistance on breathing effort. Am Rev Respir Dis 1988;138:1169-1179.

31. Decailliot F, Demoule A, Maggiore SM, Jonson B, Duvaldestin P, Brochard L. Pressure-volume curves with and without muscle paralysis in acute respiratory distress syndrome. Intensive Care Med 2006; 32:1322-1328.

32. Parsons PE, Eisner MD, Thompson BT, Matthay MA, Ancukiewicz M, Bernard GR, Wheeler AP. Lower tidal volume ventilation and plasma cytokine markers of inflammation in patients with acute lung injury. Crit Care Med 2005;33:1-6.

33. Ranieri VM, Suter PM, Tortorella C, De TR, Dayer JM, Brienza A, Bruno F, Slutsky AS. Effect of mechanical ventilation on inflammatory mediators in patients with acute respiratory distress syndrome: a randomized controlled trial. JAMA 1999;282:54-61.

34. Ranieri VM, Giunta F, Suter PM, Slutsky AS. Mechanical ventilation as a mediator of multisystem organ failure in acute respiratory distress syndrome. JAMA 2000;284:43-44.

35. Stuber F, Wrigge H, Schroeder S, Wetegrove S, Zinserling J, Hoeft A, Putensen C. Kinetic and reversibility of mechanical ventilation-associated pulmonary and systemic inflammatory response in patients with acute lung injury. Intensive Care Med 2002;28:834- 841.

36. Chiumello D, Pristine G, Slutsky AS. Mechanical ventilation affects local and systemic cytokines in an animal model of acute respiratory distress syndrome. Am J Respir Crit Care Med 1999;160:109-116.

37. Parsons PE, Matthay MA, Ware LB, Eisner MD. Elevated plasma levels of soluble TNF receptors are associated with morbidity and mortality in patients with acute lung injury. Am J Physiol Lung Cell Mol Physiol 2005;288:L426-L431.

Salvatore Grasso1, Tania Stripoli1, Michele De Michele1, Francesco Bruno1, Marco Moschetta2, Giuseppe Angelelli2, Irene Munno3, Vincenzo Ruggiero3, Roberto Anaclerio4, Aldo Cafarelli4, Bernd Driessen 5,6, and Tommaso Fiore1

1 Dipartimento dell’Emergenza e Trapianti d’Organo (DETO), Sezione di Anestesiologia e Rianimazione; 2 Dipartimento di Medicina interna e Medicina Pubblica (DiMIMP), Sezione di Diagnostica per Immagini; and 3 Dipartimento di Medicina Clinica Immunologia e Malattie Infettive, Universita degli Studi di Bari, Bari, Italy; 4 Azienda Sanitaria Locale Bari-4, Ospedale Di Venere, Servizio di Anestesia e Rianimazione, Bari, Italy; 5 Department of Clinical Studies-NBC, School of Veterinary Medicine, University of Pennsylvania, Kennett Square, Pennsylvania; and 6 Department of Anesthesiology, David Geffen School of Medicine at UCLA, Los Angeles, California

(Received in original form February 5, 2007; accepted in final form July 20, 2007 )

Correspondence and requests for reprints should be addressed to S. Grasso, M.D., Universita di Bari, Dipartimento dell’Emergenza e Trapianti d’Organo (DETO), Sezione di Anestesiologia e Rianimazione, Ospedale Policlinico, Piazza Giulio Cesare 11, Bari 70124, Italy. E- mail: [email protected]

This article has an online supplement, which is accessible from this issue’s table of contents online at www.atsjournals.org

Am J Respir Crit Care Med Vol 176. pp 761-767, 2007

Originally Published in Press as DOI: 10.1164/rccm.200702-193OC on July 26, 2007

Internet address: www.atsjournals.org

Copyright American Thoracic Society Oct 15, 2007

(c) 2007 American Journal of Respiratory and Critical Care Medicine. Provided by ProQuest Information and Learning. All rights Reserved.

Abaxis CEO Clint Severson Named ‘Entrepreneur of the Year’ By Forbes Magazine

UNION CITY, Calif., Oct. 16 /PRNewswire-FirstCall/ — Abaxis, Inc. , a medical products company manufacturing point-of-care blood chemistry analysis systems, announced today that Clint Severson, Abaxis’ chairman and chief executive officer, was named “Entrepreneur of the Year” by Forbes Magazine in its October 29, 2007 issue. Also in that issue, Abaxis was ranked eleventh of the “200 Best Small Companies in America.”

“I am gratified that I, along with all of our dedicated employees, have been honored by Forbes, the iconic weekly business publication of record,” said Mr. Severson. “These awards are testament to the dedication of our employees to provide widely usable technology to healthcare providers nationwide that can produce timely, accurate diagnostic results that can lead to improved patient outcomes and better quality of life. We thank Forbes for these high honors and we pledge to live up to these accolades each and every day.”

About Abaxis, Inc.

Abaxis develops, manufactures and markets portable blood analysis systems for use in any veterinary or human patient-care setting to provide clinicians with rapid blood constituent measurements. The system consists of a compact, 5.1 kilogram (11.2 pounds), portable analyzer and a series of single-use plastic discs, called reagent discs that contain all the chemicals required to perform a panel of up to 13 tests on veterinary patients and 14 tests on human patients. The system can be operated with minimal training and performs multiple routine tests on whole blood, serum or plasma samples. The system provides test results in less than 12 minutes with the precision and accuracy equivalent to a clinical laboratory analyzer. The veterinary business also provides to the veterinarian and research market a line of hematology instruments for point of care complete blood counts (CBC).

This press release includes statements that constitute “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Abaxis claims the protection of the safe-harbor for forward-looking statements contained in the Reform Act. Specific forward-looking statements contained in this press release include, but are not limited to, risks and uncertainties related to the market acceptance of the Company’s products and the continuing development of its products, risks associated with manufacturing and distributing its products on a commercial scale, risks associated with entering the human diagnostic market on a larger scale, risks involved in carrying of inventory, risks from unexpected problems or delays in the Company’s manufacturing facility, risks associated with the ability to attract and retain competent sales personnel, general market conditions, competition, risks and uncertainties related to its ability to raise capital in order to fund its operations and other risks detailed from time to time in Abaxis’ periodic reports filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission. Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date the statement was made. Abaxis does not undertake and specifically disclaims any obligation to update any forward-looking statements.

   Contact: Clint Severson             Lytham Partners, LLC            Chief Executive Officer    Joe Dorame, Joe Diaz & Robert Blum            Abaxis, Inc.               602-889-9700            510-675-6500  

Abaxis, Inc.

CONTACT: Clint Severson, Chief Executive Officer of Abaxis, Inc.,+1-510-675-6500; or Lytham Partners, LLC, Joe Dorame, Joe Diaz & Robert Blum,+1-602-889-9700

Web site:

CRH Medical Corporation Opens New Center in Seattle

VANCOUVER, Oct. 15 /PRNewswire-FirstCall/ — CRH Medical Corporation (CRM:TSX-V) announced today that it has opened a Center for Colorectal Health in Seattle, Washington. The new Center is the Company’s first in the Seattle area, one of many new markets that CRH has targeted for expansion.

According to the National Institute of Health approximately 50% of the U.S. population will develop hemorrhoids by age 50. The Company plans to significantly increase the number of Centers for Colorectal Health across the U.S. to address this underserved market.

Commenting on the new Center in Seattle, Edward Wright CEO of CRH Medical Corporation stated, “Our new clinic in Seattle represents further evidence of our plan to expand, having opened a new clinic in Chicago last week and now Seattle, we currently operate a total of eight Centers.”

About CRH Medical Corporation:

CRH Medical Corporation is utilizing the first single use, patented, disposable, hemorrhoid banding system through its Center for Colorectal Health facilities. CRH Medical is opening its Center for Colorectal Health facilities in the United States specializing in the treatment of hemorrhoids and fissures, and colon cancer screening. The Company’s goal is to become the preeminent resource on colorectal health for consumers and medical professionals in North America.

The information in this news release contains so-called “forward-looking” statements. These include statements regarding CRH Medical expectations, beliefs, intentions or strategies for the future, which may be indicated by words or phrases such as “anticipate”, “expect”, “intend”, “plan”, “will”, “we believe”, “CRH Medical believes”, “management believes” and similar language. All forward-looking statements are based on CRH Medical current expectations and are subject to risks and uncertainties and to assumptions made.

   The TSX Venture Exchange does not accept responsibility for the adequacy   or accuracy of this release.    

CONTACT: Dean Linden, Investor Relations, CRH Medical Corporation at (604) 633-1440 or [email protected]. Additional information may also be found by visiting the Company’s website at http://www.crhmedcorp.com/ or the SEDAR website at http://www.sedar.com/

CRH Medical Corporation

CONTACT: Dean Linden, Investor Relations, CRH Medical Corporation at(604) 633-1440 or [email protected]. Additional information may also be foundby visiting the Company’s website at http://www.crhmedcorp.com/ or the SEDAR websiteat http://www.sedar.com/

McBride Clinic #1 Overall Orthopedic Hospital in Oklahoma: Study

Oklahoma City is home to the state’s best hospital for overall orthopedic services, according to the Tenth Annual HealthGrades Hospital Quality in America Study released today. The study found that McBride Clinic Orthopedic Hospital is rated the No. 1 orthopedics program in Oklahoma with five star ratings in joint replacement, total knee replacement, hip fracture repair and back and neck surgery. The hospital also received HealthGrades’ 2008 Orthopedic Surgery Excellence Award.

The study, the largest of its kind, analyzed patient outcomes at virtually all of the nation’s 5,000 hospitals over the years 2004, 2005 and 2006, and the results place McBride Clinic Orthopedic Hospital among the top five percent in the nation for overall orthopedic services.

“This award really puts us on the map when it comes to excellence in medicine and patient care,” said David Holden, M.D., chief of staff at McBride Clinic Orthopedic Hospital. “I’m so proud of our physicians and staff for their commitment to providing the best orthopedic care in the state and for performing among the best in the country.”

This was the first year for the hospital to be eligible to achieve the distinction.

“The fact that we received this award in our first year of eligibility makes it that much more special,” Dr. Holden said. “McBride Clinic has been a part of this community for more than 80 years. The addition of McBride Clinic Orthopedic Hospital in 2005 extended our ability to provide comprehensive services. To now be recognized on a national level for our success is really an honor.”

Oklahomans Benefits

With the aging of Baby Boomers and the continued resolve of sports enthusiasts and weekend warrior-types, Oklahoma stands to benefit from excellence in orthopedic patient care, according to Thomas Howard, M.D., president of McBride Clinic, Inc.

“Take arthritis for example,” Dr. Howard said. “It is the leading cause of disability in the United States, and is most prevalent within the aging population. With Baby Boomers entering their 60s, the number of individuals living with arthritic pain and disability will escalate. Quality care and advanced treatments are necessary for these individuals to help them live the best life possible.”

“The same goes for the younger population,” Dr. Howard added. “We are seeing more and more individuals in their 40s needing joint replacement surgery because of their high level of athleticism and activity. We want to keep these individuals healthy, strong, mobile and as pain-free as possible for as long as possible, and that’s why this distinction is so important to the health of our community.”

The ratings illustrate a distinct difference in outcomes within best-performing hospitals versus those performing below average, the study’s researchers contend. Across all procedures and conditions studied, there was an approximate 71 percent lower chance of dying in a 5-star rated hospital compared to a 1-star rated hospital, according to the study.

“Our research shows that while the overall quality of hospital care in America is improving, the gap between the best-performing hospitals and the worst persists,” said Dr. Samantha Collier, HealthGrades’ chief medical officer and author of the study. “This persistent gap makes it imperative that anyone planning to be admitted to a hospital do their homework and seek out highly rated facilities.”

About the Study

The Tenth Annual HealthGrades Hospital Quality in America Study identifies key trends in the quality of care provided by approximately 5,000 hospitals nationwide. HealthGrades researchers analyzed Medicare discharges from virtually every U.S. hospital between 2004 and 2006. Risk-adjusted mortality and complication rates were calculated and hospitals were assigned a 1-star (poor), 3-star (as expected), or 5-star (best) quality rating for 28 diagnoses and procedures from heart failure to hip replacement to pneumonia.

Based on the study, HealthGrades today made available its 2008 quality ratings for virtually every hospital in the country at www.healthgrades.com, a Web site designed to help individuals research and compare local healthcare providers.

The 2008 HealthGrades ratings for all hospitals nationwide are available, free of charge, on the organization’s award-winning consumer Web site, located at www.healthgrades.com. More than three million individuals and employees of some of the nation’s largest employers and health plans visit HealthGrades each month to access quality information about hospitals, nursing homes and physicians. HealthGrades also provides consumers and payers with detailed assessments of hospitals’ patient-safety outcomes, based on indicators developed by the U.S. Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality.

About McBride Clinic Orthopedic Hospital

Opened in 2005, the McBride Orthopedic Hospital has 64 acute care beds and 14 in-patient rehabilitation beds as well as a level 4 emergency room that’s open 24 hours, 365 days a year. The hospital provides a full range of orthopedic surgical services, physical and occupational therapy, diagnostic imaging and other education and support programs. With more than 80 years of service to the Oklahoma community, McBride has clinic locations in downtown Oklahoma City, Edmond, Norman, an Occupational Health Center on West Reno and several rural outreach clinics. For more information, log on to www.mcbrideclinic.com.

New Medi-Scripts Prescription Pad Product Adds Patient Offers

CHICAGO, and HASBROUCK HEIGHTS, N.J., Oct. 15 /PRNewswire/ — (PDMA Sharing Conference, booth #424) — Medi-Promotions, Inc., the originator of Medi-Scripts(R) prescription pads, today announced the launch of its next generation prescription pad model — Medi-Scripts PLUS(R). Building on the 27-year success of its Medi-Scripts prescription pad service model, Medi-Scripts PLUS will include patient offers on behalf of its advertisers whom leverage the list of more than 200,000 Medi-Scripts prescribers requesting and using its prescription pads free of charge in their practices on a daily basis.

With 90 percent of a physician’s time spent with patients in the examining room, pharmaceutical companies are struggling to gain the attention of their target physicians. By developing unique advertising vehicles that reach physicians and nurse practitioners while they are in the examining room, the Medi-Scripts program empowers pharmaceutical manufacturers to reach and influence prescribers when they are diagnosing and treating patients.

Medi-Scripts PLUS takes the prescribers prescription pad one step further by including patient offers — such as vouchers, temporary stored-value / loyalty cards, coupons and rebates — from pharmaceutical sponsors. This new model is aimed directly at initiating new patient starts for a therapy.

A recent survey of 176 primary care physicians found that 91 percent currently distribute coupons and vouchers and that 76 percent are interested in using the Medi-Scripts PLUS prescription pads. Another survey of 100 physicians found that physicians are more likely to distribute a coupon or voucher if attached to a prescription. Furthermore, an initial research project conducted by Wolters Kluwers for a leading pharmaceutical company product with more than $4 billion in annual revenue showed that the potential ROI for Medi-Scripts PLUS was 56:1. This was a significant increase from the Medi-Scripts base program, which has an impressive average of 21:1 ROI over 84 independent studies.

“Our promotional products provide pharmaceutical manufacturers with an alternative sampling opportunity for all phases of their products’ lifecycles,” said Richard Zwickel, vice president of Medi-Scripts PLUS. “Medi-Scripts has a strong pedigree of highly targeted direct-to-prescriber advertising, which has proven in 84 (third party) ROI studies to be a very effective way to increase market share for our pharmaceutical clients. Now, with a deeper offering for initiating therapy via Medi-Scripts PLUS, doctors write prescriptions and can hand their patients a way to receive a free product or a loyalty program for the brand or franchise. Our research has found that this approach to pharmaceutical marketing can increase prescribing habits significantly and even improve patient compliance as a result.”

In a recent interview with Dr. Kenneth Meisner, Northwest Surgical Associates in Randolph, NJ, Dr. Meisner said that, “it would be easier if the voucher was right there when I wrote the script. I usually go back to my sample closet or desk drawer to find what a rep has dropped off.”

The Medi-Scripts PLUS pilot program is launching October 15, 2007 to the pharmaceutical market with delivery to the 2,000 pilot recipients who are expecting to receive it in early 2008. The initial pilot will be a three- month program delivered to 2,000 prescribers based on a subset of brand targets. Zwickel also noted that, “since Medi-Scripts is a request-only circulation that is closely monitored and audited (for the last 22 years), it is important that we maintain the oath we have to our physicians. This means that we want our more than 200,000 prescribers to understand that this upgrade to their prescription pad can only help their daily workflow when dealing with patients in today’s healthcare climate.”

In an effort to prove an increase in prescribing habits, MarketRx has been commissioned to work with Medi-Scripts PLUS. In this engagement, MarketRx will provide an in-depth program evaluation for each brand participating in the pilot. Medi-Scripts PLUS expects to pilot up to 12 specialties in the near future. This effort will provide physicians with an alternative to sampling and other expensive tactics geared at impacting prescribing habits. Now, thanks to Medi-Scripts PLUS a patient will be handed an offer at the point that they are also handed a prescription from their doctor. This is a call-to-action for patients filling their prescription as well as a way to combat some of the financial challenges branded prescription drugs pose to consumers.

About Medi-Scripts(R)

The provider of Medi-Scripts(R) prescription pads, Medi-Promotions, Inc., has been a leading provider of marketing solutions that help influence physician prescribing habits at the point-of-prescription. Its flagship prescription pad program, Medi-Scripts, empowers pharmaceutical brand managers to deliver product messages to the right doctors at the right time and in the right place. With 200,030 prescribers representing 17 different specialties using the Medi-Scripts program, pharmaceutical companies are able to achieve more exposure with the physician in the examining room than any other marketing method. Founded in 1981, the company is headquartered in Hasbrouck Heights, N.J. and can be found online at http://www.medipromotions.com/.

   Contact:   Karen Higgins   Sagefrog Marketing Group   (610) 831-5723   [email protected]  

Medi-Promotions, Inc.

CONTACT: Karen Higgins of Sagefrog Marketing Group forMedi-Promotions, Inc., +1-610-831-5723, [email protected]

Leuchemix Announces Publication of Data On Its Lead Cancer Drug Candidate; CombiMatrix Has a 33 Percent Equity Stake in Leuchemix

MUKILTEO, Wash., Oct. 15, 2007 (PRIME NEWSWIRE) — CombiMatrix Corporation (Nasdaq:CBMX) announced that Leuchemix (LCMX), Inc. has reported the publication of pre-clinical data regarding its lead oncology drug candidate LC-1 in the publication, “Blood,” which is the official journal of the American Society of Hematology. The paper details studies performed using LC-1 in Acute Myelogenous Leukemia (AML), Chronic Lymphocytic Leukemia (CLL), and Acute Lymphoblastic Leukemia (ALL) and demonstrates the exciting potential this agent has in the treatment of hematological diseases.

The reported data, based on efforts from the laboratories of Dr. Craig Jordan and Dr. Peter Crooks, profiles the anti-cancer activity of LC-1 in primary patient samples from a variety of leukemia patients as well as other pre-clinical models including spontaneously occurring leukemias. Taken together, these results show promise for the potential treatment of human disease.

“We believe that the data presented in this paper strongly supports our efforts on LC-1 and we look forward to bringing the drug into clinical studies. Obviously, we are all aware that many drugs show promise at the pre-clinical stage but nevertheless, we feel this is an exciting time for our company,” stated Dr. Bill Matthews, CEO of Leuchemix. The Company hopes to report initial human safety data in 2008.

A pre-publication version of the manuscript, “An orally bioavailable parthenolide analog selectively eradicates acute myelogenous leukemia stem and progenitor cells,” has been published on the “Blood” journal website. The abstract for the article can be viewed using the following link: http://bloodjournal.hematologylibrary.org/cgi/content/abstract/blood-2007-05-090621v1.

“We are pleased to announce the publication of this data, and we look forward to continued progress with LC-1,” stated Dr. Amit Kumar, President and CEO of CombiMatrix. “We hope to provide updates on this compound as it progresses in development.”

LCMX is a drug discovery company with headquarters in Woodside, CA. CombiMatrix provided the Series A financing to the Company in 2004 and currently owns one-third of LCMX.

ABOUT COMBIMATRIX CORPORATION

CombiMatrix Corporation is a diversified biotechnology company that develops and sells proprietary technologies, products and services in the areas of drug development, genetic analysis, molecular diagnostics, nanotechnology research, defense and homeland security, as well as other potential markets where our products and services could be utilized. The technologies we have developed include methods to produce DNA arrays for use in identifying and determining the roles of genes, gene mutations and proteins. These technologies have a wide range of potential applications in the areas of genomics, proteomics, biosensors, drug discovery, drug development, diagnostics, combinatorial chemistry, material sciences and nanotechnology.

Additional information about CombiMatrix Corporation is available at www.combimatrix.com.

Safe Harbor Statement under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995

This news release contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the “safe harbor” provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These statements are based upon our current expectations and speak only as of the date hereof. Our actual results may differ materially and adversely from those expressed in any forward-looking statements as a result of various factors and uncertainties, including the recent economic slowdown affecting technology companies, our ability to successfully develop products, rapid technological change in our markets, changes in demand for our future products, legislative, regulatory and competitive developments and general economic conditions. Our Annual Report on Form S-1, recent and forthcoming Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, recent Current Reports on Forms 8-K and 8-K/A, and other SEC filings discuss some of the important risk factors that may affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. We undertake no obligation to revise or update publicly any forward-looking statements for any reason.

This news release was distributed by PrimeNewswire, www.primenewswire.com

 CONTACT:  CombiMatrix Corporation           Investor Relations           Amit Kumar           (425) 493-2000           Fax: (425) 493-2010 

Body Language: National Geographic Channel Examines How Humans Operate

By Tom Keyser, Albany Times Union, N.Y.

Oct. 15–STAFF WRITER

When someone says you’ve got the best seat in the house, this must be what they mean. Through a tiny camera on the back of the tongue, you can watch a human chew salad and swallow it.

And the narrator says: “There is nothing more familiar, or more mysterious, breathtaking in its actions, marvelous in its mechanics, exquisite in its range of senses and staggering in its ability to understand.”

He is talking about the human body, the star of “Incredible Human Machine,” a two-hour program beginning at 9 p.m. Sunday on the National Geographic Channel. It features things never before seen on TV, such as the flapping vocal cords of Steven Tyler, lead singer of the rock band Aerosmith. (They slam together an average of 170 times per second, more than 500,000 times during one concert.)

The program shows a doctor injecting stem cells into the heart of a 49-year-old male patient during an experimental bypass surgery. The man’s size, 6-foot-4 and 275 pounds, made him a difficult match for a heart transplant. Three months after the operation, his heart was pumping 25 percent more blood than before, and he was playing basketball.

It also shows the first retinal implant. A doctor implanted 16 electrodes in the back of a 62-year-old blind woman’s eye. The electrodes act as a retina, converting light into impulses that the brain turns into sight. Initially, the woman could see only light and blurred movement. Then her brain started compensating, and she began seeing more detail.

A fresh look: “The show’s a fresh retelling of the old classic,” says Chad Cohen, writer and producer of “Incredible Human Machine.””We still have the same 206 bones and 600-odd muscles and 20,000-odd genes. But the way science looks at the body and is taking care of it is changing.

“The new medicine is about getting the body to use its own repair and maintenance system to fix us. You can take stem cells from one area of the body, put them in another, and they will potentially grow and heal an area that’s not working.”

An update of the 1975 National Geographic program of the same name, it follows the human body through one ordinary or, as the show makes clear, extraordinary day, morning to night, of 10,000 blinks, 20,000 breaths and 100,000 beats of the heart. It illustrates the scientific data with stories of people, from Olympic athletes, for whom the body works wondrously, to critically ill patients, for whom the body has failed.

You’ll follow a breath down the throat, past the larynx and into the trachea and lungs. You’ll see doctors track changing brain waves as an 84-year-old Tibetan monk meditates. You’ll watch a bite of food travel from the mouth to the esophagus to the stomach to the small intestine.

“Getting our audience to sit down and pay attention to how the body works is always a challenge,” Cohen says. “But with the help of Steven Tyler to get us through how vocal cords work, or the Blue Angels to show us how the circulatory system works in extremes, or top Olympic athletes to take us through how muscles and bones work, we’ve made it accessible to an audience that, for the most part, wouldn’t be so interested in learning about this hard science.”

Star dust: The show’s narrator describes the human body as “bits of star dust, that’s really all we are: oxygen, carbon, hydrogen a handful of elements worth no more than $20 at any chemical-supply shop. But get these chemicals together, marinate in a hospitable place for, oh, about 3.8 billion years, and that mundane mix of molecules becomes precious.”

Refer: For more facts on the human body and a link to a preview from “The Incredible Human Machine,” go to http://timesunion.com. Did you know?

Skin

–It’s the largest human organ with a surface area of about 18 square feet; it carries as much as one third of the blood in our bodies.

–We shed at least 600,000 particles of skin every hour; those particles make up as much as 80 percent of the dust in our homes.

–There are about 45 miles of nerves in our skin.

–Our skin has about 5 million hair follicles; only 100,000 are on our head.

–A vigorous workout can raise the body’s temperature a few degrees, which could be deadly if we didn’t sweat; the more than 2 million holes across our skin can release up to a half gallon of water in an hour.

Sight and hearing

–We blink 10 times per minute; if we’re awake for 16 hours, then we blink 10,000 times.

–Our eyes can differentiate as many as 10 million shades of color.

–One third of our brain is involved in processing vision.

–The smallest bones in our body, not much bigger than a grain of rice, are located deep in our ear.

–The entire area of the middle ear is no bigger than an M&M.

–The ear never stops working, even when we’re asleep; it continues to hear sounds, but the brain shuts them out.

Smell

–Our nose, like our ears, continues to grow our entire life.

–Deep inside our noses, there’s a small patch of 10 million olfactory cells, each carrying 1,000 different receptors; when the right smell meets the right receptor, the brain receives an electrical signal, enabling us to smell.

–Our sense of smell is 10,000 times more sensitive than our sense of taste; but the two are related; that’s why food often tastes different when we have a cold.

–A sneeze can exceed 100 miles per hour.

Respiratory system

–During a 24-hour period, we breathe 20,000 times; with each breathe we inhale and exhale one pint of air.

Circulatory system

–Our heart, which weighs 10 ounces, beats 100,000 a day; that’s 2.5 billion times in 70 years.

–We have 60,000 miles of arteries, veins and capillaries, more than twice the circumference of the Earth; blood circulates through this system in less than a minute.

–We have nearly a gallon of blood in our bloodstream at any given time; we can afford to lose a pint.

Digestive system

–We eat three pounds of food a day and more than 1,000 pounds a year.

–It takes 30 hours to digest a meal; a high-fat meal takes longer.

–We can produce more than a pint of saliva a day; it’s full of enzymes that help our teeth start to break down food.

–Our tongue contains 10,000 taste buds, each holding 50 taste-receptor cells that tell the brain what we’re eating.

–Our stretchy, J-shaped stomach is normally about the size of a fist; it can expand more than 20 times after a big meal.

Muscular system

–We have more than 600 muscles; they make up 40 percent of our body mass.

–Speaking can involve as many as 100 muscles; passionate kissing all 34 of our facial muscles.

–Muscles require nerve stimulation; if the nerves directing a muscle are damaged, then the muscle will lose tone and eventually waste away.

Skeletal system

–The word skeleton comes from the Greek “skeletos,” meaning “dried;” but our bones are living and constantly replenishing themselves.

–Newborn babies’ skeletons are made up of 300 parts, most of which are cartilage; as a baby grows, most of the cartilage turns to bone, and many smaller bones fuse, until an adult ends up with 206 bones.

–About 15 percent of our body mass is bone.

–Our feet are made up of 26 bones, 33 joints and more than 200 muscles, tendons and ligaments.

–We think of our skull as one bone, but it’s made up of more than 20 bones.

–Human bones can be as much as five times stronger than steel.

Reproductive system

–About 260 humans are born every minute; that’s 374,000 every hour and more than 130 million every year.

–An egg cell is the largest cell in the human body; a sperm cell is the smallest.

–Every second of every day a man produces more than 1,000 sperm; that’s 60,000 per minute or 14 million over the course of an evening.

–It takes as long as 24 hours for an egg to become fertilized.

–The fetus will grow 5,000 times in size during the nine months of pregnancy.

–By four weeks, an embryo has a tiny heart.

Nervous system

–Our brain weighs three pounds and is made up of mostly fat and water.

–Our most irreplaceable organ, the brain is so soft and delicate that the slightest pressure can damage it.

–A newborn’s brain contains 100 billion neurons, virtually all he or she will ever need.

–Neurons receive and transmit signals at 200 miles per hour.

–The brain exhausts 20 percent of our oxygen.

–The bundle of nerves that makes up the spinal cord is about the width of a thumb.

Source: “Incredible Human Machine”

For more facts on the human body and a link to a preview from “The Incredible Human Machine” go to http://timesunion.com

Tom Keyser can be reached at 454-5448 or by e-mail at [email protected].

—–

To see more of the Albany Times Union, or to subscribe to the newspaper, go to http://www.timesunion.com.

Copyright (c) 2007, Albany Times Union, N.Y.

Distributed by McClatchy-Tribune Information Services.

For reprints, email [email protected], call 800-374-7985 or 847-635-6550, send a fax to 847-635-6968, or write to The Permissions Group Inc., 1247 Milwaukee Ave., Suite 303, Glenview, IL 60025, USA.

Mental Health and Academic Achievement: Role of School Nurses

By Puskar, Kathryn Rose Bernardo, Lisa Marie

PURPOSE. This article discusses how school nurses promote mental health and subsequent academic achievement by screening and referral for children demonstrating mental health problems. Nursing interventions are discussed at the individual, systems, and community levels. CONCLUSION. Mental health problems can affect school performance and academic achievement. When mental health problems are not recognized, students may be unable to reach their academic potential. School nurses are in a key position to provide interventions to address mental health and academic achievement.

PRACTICE IMPLICATIONS. The role of school nurses and examples of mental health collaborative activities are provided.

Search terms: Mental health care, mental health screening, school health nursing

First received October 17, 2006; Revision received December 18, 2006; Accepted for publication February 11, 2007.

During the 2004 State of the Union Address, President George W. Bush stated: “We expect third graders to read and do math at the third grade level-and that’s not asking too much” (2004). Is it too much to ask? The immediate answer that springs to mind is “no.” The more realistic answer may be “that depends.” It depends on the barriers students face to improve their academic achievement and the resources in place to assist students in overcoming those barriers.

Schools have more influence on the lives of young people than any other social institution except the family and provide a setting in which friendship networks develop, socialization occurs, and norms that govern behavior are developed and reinforced . . . Because healthy children learn better than children with health problems, schools also have an interest in addressing the health needs of students. Although schools alone cannot be expected to address the health and related social problems of youth, they can provide, through their climate and curriculum, a focal point for efforts to reduce health-risk behaviors and improve the health status of youth (U.S. Department of Health and Human Services [U.S. DHHS], Centers for Disease Control and Prevention and Health Resources and Services Administration, Issues and Trends, paragraph 7, 2000).

The Current Status of Mental Health in Schools: A Policy and Practice Analysis from the Center for Mental Health in Schools at UCLA (2006) contends that a school’s mission and mental health concerns usually overlap. To help a student that is not doing well, the factors interfering with the student’s progress must be addressed.

The literature has revealed that mental health certainly links with academic achievement (DeSocio & Hootman, 2004; Hootman, Houck, & King, 2002; Lamb, Puskar, Sereika, Patterson, & Kaufmann, 2003; Opie, & Slater, 1988; Puskar, Sereika, & Haller, 2003). Adelman and Taylor (2000) advocate for the use of school-based mental health programs to assist youth. In fact, several researchers have indicated in their studies that school nurses have the potential to provide mental health support in schools through a variety of prevention programs (DeSocio, Stember, & Schrinsky, 2006; Puskar, Lamb, & Norton, 1990; Puskar, Sereika, & Tusaie-Mumford, 2003). It is recommended that the missions of schools be broad to include screening, providing clinical services, and connecting community health providers to schools. Enhancing children’s mental health in schools is promising through partnerships among schools, the community, and the home (School Mental Health Project-UCLA, 2005).

Academic achievement can be improved through early detection of mental health problems, timely referral, and access to appropriate services (New Freedom Commission on Mental Health, 2003). School nurses, pediatric nurses, and education professionals are crucial in identifying students with mental health problems, collaborating to facilitate students’ enrollment in services, and evaluating the students’ health and academic outcomes. Thus, an interdisciplinary team of school and pediatric nurses, mental health professionals, administrators, teachers, counselors, and community health professionals can work together to promote mental health and subsequent academic achievement.

Purpose

The purpose of this article is to discuss how school nurses promote mental health and subsequent academic achievement by the screening and referral of children who demonstrate mental health problems. Nursing interventions are discussed at the individual, systems, and community levels.

Mental Health and Academic Achievement

Approximately one in five children and adolescents has a diagnosable mental health disorder in the course of a year. Five percent have impairment in functioning that is extreme (U.S. DHHS, Office of the Surgeon General, 1999). Therefore, 20% of students may have undiagnosed mental health problems that cause difficulty with academic work. Examples of such difficulties include the inability to concentrate in class, attend school on a regular basis, participate in group discussions and activities, or engage in cognitive, psychomotor, and affective learning tasks. Some signs of school behaviors related to poor academic achievement and possible mental health symptoms are poor grades and poor class participation, which are possibly due to low self-esteem, attention deficits, or depressed mood, just to name a few. Mental health symptoms assessed need referral to the student assistance program team for further evaluation.

School Mental Health Services in the United States, 2002-2003 (U.S. DHHS, Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration, Center for Mental Health Services, 2006) was the first national survey of mental health services of approximately 83,000 schools in the United States. Seventy-three percent of the schools reported social, interpersonal, and family problems as the most frequently reported mental health problems. Other findings included (a) one fifth of students, on average, received some type of school-supported mental health services; (b) school nurses spent approximately one third of their time providing mental health services; and (c) 49% of the school districts used contracts or formal agreements with communitybased individuals and organizations to provide mental health services to students. School nurses constituted 68% of those identified as providing mental health services in schools.

In the Current Status of Mental Health in Schools: A Policy and Practice Analysis (2006), the Center for Mental Health in Schools at UCLA states that children and adolescents with mental health and psychosocial problems needing assistance can be more than half of a school’s enrollment. School staff who address this need have been given various titles such as student support staff, pupil personnel professionals, and specialists. School staff may work in programs such as learning support or comprehensive student support systems.

Role of School Nurses

School nurses integrate mental health skills in their everyday interactions with students and refer to the student assistance team as needed. Through their academic preparation and experience, school nurses are sufficiently prepared to initiate and refer for mental health services. Their knowledge, skills, and abilities enable them to recognize mental health issues and recommend appropriate referral and follow-up. Such screening and referring to promote students’ mental health is within the scope of school nursing practice and follows the objectives set forth by Healthy People 2010 (U.S. DHHS, 2000).

When school nurses screen for mental health problems and make referrals to the student assistance team and other agencies, they maximize students’ academic achievement through individual-focused, systems-focused, and community-focused nursing practice. Creative use of time and resources will facilitate ways for school nurses to practice at these levels. A mental health and academic achievement focus can be the goal in professional development and continuing education at the systems- and community-focused nursing practice level to compensate for time constraints on the job.

Individual-Focused Nursing Practice

Individual-focused practice is changing the knowledge, attitudes, beliefs, practices, and behaviors of individuals (Minnesota Department of Health, Section of Public Health Nursing, 2001). For mental health and academic achievement, school nurses can become involved in screening, collaborating, consulting, casemanaging, referring, and conducting health programs. Resources are constrained in many school districts, making the nurse’s gatekeeping role critical in detecting student health problems on an individual level; however, the nurse’s time is precious and needs to be utilized efficiently to detect students’ mental health needs.

The individual-focused nursing practice is the primary level for the school nurse. School nurses are prepared to do thorough verbal assessments with a mental health focus, and consult and refer for further diagnosis and treatment by an advanced practice nurse or mental health specialist. School nurses are well prepared to provide health promotion interventions in a group or individual setting. It is beyond the scope of this paper and role to detail the diagnosis or treatment for students having mental health problems. School nurses are excellent advocates for early intervention for mental health problems in order to optimize academic success; and their recommendations are respected by the education team and families. Severity of symptoms can be screened verbally with assessment guidelines categorized under safety to self and others. School nurses should prioritize mental health problems; certainly suicide ideation is a priority and requires immediate intervention. The school nurse does not diagnose mental health problems; rather, the school nurse makes a nursing diagnosis related to mental health issues.

The ABC approach provides a general screening framework that can be used in every interaction (Fortinash & Holoday-Worret, 1991). A is the assessment of the student’s appearance. For example, are they neat and clean or dirty and disheveled? B is the assessment of their behavior. Are they calm or hyperactive? C is for conversation. Do they communicate with rapid or slow speech, rational or irrational comments? The outcome of the next part of the basic screening will depend on the trust the student has with the nurse’s role or the individual nurse.

When engaging a student in conversation, the school nurse can specifically ask about his or her (a) eating, (b) sleeping, and (c) outlook, but the responses will vary based on the student’s ability to trust. Use simple direct questions such as, “What did you eat for breakfast, lunch, and dinner yesterday?”, “How is your appetite?”, and “How are you sleeping?”. The outlook question is more complex; broad, open-ended questions are the best. Asking “How do you think school is going for you?” allows the student to guide the assessment process. If the student replies “OK,” the school nurse can then ask about his or her grades and attendance. The responses reflect the student’s outlook, which may include family, social, or academic problems. Asking the student, with a depressive affect, specific questions like “Do you ever feel sad, how sad do you get?” and “Do you ever feel like hurting yourself or others?” encourages deeper responses.

Poor nutrition, insomnia, hopelessness, and suicidal or homicidal ideation are examples of need for immediate referral, based on severity and safety. In general, as a triage screening function, the nurse consults and refers immediately and then follows in a case manager capacity. In less severe cases, the school nurse will use clinical judgment on how many times to provide therapeutic listening before consulting, calling parents, and referring the student to mental health specialists. A conservative rule of thumb could be three visits of minor severity and then refer to specialists for an evaluation. Due to the complexity of ways to conceptualize mental health problems, it is best to prioritize using the student’s expressed thoughts and behaviors that affect safety, family, social, or academic functioning. Diagnoses are made by the specialists and are used for understanding the use of medications and different treatment modalities. The school nurse can support the use of medication by administering and evaluating the effectiveness of the medications along with reporting observed side effects.

Risks and benefits of school nurses intervening in regard to mental health are far reaching. The benefits are obvious if nurses can prevent students from inflicting violence to themselves or to others. Improvement in the student’s ability to achieve academic success by improving mental health is the goal. Other less obvious benefits include the student’s perception of the nurse’s help. The student may feel safe and valued by the nurse’s care and emulate this in identification by becoming a healthcare professional. One risk is when the nurse does not refer early enough and a student hurts him- or herself or another person. On the other hand, if the nurse refers too soon, he or she may lose the trust of the student.

School nurses conduct state-mandated health screenings, such as height and weight. Vision, hearing, and scoliosis are also screened to document individual and school trends in these parameters. During these screenings, school nurses identify students with physical risks or problems. Upon further investigation, the nurse may learn that these students have poor academic achievement related to their health condition. Mandated screenings provide an opportunity to be alert to mental health needs and maximize time. For example, if students cannot see the blackboard or hear the teacher, their learning may be impaired. In contrast, students may have normal hearing and vision but due to anxiety or attention deficit do not stay on task.

Through early assessment, school nurses are attuned to students’ needs. They are then able to provide early intervention to help students, parents, and teachers address mental health issues to promote academic success. For example, students with weight problems, such as very low or very high body mass index, may have low self-esteem, which may prevent them from participating in physical education. They may be embarrassed to change clothes in front of other students or unable to perform assigned exercises and physical activities. These students may be receiving failing grades due to their lack of participation or absences. Similarly, these students may present weekly to the school nurse with vague complaints before or during physical education classes.

On any given day, school nurses assess, treat, and refer a proportion of the school population. According to Schneider, Friedman, and Fisher (1995), approximately 25% of students present to the school nurse’s office for headache, 17% for infection (generally a sore throat or “cold”), 12% for dizziness or tiredness, 12% for stomachache, and 30% for other medical complaints. Students indicated that “not sleeping well” and “stress,” which are psychosocial symptoms, were the two most common factors that played a role in visits to the school health office. Other common factors included “poor eating,” depression, school problems, and problems with a boyfriend or girlfriend, all of which have mental health implications.

Visits to the school health office for somatic complaints, such as headache, dizziness, tiredness, or stomachache, may be motivated by psychological problems or may be markers for underlying psychosocial stressors. Furthermore, these symptoms may occur prior to a class that the student does not want to attend. This reluctance to attend class may be due to a variety of reasons. For example, a student who does not perform well in a mathematics class may have a stomachache or headache prior to an examination to be given in this class.

School nurses care for students with ongoing health needs, including chronic illnesses such as cancer, diabetes mellitus, and asthma. All of these chronic diseases may have a mental health component that can help or hinder adaptation. For example, a diabetic child may deny the need to control his or her diet and to take insulin. In this population, school nurses must be particularly adept at assessing physical health from mental health needs during health office visits and when reviewing their academic achievements.

For example, one school nurse told us that a student presented to her for urinary incontinence. The student was also found to have emotional issues related to her history of cancer and treatment. The school nurse referred this student to the student assistance program team. The student was later placed in an alternative school as a way of meeting her physical, emotional, and academic needs.

The school nurse uses empathetic listening skills to uncover the student’s feelings related to the symptoms. In another example, a female student was sent to the school nurse with a complaint of dizziness. The student reported that she was being harassed by another female peer and wanted to avoid her in the next class, which she confessed was her reason to visit the nurse. The school nurse provided the student time and support to explore problem-solving options. The student declined the nurse’s offer to meet with her and the peer to attempt conflict resolution with the nurse’s support. After talking with the school nurse, the student demonstrated a renewed strength to return to class. She chose to ignore the female peer, with the knowledge she could later request a meeting with this girl and the nurse if things did not improve.

School nurses are familiar with students’ patterns of health office visits. They know which teachers are administering examinations and when students should be excused from a class. The school nurse differentiates between physiological illnesses and mental health problems, both of which contribute to academic barriers. Based on the assessment, the nurse intervenes by (a) treating the physical symptoms, (b) exploring with the student his or her life situation, and (c) collaborating with the school team targeted for providing academic and mental health support. The outcome may be offering the student a referral for physical and mental health care, along with academic counseling, as needed.

In another example, one student met with the school nurse and expressed stress over her parents’ divorce and her mother’s increased need to work. The guidance counselor was consulted. She was aware of the situation, and she was appreciative of being informed of the child’s current thoughts and feelings. The mother was called by the guidance counselor and was surprised about her child’s concerns. The mother was grateful for the information. This student was already in an educational support network. Collaboration was done with the support teacher to further enhance educational planning around this current situation.

School nurses synthesize their education and experience to differentiate between physical and mental health needs in their students. An example of a behavioral intervention for physical illnesses is the one developed by Grey (2004) to teach youth to cope with diabetes. Nurses are well aware of the relationship between physical health, mental health, and learning. Equipped with this knowledge, school nurses collaborate with teachers and counselors to refer students to the appropriate resources to promote mental health and academic achievement. Knowing that the school nurse is available to assess students, intervene, and follow up in a timely manner is crucial for the ongoing health of any given school. The school nurse contacts students’ families, as needed, and serves as a liaison between the student, family, school, and community. Health and learning are interrelated, and school nurses know that students learn best when they have optimal health. When school nurses conduct screenings and provide episodic care, they are constantly alert to changes in students’ health that may impact their learning. Other examples of individual-focused practice are school-based programs conducted by nurses to improve coping skills called Teaching Kids to Cope (TKCe) (Puskar, 2000) and Teaching Kids to Cope with Anger (TKC- A) (Puskar et al., 2006) which are school-based behavioral interventions that offer health promotion to youth through education about coping methods. Outcomes were measured by changes in the scores on the Reynolds Adolescent Depression Scale (Reynolds, 1987) and the Coping Response Inventory (Moos, 1993) administered preintervention, postintervention, at 6 months, and at 12 months. Puskar, Sereika, and Tusaie-Mumford (2003), in a randomized controlled trial, found that the TKC intervention lowered depressive symptomatology and increased coping strategies in adolescents.

Screening interviews were performed by nurses to identify the need for referral of any student having high depressive symptoms. Results showed improvement in depressive symptomatology and coping skills. Students in the intervention group reported a higher use of cognitive problem-solving coping skills (Puskar, Sereika, & Tusaie- Mumford, 2003). Other schools have requested that the TKC or TKC-A program be implemented at their location.

Systems-Focused Nursing Practice

Systems-focused practice includes changing organizations, policies, laws, and power structures (Minnesota Department of Health, Section of Public Health Nursing, 2001). For mental health and academic achievement promotion, school nurses have the potential to become involved in policy development and policy enforcement. One example is the participation of school nurses in school-based mental health services (SBMHS). SBMHS increase the accessibility of mental health care for both healthy and impaired students. Students are more likely to utilize SBMHS than clinicbased mental health services (Adelman & Taylor, 1999). The need for school-based mental health programs is increasingly acknowledged across different sectors for what these programs can do for school-age students and adolescents in terms of cost effectiveness and mental health care accessibility. SBMHS include surveillance, screening, case management, health teaching, counseling, consultation, and collaboration.

Community-Focused Nursing Practice

Community-focused practice includes changing community norms, attitudes, practices, and behaviors (Minnesota Department of Health, Section of Public Health Nursing, 2001). The community may be at an international, national, or local level. School nurses can become involved in developing community education programs on obesity, drug use, or depression to promote mental health and increase academic achievement. School nurses also can work with the parent-teacher organization to assess needs and goals.

At the national/international level, the International Alliance for Child and Adolescent Mental Health and Schools (INTERCAMHS) validates the belief that mental health and schools are important (School Mental Health Project-UCLA, 2003). This international network of agencies and individuals (including educationalists, mental health, and other professionals) has more than 200 members representing 22 countries. Their mission is to promote the international exchange of ideas and experiences related to student health. INTERCAMHS believes that addressing mental health issues in schools is important to ensure the continued well-being of school communities. School nurses can use the programs in INTERCAMHS as well as be a member.

Another example of community-focused practice is the Keep Your Children Safe and Secure (KySS) program (Melnyk et al., 2001; Melnyk, Brown, Jones, Kreipe, & Novak, 2003). KySS was started in 2001 by the National Association of Pediatric Nurse Practitioners (National Association of Pediatric Nurse Practitioners, 2007). KySS began its campaign with a national survey of children, teens, parents, and practitioners to assess the needs and knowledge deficits related to preventing and reducing mental health and psychosocial comorbidities in children and teens. KySS aims to decrease stigma and raise public awareness of the increase in mental health problems. Armed with the knowledge obtained from these surveys, KySS will advocate for continuing education, health promotion, development of interventions, and increasing public awareness. School nurses are encouraged to become involved in KySS and its activities for professional development and improving public awareness about mental health for children and teens (Melnyk et al., 2001, 2003; National Association of Pediatric Nurse Practitioners, 2007).

Conclusion

To succeed in improving academic achievement, schools are recommended to have efforts focused on not only improving learning but also the psychosocial issues that impact upon learning. School nurses promote mental health and academic achievement through teaching, screening, and collaborating with pediatric and psychiatric specialist nurses, teachers, counselors, and families at the individual, systems, and community levels. School nurses can advocate on behalf of students to support mental health to facilitate academic success. Students demonstrating mental health problems and academic problems need to be referred to individualized services. The school nurse’s role supports early detection and treatment of mental health problems with the goal of strengthening children’s abilities to achieve future success as productive, healthy adults.

How Do I Apply This Information to Nursing Practice?

School nurses make a difference in a variety of ways to promote mental health and academic achievement in their school districts. These nurses can work through three levels of health practice: individual, systems, and community. Nurses meet students on an individual basis to screen, teach, and conduct groups to help children and adolescents cope with problems. At the systems level, they can join organizations and lobbv for SBMHS. At the community level, nurses can become involved in developing community education programs, such as drug and alcohol prevention, healthy lifestyle choices, and mental health support. Collaboration, consultation, and case management are interventions used to promote mental health and academic achievement. By addressing the mental health needs of the student, the school and pediatric nurse can assist the student to focus on learning and maximize academic potential.

Acknowledgments. This research was supported by funding from the National Institute of Mental Health (NIH), National Institute of Nursing Research (NINR), ROl NR008440-01. The authors would like to thank Beth Grabiak, MSN, CRNP, and Kirsti M. H. Stark, MSN, APRN- BC, for editorial assistance in manuscript preparation.

. . . 20% of students may have undiagnosed mental health problems that cause difficulty with academic work.

Poor nutrition, insomnia, hopelessness, and suicidal or homicidal ideation are examples of need for immediate referral, based on severity and safety.

School nurses can become involved in developing community education programs on obesity, drug use, or depression to promote mental health and increase academic achievement.

References

Adelman, H. S., & Taylor, L. (1999). Mental health in schools and system restructuring. Clinical Psychology Review, 19(2), 137-163.

Adelman, H. S., & Taylor, L. (2000). Promoting mental health in schools in the midst of school reform. Journal of School Health, 70(5), 171-178.

Bush, G. W. (2004). State of the union address 2004. Retrieved September 18, 2006, from http://www.whitehouse.gov/news/releases/ 2004/01 /20040120-7.html

Center for Mental Health in Schools. (2006). Current status of mental health in schools: A policy and practice analysis from the center for mental health in schools at UCLA. Retrieved July 10, 2006, from http://smhp.psych.ucla.edu/currentstatusmh.htm

DeSocio, J., & Hootman, J. (2004). Children’s mental health and school success. Journal of School Nursing, 20(4), 189-196.

DeSocio, J., Stember, L., & Schrinsky, J. (2006). Teaching children about mental health and illness: A school nurse health education program. Journal of School Nursing, 22(2), 81-86.

Fortinash, K. M., & Holoday-Worret, P. A. (1991). Psychiatric nursing care plans. St. Louis, MO: Mosby.

Grey, M. (2004). Coping skills training and problem solving in diabetes. Current Diabetes Reports, 4, 126-131.

Hootman, J., Houck, G. M., & King, M. C. (2002). A program to educate school nurses about mental health interventions. Journal of School Nursing, 18(4), 191-195.

Lamb, J., Puskar, K., Sereika, S., Patterson, K., & Kaufmann, J. (2003). Anger assessment in rural high school students. Journal of School Nursing, 19(1), 30-40.

Melnyk, B. M., Brown, H. E., Jones, D. C, Kreipe, R., & Novak, J. (2003). Improving the mental /psychosocial health of U.S. children and adolescents: Outcomes and implementations strategies from the national KySS summit. Journal of Pediatric Health Care, 17(6Suppl.),S1-S24.

Melnyk, B. M., Moldenhauser, Z., Veenerma, T., Gullo, S., McMurtrie, M., O’Leary, E., et al. (2001). The KySS (Keep your children/yourself safe and secure) campaign: A national effort to reduce psychosocial morbidities in children and adolescents. Journal of Pediatric Healthcare, 35(2), 31a-34a. Minnesota Department of Health, Section of Public Health Nursing. (2001). Population-based practice. Unpublished manuscript.

Moos, R. (1993). Coping resources inventory. Odessa, FL: Psychological Assessment Resources.

National Association of Pediatric Nurse Practitioners. (2007). Retrieved August 14, 2007, from http://www.napnap.org/ index.cfm?page=”7″8&sec=ssec=499

New Freedom Commission on Mental Health. (2003). Achieving the promise: Transforming mental health care in America. Final report. DHHS Pub. no. SMA-03-3832. Rockville, MD. Retrieved September 18, 2006, from http://www.mentalhealthcommission. gov/reports/ FinalReport/toc.html

Opie, N. D., & Slater, P. (1988). Mental health needs of children in school: Role of the child psychiatric mental health nurse. Journal of Child and Adolescent Psychiatric and Mental Health Nursing, 1(1), 31-35.

Puskar, K. (2000). Teaching kids to cope (TKC(c)). Retrieved July 26, 2006, from http://www.pirt.edu/~krpl2/

Puskar, K., Lamb, ]., & Norton, M. (1990). Adolescent mental health: Collaboration among psychiatric mental health nurses and school nurses. Journal of School Health, 60(2), 69-71.

Puskar, K., Sereika, S., & Haller, L. (2003). Anxiety, somatic complaints, and depressive symptoms in rural adolescents. Journal of Child and Adolescent Psychiatric Nursing, 16(3), 102-111.

Puskar, K., Sereika, S., & Tusaie-Mumford, K. (2003). Effect of the Teaching Kids to Cope (TKC”) program on outcomes of depression and coping among rural adolescents, journal of Child and Adolescent Psychiatric Nursing, 16(2), 71-80.

Puskar, K., Stark, K., Fertman, C., Bernardo, L., Engberg, R., & Barton, R. (2006). School based mental health promotion: Nursing interventions for depressive symptoms in rural adolescents. California journal of Health Promotion, 4(4), 13-20.

Reynolds, W. (1987). Reynolds adolescent depression scale professional manual. Odessa, FL: Psychological Assessment Resources.

Schneider, M., Friedman, S., & Fisher, M. (1995). Stated and unstated reasons for visiting a high school nurse’s office, journal of Adolescent Health, 16, 35-40.

School Mental Health Project-UCLA. (2003). On the move with school-based mental health. Addressing Barriers to Learning. UCLA SMHP Newsletter, S(1), 3.

School Mental Health Project-UCLA. (2005). Making the case that MH in schools is imperative. Addressing Barriers to Learning UCLA SMHP Newsletter, 10(1), 11.

U.S. Department of Health and Human Services. (2000). Healthy people 2010: Understanding and improving health (2nd ed.). Retrieved August 13, 2007, from http://www.healthypeople.gov/Document/ tableofcontents.hfm#uih/uih_2.htm#obj

U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, Office of the Surgeon General. (1999). Mental health: A report of the Surgeon General. Chapter 3: Children and mental health. Retrieved August 13, 2007, from http: // www.surgeongeneral.gov / library / men ta 1 hea 1 th / chapterl /sec4.html#chap3

U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration Center for Mental Health Services. (2006). School mental health services in the United States, 2002-2003. Retrieved August 13, 2007, from http:// mentalhealth.samhsa.gov/publications/allpubs/sma05-4068/

U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention and Health Resources and Services Administration. (2000). Healthy people 2010. Chapter 7: Educational and community-based programs. Retrieved August 13, 2007, from http:/ /www.healthypeople.gov/Document/HTML/ volumel / 07Ed.htm#_Toc490550848

Kathryn Rose Puskar, DrPH, RN, FAAN, is Professor and Director, Psychiatric CNS Program; and Lisa Marie Bernardo, PhD, MPH, RN, HFI, is Associate Professor, Health and Community Systems, University of Pittsburgh School of Nursing, Pittsburgh, PA.

Author contact: [email protected], with a copy to the Editor: [email protected]

Copyright Nursecom, Inc. Oct 2007

(c) 2007 Journal for Specialists in Pediatric Nursing. Provided by ProQuest Information and Learning. All rights Reserved.

Chelmsford Native Guilty

By Lisa Redmond, The Sun, Lowell, Mass.

Oct. 13–NEWPORT, N.H. — Chelmsford native Kenneth Carpenter was convicted yesterday of first-degree murder in the 2005 killing and incineration of a Goshen woman whom he believed was interfering with his love life.

After a trial that lasted several weeks, a Sullivan County Superior Court jury deliberated about two hours yesterday morning before finding Carpenter, 56, of Lempster, N.H. guilty of murdering Edith “Pen” Meyer, 55, of Goshen, N.H.

Carpenter was sentenced to a mandatory sentence of life in prison without parole. Carpenter is a 1970 graduate of Chelmsford High School. His family once owned two movie theaters in town.

Prosecutors allege that Carpenter killed Meyer and then burned her body because he was furious with her for interfering with his love life. He believed, they say, that she was preventing him from rekindling his romance with former girlfriend Sandra Merritt, 45, who broke off their 11-month relationship.

Defense attorney Mark Sisti argued Carpenter couldn’t have killed the Goshen woman two

years ago because he was seen driving out of town on the day she was presumed murdered.

Carpenter was heading toward Massachusetts when he left a Claremont, N.H., gas station on Feb. 23, 2005, the day prosecutors claim he killed Edith “Pen” Meyer and incinerated her body at his Lempster home, the Union-Leader reports.

“If you don’t know where something happened and you’re trying a case in this state, you lose,” Sisti said. “You lose right out of the gate.”

Senior Assistant Attorney General William Delker focused on a mountain of circumstantial evidence that links Carpenter to the murder.

A blue notebook found under a red chair cushion in Carpenter’s house showed a “crude” sketch, in which a stick-figure man is pointing a gun with a fire in the background, the newspaper reported. Based on skull fragments found in the fire pit, prosecutors say Meyer was shot in the head with a .22-caliber bullet and then her body was burned.

A .22-caliber rifle, wrapped up in Carpenter’s jacket, was found in his shed. Meyer’s unique jewelry and keys were found in a burn pile and barrel used for burning.

“It’s almost impossible to imagine the terror that Pen Meyer experienced that morning,” Delker told the jury in his closing argument.

—–

To see more of The Sun, or to subscribe to the newspaper, go to http://www.lowellsun.com.

Copyright (c) 2007, The Sun, Lowell, Mass.

Distributed by McClatchy-Tribune Information Services.

For reprints, email [email protected], call 800-374-7985 or 847-635-6550, send a fax to 847-635-6968, or write to The Permissions Group Inc., 1247 Milwaukee Ave., Suite 303, Glenview, IL 60025, USA.

‘Blessed Handful:’ Brewer Kids Return to Hospital for a Birthday Party With Staff

By Laura Giovanelli, Winston-Salem Journal, N.C.

Oct. 13–When Maddie Brewer was a newborn, she was so tiny she could fit into the pocket of one of her nurses’ scrubs.

For weeks, she made her home in the neonatal intensive-care unit at Forsyth Medical Center.

But she wasn’t the only Brewer there.

Maddie shared the NICU with her four siblings, the first quintuplets to be born at the medical center and only the ninth set to be born in North Carolina.

Nurses at the medical center called their row of incubators Brewer Lane.

Yesterday, Maddie and the other surviving quints — Morgan, Sean and Benjamin — returned to the NICU for an early third-birthday celebration.

The healthy — and active — children tumbled around a hospital playroom, unwrapping presents, eating vanilla cake, grabbing balloons and pretty much ignoring the cameras and microphones that captured their every move.

The nurses who cared for them as babies watched in amazement.

“They don’t look like preemies,” Janie Mock, the nurse who once held Maddie in her pocket, told Maddie’s mother, Cherie Brewer.

The Brewers, who now live in Birmingham, Ala., are spending the weekend in Winston-Salem.

Today, they will visit Brenner Children’s Hospital, where one of the quints, Carson, spent most of his short life. He died on May 16, 2005.

“Walking in there is going to be bittersweet,” Cherie Brewer said. “Because we had a lot of good days there, but we had a lot of tough days there.”

Cherie Brewer credits doctors and nurses at both hospitals for the six months that Carson lived.

“We got that time,” she said. “We are tied here forever.”

The babies, born Nov. 3, 2004, weighed between 1 pound, 5 ounces and 2 pounds, 5 ounces. Morgan and Sean left the NICU when they were 8 weeks old. Ben came home at 12 weeks, and Maddie followed him three days later but had to return to the hospital twice.

Carson was transferred to Brenner, part of Wake Forest University Baptist Medical Center, a few weeks after he was born and died of pulmonary hypertension, a condition that puts pressure on the arteries that pump blood through the lungs.

Nurses who cared for the children while they were at Forsyth stopped by the party in a third-floor playroom of Forsyth’s pediatrics unit, hugging Cherie Brewer and her husband, Marcus. They marveled at the toddlers.

“I’ve seen a lot of babies,” Martha Harrelson, a NICU nurse, said. “But today’s special.”

Maddie was the smallest, and still is. She wears glasses now. Her sister, Morgan, born as “Baby A,” is the boss, a girly girl who likes big bows in her long, straight blond hair.

The sisters are more outgoing than their brothers. With tousled, dirty-blond hair, Sean and Ben look a lot alike, though the quints were fraternal. Their parents point out that it’s easy to tell the boys apart because Sean has bigger ears.

Ben is detail-oriented and a picky eater. He ignored the cake. His diet is dominated by applesauce, pudding, yogurt and chocolate milk.

One of the children temporarily took charge of a pair of scissors and a box of baby wipes.

Another spotted a phone on the wall and banged on its buttons.

A big white sheet cake was moved to a shelf, were it sat, riddled with holes from tiny fingers.

“I know you have a handful,” said Dr. Robert Dillard, a neonatologist and director of Forsyth’s NICU. He stopped by to see the children and their parents, taking a seat in a child-size chair across from Cherie. “It’s a blessed handful. You are probably one of those people who has an automatic path to heaven.”

Cherie Brewer is a stay-at-home mom, or as she calls herself, a “domestic engineer.”

Sometimes, she greets her husband with her car keys in hand, ready for a break. She runs errands without the kids, and seeks refuge in alone time spent sewing or on the computer.

Her days might get quieter in a few weeks. On Nov. 6, the children will head to preschool.

“I think it’s going to be like them going to college,” Cherie said. “I think I’m going to have empty-nest issues.”

— Laura Giovanelli can be reached at 727-7302 or at [email protected].

—–

To see more of the Winston-Salem Journal, or to subscribe to the newspaper, go to http://www.journalnow.com/.

Copyright (c) 2007, Winston-Salem Journal, N.C.

Distributed by McClatchy-Tribune Information Services.

For reprints, email [email protected], call 800-374-7985 or 847-635-6550, send a fax to 847-635-6968, or write to The Permissions Group Inc., 1247 Milwaukee Ave., Suite 303, Glenview, IL 60025, USA.

Filming Images or Filming Reality: The Life Cycles of Important Movie Directors From D. W. Griffith to Federico Fellini

By Galenson, David W Kotin, Joshua

Abstract. Why have some movie directors made important films early in their careers but subsequently failed to match their initial successes, whereas other directors have begun much more modestly but have made great movies late in life? The authors demonstrate that the answer lies in the directors’ motivations and in the nature of their films. Conceptual directors, who use their films to express ideas or emotions, mature early; thus, such great conceptual innovators as D. W. Griffith, Buster Keaton, Sergei Eisenstein, and Orson Welles made their major contributions early in their careers and declined thereafter. In contrast, experimental directors, whose films present realistic characters in convincing situations, improve their techniques with experience, so that such great experimental innovators as Charlie Chaplin, John Ford, Alfred Hitchcock, and Akira Kurosawa made their greatest films later in life. Understanding these contrasting approaches to film provides a new systematic understanding of the creative life cycles of individual directors. Keywords: Charlie Chaplin, John Ford, Jean- Luc Godard, Alfred Hitchcock, Buster Keaton, Orson Welles

In an essay written 50 years ago, the eminent film critic Andre Bazin ([1967] 2005a, 24-26) declared that it was useful to “distinguish, in the cinema between 1920 and 1940, between two broad and opposing trends: those directors who put their faith in the image and those who put their faith in reality.” Bazin explained that for the purposes of this distinction, he defined “image” very broadly, as “everything that the representation on the screen adds to the object there represented,” comprising a variety of means that could be used to allow the cinema “to impose its interpretation of an event on the spectator.” Bazin’s insight was a striking one, which under other circumstances might have served as the basis for an analytical framework for subsequent studies of the history of the development of film. In the event, it has received little attention, in part perhaps because of Bazin’s diffidence in stating and applying his analysis. For the validity of Bazin’s distinction is not bound by the time limits he suggested, and its implications are far broader than he claimed in his essay. In this article, we will develop this distinction and pursue in some detail what we consider one of its key implications. We believe that doing this can yield a deeper understanding not only of the development of film but also of the careers of the important filmmakers of the past, present, and future.

Two Kinds of Innovators

Important film directors are either conceptual or experimental innovators. These two categories-conceptual and experimental- describe two distinct career paths and two opposing sets of concerns, styles, methods, and values. Conceptual innovators tend to produce their most important work early in their careers, creating art based on ideas. Experimental innovators, in contrast, tend to produce their most important work late in their careers, creating art based on experience, particularly visual experience. These two categories, which correspond to Bazin’s distinction, apply to all the arts (and most likely to all creative endeavors) and in film entail specific characteristics that account for specific innovations and contributions. They also account for various phenomena related to artistic careers, such as the one-hit wonder, the sophomore jinx, and the wise old master.

The ideas that motivate conceptual filmmakers are usually one of three kinds: moral, philosophical, or psychological. Films based on moral ideas tend to be allegorical or didactic (or both). In these films, cinematic elements serve to promote a certain worldview. Filmmakers often employ typological, well-defined characters and elaborate special effects to influence audiences. Their films are often extremely entertaining and moving: audiences lose medium awareness (i.e., they forget that they are watching a movie), getting caught up in the story. Epic battles between good and evil symbolize everyday moral problems and contemporary political debates. The films often appeal to and attract large audiences, allowing filmmakers to bring their messages to multitudes. At other times, however, films based on moral ideas are self-reflexive (calling attention to the fact that they are movies) and programmatic, aiming to convince viewers through provocative images and the rhetorical use of artifice (e.g., spotlighting and close- ups). These films are usually less absorbing and more blatantly didactic, relying on argument or accusation rather than symbolism to convey their filmmakers’ ideas. These films are often targeted to specialized audiences with specific interests and concerns.

Films by conceptual directors based on philosophical ideas share many techniques with these self-reflexive morality tales. Their filmmakers tend to foreground artifice and seldom allow viewers to lose medium awareness. Their stories are often disjointed, cause- and-effect relationships are intentionally ambiguous or nonexistent, and it is often difficult to identify with their characters. This type of conceptual director often employs various distancing techniques that betray the conventions of cinematic realism, such as jump cuts, extreme long shots and close-ups, and unusual camera angles. By thwarting absorption in this way, the conceptual filmmakers promote particular ideas, using their movies to speculate about various philosophical problems or comment on earlier films (or both). These films usually attract smaller audiences, earning critical, rather than popular, success. These audiences are happy to decode difficult films and to consider a particular film’s relation to its antecedents, its place in the history of cinema.

The third kind of idea that motivates conceptual filmmakers is psychological and is based on emotions and reflections of the self (usually the filmmaker’s self). The main aim of such films is to convey these emotions. (One may object by claiming that emotions are not ideas. But the achievement of these films is to turn emotions into ideas, to encapsulate emotions in an easily communicable form.) Some of these films are vehicles of self-expression, whereas others are complex examinations of a particular character’s psyche. Like all conceptual films, they employ techniques that promote their final aims. And these aims usually involve relating concepts and feelings within a filmmaker’s mind, rather than issues in the world without.

Over their careers, conceptual filmmakers may make films of all three kinds, or combine elements of all three into a single film. What unites all conceptual filmmakers is their use of ideas. These ideas motivate and orient their films. Often the films are end- driven, with the idea as the film’s goal. And conceptual directors will often subordinate photography to dialogue-choosing to propel their films through language rather than visual images-in order to relate their ideas clearly. (In fact, conceptual filmmakers are more likely than their experimental counterparts to write the films they direct.) Conceptual filmmakers will also subordinate particular elements of a film (e.g., character and narrative) to its overall structure. Whether a giant blockbuster with a moral message or a small art-house film exploring intersubjectivity or some other philosophical issue, films by conceptual directors rely on the intellect, on the persuasiveness of ideas.

Experimental filmmakers have vastly different motivations. They tend to make movies based on experience and are unwilling to encapsulate this experience in particular concepts or ideological statements. They usually make movies using unobtrusive techniques and invisible direction. They want to entertain, rather than inform, educate, or influence. Accordingly, they encourage identification and absorption, designing their films to promote the loss of medium awareness. Experimental filmmakers tend to avoid explicit symbolism; they prefer realism, which they promote through their use of photography. They want their viewers to see for themselves, to be participants in their films, rather than recipients of conceptual messages. Toward this end, experimental directors tend to subordinate dialogue to photography, often using eye-level cameras, bright lighting, seamless editing, and natural-seeming camera angles. They respect the conventions of cinematic realism, such as the 180-degree rule (which “dictates that the camera should stay on one side of the action to ensure consistent left-right spatial relations between objects from shot to shot”) (Bor-dwell and Thompson 1997, 480). As a result of their desire to entertain, films by experimental film directors are often popular and financially successful, garnering large audiences and box-office receipts.

Unlike their conceptual counterparts, experimental filmmakers usually do not have clear objectives (besides the desire to entertain or the ambiguous aim to present reality). Without predetermined goals, they often create films around characters and individual scenes, proceeding by trial and error toward a finished product. They tend to be uncertain and suspicious of the tightly structured, purposeful films of conceptual directors. And they will often forsake coherency for effect, designing scenes to absorb viewers rather than contribute to a final climax or a tightly structured plot. Previous studies of conceptual and experimental innovators in other arts have identified two distinct methods of innovation: the first proceeding from predetermined ideas, the second from experience via a long process of trial and error. These studies have shown that the first method describes the contributions of conceptual artists and accounts for careers that begin brilliantly and decline with age. Correspondingly, the second method describes experimental artists and accounts for careers that improve with age, as the artists learn from their mistakes and gradually discover their voice. These models apply to filmmakers as well with only slight modification-for filmmaking is an extremely expensive endeavor requiring support from large corporate studios, which require sound business plans and responsible production schedules. Directors must coordinate large crews and budgets or collaborate with producers who will orchestrate their productions for them. But even in collaborative partnerships, filmmakers must communicate their aims and beliefs to, among others, producers, cinematographers, editors, actors, lighting people, and engineers. As a result of these conventions and requirements, experimental filmmakers cannot be as extreme in their methods as their experimental counterparts in the other arts. They cannot revise endlessly or begin a project without some conception of its ultimate structure. Because of budget constraints they cannot always shoot scenes in sequence or on location. They must compromise and develop production plans to coordinate their films and generate support from the studios. It should also be noted that the structure of the cinema places equal limitations on conceptual filmmakers, for studios seldom trust very young, inexperienced artists with large budgets. Thus, young directors often work in lower-level positions before directing movies (e.g., as second or third directors, as television or commercial directors, or as assistants). As a result, the cinema has fewer young upstarts than the other arts, fewer brash young geniuses.

We will apply this analytical framework to the work and careers of 13 important directors who are all included among the 20 most influential directors of all time (as designated by a panel of 48 expert judges for Movie Maker Magazine), who had all been born by 1918 (Wood 2002). The directors are listed in table 1. They completed their careers sufficiently long ago that all their films have been extensively evaluated. All 13 directors are of obvious importance. Five of them were ranked among the top 10 directors in the Sight & Sound polls of directors in both 1992 and 2002, and another 4 were ranked among the top 10 in one of these two polls. Eleven of the 13 directors had at least one film ranked in the top 10 by the six Sight & Sound critics’ polls held during 1952-2002, and 4 of them placed more than one film in those polls.

That MovieMaker designated these directors as the most influential, rather than simply the greatest, is significant. In any creative activity, genuine importance-the long-term status that makes an individual the subject of serious and sustained study-is a function of innovation. In the short run, many practices may attract attention and gain publicity, but in the long run it is only those individuals who innovate, who create new practices that influence the work of others in their disciplines, who are remembered and studied. Their importance stems from the changes they make in their discipline; the greater the changes, the greater the importance. What matters most about these innovators is their specific contributions: which of their practices were influential? In categorizing individual directors, our attention consequently focuses not on all aspects of their work but more narrowly on their most important contributions to the cinema. The nature of these innovative contributions is the basis for categorizing the directors as experimental or conceptual, and the timing of these contributions is the basis for determining when in their careers the directors were at their creative peak.

In categorizing the directors considered in this study as either experimental or conceptual, we have drawn on a range of evidence, including the judgments of scholars and critics, and statements by the directors themselves, as well as our own understanding of each director’s work. We subsequently present some evidence on which we based our decisions. There is no way to prove the correctness of any of the statements, by experts or by the directors, for these statements generally represent individual opinions. Similarly, there is no way to prove that our own judgments as to the directors’ categorization are correct, for there is no way to prove inductive propositions. We believe, however, that the division of these directors into the two types we have described can be done quite unambiguously, and that doing so helps us to gain a more systematic understanding of these directors’ careers than has previously been available. To this end, we proceed to a consideration of each of the 13 directors, who are treated chronologically by date of birth.

Seekers and Finders

This picture is not about how beautiful life is. It’s about how life is.

-Billy Wilder on The Apartment (Chandler 2002, 227)

Real life isn’t what interests me . . . Even as a child, I drew pictures not of a person, but of the picture in my mind of the person.

-Federico Fellini (Chandler 1995, 11)

Andrew Sarris (1985, 51) wrote in The American Cinema: “The debt that all film-makers owe to D. W. Griffith defies calculation. Even before The Birth of a Nation, he had managed to synthesize the dramatic and documentary elements of the modern feature film.” Although The Birth of a Nation is now widely condemned for its racist portrayal of blacks, it stood with Griffith’s other major films for its dramatic technical innovations, including the use of close-ups to focus attention on parts of scenes, the aggressive use of crosscutting to increase dramatic tension, and rapid editing that accelerated the tempo and added excitement to the narrative. In recognition of his technical contributions, James Agee (l964, 397) later reflected: “As a director, Griffith hit the picture business like a tornado. Before he walked on the set, motion pictures had been, in actuality, static . . . His camera was alive, picking off shots; then he built the shots into sequences, the sequences into tense, swift narrative.”

Griffith used cinematic techniques for conceptual ends. Dwight Macdonald observed that “Griffith treats his epic subjects as Eisenstein does, not as historical narratives running through time but as cinematizations in space of abstract themes. He shapes them primarily to express an idea . . . to which the story is subordinated as a mere allegory” (Hoch-man 1974, 149). Gerald Mast (1981, 54) further pointed out that Griffith’s allegories were personal statements, born of deep conviction: “that material was simply the Truth, the humanistic gospel according to Saint D. W. . . . He wanted the images on the screen to illuminate his personal vision of good and evil.” Griffith himself affirmed this. In a publicity interview for The Birth of a Nation, he stated, “I believe in the motion picture not only as a means of amusement, but as a moral and educational force.” His belief in the didactic value of movies was such that in 1915 he made a startling prediction: “The time will come, and in less than ten years . . . where the children in the public schools will be taught practically everything by moving pictures. Certainly they will never be obliged to read history again” (Geduld 1971, 29, 34).

The deterioration of Griffith’s work (after his landmark films) became a commonplace even during his lifetime. So, for example, a critic observed in 1926: “His development has followed a peculiar line . . . Griffith . . . was the great creative mind on the direction side of picture-making in the early days . . . [H]e made great pictures such as Judith of Bethulia, The Birth of a Nation, Broken Blossoms, Intolerance. Then he began to repeat his faults and not merely fail to acquire new virtues, but even to lose grasp on those which he had” (Hochman 1974, 146). Many theories have been proposed to explain Griffith’s decline. Among them, Gerald Mast (1981, 74) noted, was one that refers to a common problem among conceptual artists: “Perhaps he ran out of innovative ideas, both technically and intellectually.”

Charlie Chaplin’s goal was not to educate his viewers but to entertain them. Max Linder, an earlier star of comic films, paid tribute to Chaplin’s methodical pursuit of his goal: “Charlie . . . has studied laughter with care, and knows how to provoke it with the rarest precision” (McCaffrey 1971, 55). Chaplin explained that the key to his comedy was a sympathetic understanding of human nature, which he used to avoid affectation: “I strive for naturalness in all my action.” He achieved this by observing normal people in the course of their daily lives: “I start out to find my characters in real life . . . I search for the man I am going to represent myself. When I find that man, I follow him, watch him at his work, and his fun, at the table, and every other place I can see him. Often, I will study one man for a week” (ibid., 45-47).

The basis of Chaplin’s art in the observation of real people and situations marks him as an experimental artist, and from early in his career, evaluations of his work stressed that his films had both the virtues and defects of experimental art. Thus, a review of The Great Dictator, made when Chaplin was 51, praised it as “not only the climax of Chaplin, so far, but a resume of Chaplin’s whole growth, in his picture-making and in the evolution of his social conscience.” However, the reviewer also noted: “There is practically no plot . . . [T]he picture is a rambling, episodic sort of thing that a Chaplin picture has always been” (Hochman 1974, 50-51). Andre Bazin ([1971] 2005b, 118-19), a great admirer of Chaplin’s, similarly recognized that the power of his films lay in characterization and situations rather than in unifying themes or consistent technique: “Think back to what you can remember of Charlie, and dozens of scenes will come to mind as clear cut as the picture of the character himself . . . The only serious formal criticisms that can be leveled against a Chaplin film concern its unity of style, the unfortunate variations in tone, the conflicts in the symbolism implicit in the situations.” Chaplin wasn’t troubled by critics’ complaints about his films’ lack of unity. He told an interviewer: “I don’t care much about story . . . If you have the neatest tailored plot in the world and yet haven’t personalities, living characters, you’ve nothing” (Hayes 2005, 81). Gerald Mast (1971, 109-10) stressed that development of character was a necessary part of Chaplin’s films: “The Chaplin structure not only allows for the examination of character but demands it. The long sequences deny the possibility of a mere string of gags; the gags revolve around the location, the objects, and especially the people in the sequence.” As a director, Chaplin subordinated style to substance. Mast (1986, 92-93) observed that “unlike discussions of Griffith, discussion of Chaplin’s contribution to the cinema focuses on what he does on film rather than with film. Whereas Griffith combined the devices of cinema into a coherent narrative medium, Chaplin advanced the art by making all consciousness of the cinematic medium disappear so completely that we concentrate on the photographic subject rather than the process.” In similar terms, Andrew Sarris (1985, 40) remarked: “The apparent simplicity of Chaplin’s art should never be confused with lack of technique. For Chaplin, his other self on the screen has always been the supreme object of contemplation, and the style that logically followed from this assumption represents the antithesis to Eisenstein’s early formulations on montage.”

A reader of an earlier draft of this article objected to our characterization of Chaplin as an experimental director, arguing that the ideas of Chaplin’s films are important: thus, for example, the reader described The Great Dictator as “a two-hour lecture on fascism,” and “one of the most obvious idea pictures made between WWI and the US involvement in WWII.” We disagree. We believe that The Great Dictator is not a film about ideas. It assumes a moral perspective-that Nazism is wrong-but it makes no argument for it. Instead, the film uses a well-defined, uncontroversial political backdrop to generate experimental antics: to explore character via physical comedy. The political backdrop should not be mistaken for the film’s central concern. Chaplin’s portrayal of Jews in the film demonstrates his experimentalism. They are not martyrs, but human beings-at times pessimistic, hysterical, cowardly, fickle, ignorant, brave, and idealistic. Just like real people. A conceptual director making a propaganda film about anti-Semitism in 1940 would have portrayed the Jews as innocents. Chaplin adopted a different approach.

Chaplin’s experimental approach allowed him to develop artistically throughout his career, and to continue making significant films in his 50s and 60s. So, for example, Sarris praised Monsieur Verdoux, made when Chaplin was 58, for its “genius of economy and essentiality” (Hochman 1974, 56); and Bosley Crowther (Amberg 1971, 274) wrote of the brilliance of Limelight, made when Chaplin was 63, for the sensitivity of its “appreciation of the courage and the gallantry of an aging man.” Bazin ([1971] 2005b, 138- 39) stressed Chaplin’s unusual longevity as an artist: “Chaplin is the only film director whose work stretches over forty years of the history of cinema . . . The average duration of film genius is somewhere between five and fifteen years . . . Only Chaplin has been capable, I will not say of adapting himself to the evolution of the film, but of continuing to be the cinema.” And Bazin recognized that this ability was related to Chaplin’s persistent experimentation: “Chaplin has never stopped moving forward into the unknown, rediscovering the cinema in relation to himself.”

John Ford’s attitude toward movies was pragmatic: “This is a business. If we can give the public what it wants, then it’s a good business and makes money. The audience is happy and we’re happy” (Peary 2001, 48). He wanted his movies to achieve immediacy and realism: “I try to make people forget they’re in a theatre. I don’t want them to be conscious of a camera or a screen. I want them to feel what they’re seeing is real” (ibid., 85). Ford believed that simple and unpretentious techniques were the best means to this end: “I like, as a director and spectator, simple, direct, frank films. Nothing disgusts me more than snobbism, mannerism, technical gratuity . . . and, most of all, intellectualism” (ibid., 71). Francois Truffaut (1994, 63) remarked on Ford’s success in achieving his goal: “John Ford might be awarded (the same goes for Howard Hawks) the prize for ‘invisible direction.’ The camera work of these two great storytellers is never apparent to the eye.”

Ford’s work is consistently praised for its visual qualities. Alfred Hitchcock declared that “a John Ford film was a visual gratification,” and Elia Kazan stated that Ford “taught me to tell it in pictures” (Peary 2001, ix). Gerald Mast (1981, 240) commented: “Ford’s method emphasized visual images rather than talk,” with which Ford agreed, stating: “Pictures, not words, should tell the story” (Peary 2001, 64). On another occasion, Ford elaborated on his philosophy: “When a motion picture is at its best, it is long on action and short on dialogue. When it tells its story and reveals its characters in a series of simple, beautiful, active pictures, and does it with as little talk as possible, then the motion picture medium is being used to its fullest advan-tage” (ibid., 47).

Ford’s emphasis on beautiful pictures, created with unobtrusive techniques, identifies him as an experimental director. Consistent with this, his work developed gradually, and with considerable continuity. Peter Bogdanovich (1978, 31) reflected: “Every Ford movie is filled with reverberations from another-which makes his use of the same players from year to year, decade to decade, so much more than just building ‘a stock company’-and one film of his cannot really be looked at as separate from the rest.” Ford’s career as a director spanned nearly 50 years, and he is widely considered to have improved his work until late in his life. Thus, Bogdanovich (ibid., 24) considered Ford’s late films his best, “not only in execution but in depth of expression”; and Sarris (1976, 124) judged that “the last two decades of his career were his richest and most rewarding.” Sarris (1985, 47) considered experience the key to Ford’s late achievements: “The economy of expression that Ford has achieved in fifty years of film-making constitutes the beauty of his style.”

Jean Renoir (1989, 6) declared: “I try my hardest to make as marketable films as possible.” He wanted to make his viewers participants: “It’s impossible to have a work of art without the spectator’s participation, without his col-laboration” (ibid., 186). He wanted his films to be lifelike, and Francois Truffaut (1994, 46) remarked that they were: “Renoir’s films draw their animation from real life.” Peter Wollen (2002, 61) observed that The Rules of the Game “strives to capture life in the raw, with a sense of events unfolding naturally, spontaneously . . . It is an ethnographic film in the sense that, despite its intricate plot, it truly tries to capture an impression of life as it is lived.”

Renoir was the son and biographer of a great experimental painter, so it is perhaps not surprising that he believed that great art normally emerged from a process of trial and error: “if what I know about many great artists is true, then they were for the most part experimenters. They experimented all the time testing and trying; they were mainly like a sculptor who molds the clay with his fingers and, after he sees the shape, understands that by pushing the clay a little more to the other side, he can give to this shape more meaning or even a new one-a meaning he didn’t have in mind before starting to work” (Cardullo 2005, 68). Movie directors should not dictate what would occur but should be prepared to capture unexpected occurrences: “The creator of a film shouldn’t at all be an organizer; he shouldn’t be like a man who decides, for instance, how a funeral should be conducted. He is rather like the man who finds himself watching a funeral he never expected to see, and sees the corpse, instead of lying in its coffin, getting up to dance- and then notices the corpse’s relatives running about all over the place instead of weeping. It is for the director, and his colleagues, to capture this and then, in the cutting room, to make a work of art out of it” (ibid., 75). What was critical in creating these serendipitous occurrences was for the director to commune with the actors: “Communion means to be together and to take a lot from your fellows at the same time as you give a lot to them . . . During the making of a work of art you must be in a constant state of communion, you must give and take” (ibid., 69). The director should find the meaning of a film as he made it: “You discover the content of a film as you’re shooting it” (ibid., 35).

Renoir (1989, 4-5) explained that he increased the realism, and liveliness, of his films in the course of making them: “I have a tendency to be theoretical when I start working . . . and it’s extremely boring. Little by little (and my contact with the actors helps enormously), I try to get closer to the way in which characters can adapt to their theories in real life.” He stressed that his understanding of his films was a product of the same process: “I find the true meaning of the acting, a scene, even a word, only after the words have materialized, once they exist” (ibid., 179). Truffaut (1994, 42) believed that Renoir managed to communicate to his audience this sense of creation: “instead of having a finished product handed to us to satisfy our curiosity, we feel we are there as the film is made, we almost think that we can see Renoir organize the whole as we watch the film projected.” Renoir’s unobtrusive technique contributed to this effect. So, for example, Pauline Kael noted that in Grand Illusion “there is no unnecessary camera virtuosity: the compositions seem to emerge from the material. It’s as if beauty just happens . . . The characters, the dialogue, the fortress, the farm, the landscape, all fuse into the story and the theme. The result is the greatest achievement in narrative film” (Leprohon 1971, 193). Even Renoir’s admirers conceded that he had the weaknesses as well as the strengths of an experimental artist. So Bazin ([1971] 2005b, 121), who had no doubt that Renoir was the greatest French director, recognized that he “has never been able to ‘construct’ a scenario . . . Renoir has always been more concerned with the creation of characters and situations in which they could express themselves rather than with a story.” Renoir (1989, 82-83) himself compared his method to that of another great experimental director in explaining the source of this failing: “I prefer a working method that thinks of each scene as a separate little film. That’s what Chaplin does, by the way, and God knows it worked well for him . . . The only problem is that this often works against me because of another of my obsessions, of slightly neglecting the importance of the story line. I’m obsessed with the idea that in reality, the story isn’t very important.”

Buster Keaton was frequently compared with Charlie Chaplin during his career, and the comparisons continue today. A revealing instance for the purposes of this study is that of Gerald Mast, who made the two great comedians the subject of a section of his monograph, The Comic Mind. Mast (1979, 125-26) declared that the two represented “the two poles of silent comics,” and argued that this was illustrated by their major works: “The Gold Rush [by Chaplin] is an episodic series of highly developed, individual situations . . . [T]he thematic coherency of [Keaton’s] The General is itself the product of the film’s tight narrative unity . . . Everything in the Chaplin film . . . is subordinate to the delineation of the lonely tramp’s character . . . Everything in The General . . . is subordinate to the film’s driving narrative.” By identifying what he called the “Keaton imperative,” Mast (ibid., 135) contrasted Keaton’s rigid, formulaic plots with the disjointed organization of Chaplin’s films: “Unlike the Chaplin films, which can start with a Charliesque bang of a gag, the early reels of the Keaton feature must establish the character Buster plays. Then the Buster character faces what might be called ‘the Keaton imperative.’ Buster must do something-something that the character he plays would never do, yet somehow must . . . Buster’s successful accomplishment of the Keaton imperative reveals how close the Keaton comic world is to melodrama.” Mast (ibid., 141) stressed that Keaton paid great attention to plot and to the overall unity of his films: “Keaton’s most successful films are those with the strongest plots, ‘mounting’ rhythms, mounting troubles, and an irresistible, ‘indomitable’ drive toward the climax. Unlike Chaplin’s films, Keaton’s rely on drive, suspense, story, increasing complexity, and tension.”

Mast’s analysis amounts to the recognition that Keaton’s conceptual approach was fundamentally different from Chaplin’s experimental orientation. This is highlighted by Mast’s comments on a scene in Keaton’s Sherlock Jr., in which a movie projectionist falls asleep. In his dream, he walks up to the screen, and after several failed attempts, succeeds in entering the movie he is showing. Mast (1979, 132) observed that this scene “is very much at the heart of Keaton’s style and imagination. The mechanical perfection of the stunt is extraordinary, but behind the mechanical ability to work the gag is the sheer marvel of even conceiving it. Such far-fetched lunacy is not what Chaplin would do at all; it is too dependent on trick, too divorced from individual human feelings, too much a far-out stunt. But it is precisely the kind of imagination that Keaton reveals in film after film.” In Sherlock Jr., Keaton explored the relationship between movies and reality in a way that would never have occurred to the experimental Chaplin. The device of creating the fantasy of a movie within a movie that existed within yet another movie was one that would later be used by such conceptual directors as Federico Fellini and Jean-Luc Godard (Thomson 1980, 303). The surrealistic aspects of Sherlock Jr. did not go unnoticed at the time, for Rene Clair compared the film with Luigi Pirandello’s play Six Characters in Search of an Author (Cook 1981, 206).

The conceptual nature of Keaton’s comedy may explain a puzzle that has long attracted considerable attention-the question of why he declined as an artist so early and so rapidly. Keaton was fired by MGM in 1933, at the age of 38, and his career as a director had in fact ended several years earlier. Keaton’s marital problems and alcoholism are commonly cited as the causes of his professional demise, but these may have been caused or exacerbated by his loss of creative inspiration. Thus, one biographer suggested that Keaton’s underlying problem may have been his inability to go beyond his early peak achievement, and that the source of this problem may have resided in the nature of his success. Daniel Moews (1977, 312) observed that Keaton’s best films did not show a progression but instead displayed a sameness: “Perfection was instantly achieved and firmly held, but it was a static perfection. It led nowhere. It provided no opportunities for development. If the Keaton comedy was not necessarily exhausted, even under the best of all possible circumstances it soon would have been.”

A biographer of Howard Hawks noted: “He wanted to make good films with big stars and bring in a lot of money . . . For Hawks there was something wrong with a picture if it didn’t go over with the public” (McCarthy 1997, 7). Hawks consistently described his goals in experimental terms, explaining: “All I’m doing is telling a story. I don’t analyze or do a lot of thinking about it . . . We just made scenes that were fun to do. I think our job is to make entertainment” (McBride 1982, 8). Like John Ford, whom Hawks took as his model, Hawks wanted to tell his stories visually: “Tell it from your eyes. Let the audience see exactly as they would if they were there” (Bogdanovich 1997, 262). Like Ford, he considered simplicity a virtue: “I try to tell my story as simply as possible” (McBride 1982, 82). And like Ford, Hawks considered interesting characters the key to his films: “if you can do characters, you can forget about the plot . . . Let them tell the story for you, and don’t worry about the plot” (ibid., 33).

Many critics have commented on Hawks’s subordination of technique to content and on his avoidance of abstraction in favor of the concrete. Thus, Robin Wood (1968, 11-13) declared: “Nowhere in Hawks is one aware of ‘direction’ as something distinct from the presentation of the action; there is no imposed ‘style’ . . . Nowhere in Hawks’ work does he show any interest in Ideas, abstracted from character, action, and situation.” Andrew Sarris (1985, 55) considered Hawks’s films models of economy: “This is good, clean, direct, functional cinema.” Henri Langlois agreed that the power of Hawks’s work lay in its clarity and directness: “The essential. The truth of the dialogue, the truth of the situations, the truth of the subjects, of the milieux, of the characters . . . There is nothing superfluous” (McBride 1972, 67).

When Sarris (1985, 53) placed Hawks among the “pantheon directors” in his book on the American cinema in 1968, he observed that “Howard Hawks was until recently the least known and least appreciated Hollywood director of any stature.” For Hawks’s admirers, the longtime critical neglect was a direct consequence of his skill as an experimental director. So, for example, Gerald Mast (1982, 367) argued that Hawks was “so perfect at convincing the audience of the artlessness of his art that the artist literally disappeared for every contemporary commentator . . . The apparent ease and accident of Hawks’s stories is the ultimate artistic ruse.” Mast (ibid., 18) contrasted Hawks’s experimental approach with that of several prominent conceptual directors: “Hawks’s films reject the modernist aims of Ing-mar Bergman, Alain Resnais, Federico Fellini, and Jean-Luc Godard, filmmakers whose urge was not so much to tell a story but to inquire whether it was possible or desirable for stories to be told at all. The self-conscious, self-reflexive quest in films like Persona, 8 1/2, and Contempt, whose subject is the making of that very film itself, seems totally absent from the films of Howard Hawks, which go about their cheerful business of telling lucid stories.”

Sergei Eisenstein abandoned his studies in engineering to enlist in the Red Army in 1918, and the revolution became the inspiration for his subsequent career in theater and film. His theories and innovations were all based on the principle that art must serve political goals. So, for example, in 1924 he expressed his belief that cinema was “a factor for exercising emotional influence over the masses,” declaring that “there is, or rather should be, no cinema other than agit-cinema” (Taylor 1998, 35, 40). Eisenstein’s early training in engineering may have contributed to his desire to develop a scientific approach to making films. In an interview shortly after he directed his landmark work, Battleship Potemkin, he explained that art should be made systematically: “My artistic principle . . . is: not intuitive creativity but the rational constructive composition of effective elements . . . That is, I believe, a purely mathematical affair and it has nothing whatsoever to do with the ‘manifestation of creative genius.’ You need not a jot more wit for this than you need to design a utilitarian steel works” (Taylor 1998, 65).

Eisenstein was a conceptual artist, who made radical formal innovations. Gerald Mast (1981, 155) explained that his “films break all the rules of narrative construction. They lack a protagonist and focal characters; they lack a linear plot.” Eisenstein is known for many technical innovations, which were presented most notably in Potemkin. The film as a whole was meticulously constructed, with five parts mirroring the five-part structure of classical drama (ibid., 137). Perhaps his most celebrated technical device was what Eisenstein called the “montage of attractions,” as he rapidly juxtaposed images of several different objects to express an abstract concept. Eisenstein’s desire to rouse his audience also led him to accelerate the film’s pace: the average shot length in Potemkin was about 2 seconds, well below the average of 5-6 seconds in Hollywood films of the time (Bor-dwell 1993, 46). Potemkin was conceived as revolutionary propaganda, and to this end Eisenstein deliberately avoided creating three-dimensional characters (ibid., 51).

Paul Seydor specifically called attention to the ideational nature of Eisenstein’s early work, observing that it was “quintessentially a cinema of (though not necessarily for) the mind. Space and movement are not literally seen, that is, are not on the screen; they exist only in the viewer’s imagination, his eye serving to register the details with which his mind will make the ‘proper’ points” (Cook 1981, 177). David Bordwell explained that Eisenstein played a seminal role in the early development of a conceptual cinema: “He demonstrated that montage could assemble the raw data of the Lumiere [a documentary style developed by Auguste and Louis Lumiere] method in patterns which expressed the poetic imagination. Dialectical montage was an admission of the presence of artistic consciousness . . . [A]fter Eisen-stein, a less didactic, more associational montage became a dominant poetic style of the avant- garde” (Gottesman 1976, 104). In view of this, it is not surprising that the conceptual director Jean-Luc Godard, who himself made important innovations in editing, paid homage to Eisenstein as the “greatest editor in the world,” for he explained that editing meant “organizing cinematographically; in other words planning dramatically, composing musically, or in yet other words, the finest film-making” (Milne 1972, 115).

Alfred Hitchcock declared that “in the world of films and film production it is the public’s appetite that must first be appeased” (Gottlieb 1995, 180). This was basic to his view of film: “I’ve always believed in film as the newest art of the twentieth century because of its ability to communicate with the mass audiences of the world” (Gottlieb 2003, 130). Andrew Sarris (1985, 58) maintained that Hitchcock’s success in achieving his goal caused many critics and scholars to ignore his importance: “His reputation has suffered from the fact that he has given audiences more pleasure than is permissible for serious cinema. No one who is so entertaining could possibly seem profound to the intellectual puritans.”

Hitchcock consistently stressed the primacy of visual images. Thus, he wrote: “It is no use telling people; they have got to SEE. We are making pictures, moving pictures, and although sound helps and is the most important advance the films have ever made they still remain primarily a visual art” (Gottlieb 1995, 48). Hitchcock explained to an interviewer that he thought in pictures, and that this was what animated his films: “This is what gives the effect of life to a picture-the feeling that when you see it on the screen you are watching something that has been conceived and brought to birth directly in visual terms” (ibid., 255-56). He wanted his viewers to be caught up in the reality of his films: “Watching a well-made film, we don’t sit by as spectators; we participate” (ibid., 109). Shooting his films in sequence contributed to this end: “After all, the film is seen in sequence by an audience and, of course, the nearer a director gets to an audience’s point of view, the more easily he will be able to satisfy an audience” (ibid., 208). Francois Truffaut (1967, 8) considered Hitchcock’s films a textbook for directors on the use of visual images: “In Hitchcock’s work a film-maker is bound to find the answer to many of his own problems, including the most fundamental question of all: how to express oneself by purely visual means.”

Hitchcock’s experimental orientation is equally clear from his firm belief that technique should never be obtrusive. Thus, he wrote: “The motion picture is not an arena for display of techniques. It is, rather, a method of telling a story in which techniques, beauty, the virtuosity of the camera, everything must be sacrificed or compromised when it gets in the way of the story itself . . . Technique that calls itself to the audience’s attention is poor technique. The mark of good technique is that it is unnoticed” (Got-tlieb 1995, 208). James Agee (1964, 214) remarked on the realism Hitchcock achieved through his invisible technique: “He has a strong sense of the importance of the real place and the real atmosphere.”

A critic of a previous draft of this article contested our portrayal of Hitchcock, arguing that “Hitchcock is possibly the single greatest virtuoso of purely formal, self-reflexive display. For example, a woman starts to scream and the camera cuts to a tea kettle just come to a boil.” But the use of montage in itself does not indicate a conceptual director, or a visible camera. Rather it is the use of montage that is key. Does Hitchcock’s cut to the kettle in Psycho undercut or relieve the scene’s emotional impact? Do we think, my, wasn’t that a provocative use of the camera? It doesn’t, and we don’t. Instead, Hitchcock uses montage here, and elsewhere, to heighten our involvement in the film. Hitchcock is of course famous for many self-reflexive moments in his films: his cameo appearance in his films’ opening scenes became a trademark device. But these moments have no relation to his real contribution as a director, or to his films’ eventual promotion of a loss of medium awareness. His nightmarish films, including Vertigo, North by Northwest, and Psycho, are realistic in the sense that we imagine that they are real while we are watching them. We don’t believe that these are documentary accounts of real horrors, but we do forget we’re watching a movie while we’re watching them. And we leave the theater with a genuine emotional experience, rather than a moral or other ideological insight.

As Hitchcock approached the age of 50, he stated: “Style in directing develops slowly and naturally” (Gottlieb 1995, 115). In a study of Hitchcock’s career published after the director was 70, Robin Wood (1969, 17) concluded that his art had grown in a number of dimensions: “Not only in theme-in style, method, moral attitude, assumptions about the nature of life-Hitchcock’s mature films reveal, on inspection, a consistent development, deepening and clarification . . . There is discernible throughout Hitchcock’s career an acceleration of the process of development right up to the present day.” Truffaut (1994, 87) agreed, for he wrote in 1963 that “Hitchcock’s mastery of the art grows greater with each film.”

Billy Wilder stated his goal simply: “I try to make pictures for entertainment” (Horton 2001, 68). He usually did this with comedy: “I don’t want to start asking myself if my film is important . . . What is important is to sit in the theater and hear people laughing at the right moment” (ibid., 71). Like many other experimental directors, Wilder did not consider himself an artist: “I’m just a story-teller” (Madsen 1968, 52). He wanted his efforts to be invisible: “the best directing is the one you don’t see. The audience must forget that they are in front of a screen-they must be sucked into the screen to the point when they forget that the image is only two-dimensional” (ibid., 56). He believed the key to engaging the audience lay in characterization: “I don’t write camera angles and dialogue. I write characters and dialogue. It doesn’t matter what is happening to your characters unless people care about them” (Chandler 2002, 324). And his characters had to behave convincingly: “I don’t think that people behave very much differently in my pictures than they do in life” (Crowe 1999, 175).

Wilder was often denigrated by critics for what they considered the superficiality and commercialism of his work: thus Sarris (1998, 324) pointed out: “Wilder was thought of as the [Hollywood] system personified with all its serpentine wiles and crass commercialism.” At the height of his success, Pauline Kael wrote: “In Hollywood it is now common to hear Billy Wilder called the world’s greatest movie director. This judgment tells us a lot about Holly-wood: Wilder hits his effects hard and sure; he’s a clever, lively director whose work lacks feeling or passion or grace or beauty or elegance. His eye is on the dollar, or rather on success, on the entertainment values that bring in dollars” (Hochman 1974, 504). Wilder was hurt by such attacks, and his consistent response was to defend the craft of his experimental approach: “I am a craftsman, I try to do it as well as I simply can. At no time do I put myself in the category of Ingmar Bergman or Jean-Luc Godard; I grew up in an industry and I’m proud of it. I work for a living” (Horton 2001, 64-65). His admirers agreed with his defense. So, for example, James Agee (1964, 411) praised Sunset Blvd. as “Hollywood craftsmanship at its smartest and at just about its best, and it is hard to find better craftsmanship than that, at this time, in any art or country.” In disputing our classification of Wilder as experimental, a reader claimed that he “made idea pictures through the failure of Ace in the Hole,” a 1951 film. If we take Ace in the Hole (also known as The Big Carnival) as our example, we find a film more interested in character than ideas. The story concerns a down-on-his-luck newspaper reporter who exploits (and, in the end, exacerbates) a mining disaster to revive his career. Wilder uses the plot to illuminate the reporter’s troubled character, rather than advance a morality tale on the evils of exploitation. Indeed, the film does not offer easy moral lessons. It is not a treatise on unethical journalism. Instead, Ace in the Hole is an exploration of how far people will go to escape intolerable situations (whether a collapsed mine or a bad job). The moral lessons follow the characters’ experiences, not the other way around. Accordingly, Wilder’s film is experimental because it privileges experience over ideas, presenting realistic and engrossing images of convincing characters in complex circumstances.

Akira Kurosawa wanted his films to reach the broadest possible audience: “A film should satisfy a wide range of people, all the people” (Prince 1999, 36). As a young man, Kurosawa (1983, 93) was uncertain about his choice of career until he began working in a movie studio, where he discovered his vocation: “It was like the wind in a mountain pass blowing across my face. By this I mean that wonderfully refreshing wind you feel after a painfully hard climb . . . I was standing in the mountain pass, and the view that opened up before me on the side revealed a single straight road.” Stephen Prince (1999, 34-35) explained the significance of Kurosawa’s language: “He has found his calling, and it is expressed as a Way . . . It signifies, in general terms, persistent devotion and hard work dedicated to mastering the secrets of a discipline.” Prince further observed that Kurosawa’s conception of cinema was implied by his vision of the straight road: “Realization of cinematic structure and of visual patterning had to be learned through experience and once learned, could not be communicated in words . . . Kurosawa’s film style, then, is not an intellectualized one; it has not been shaped through fidelity to a previously constructed political or theoretical position, as are films by Eisenstein, Godard, or Straub.”

Prince (1999, 302) noted that experimental goals and techniques were basic to Kurosawa’s films: “Kurosawa adopted the spartan injunction of facing reality rather than pursuing the pleasures to be found in an escape from it . . . The linear narratives of his films symbolized the terms of Kurosawa’s social commitment, setting his heroes upon spiritual and personal journeys that led to confrontations with social ills.” Donald Richie (1965, 185, 197) agreed that the basis of Kurosawa’s style was “a search for reality and an inability to tolerate illusion.” Characterization was central to this process: “In simplest terms . . . his pictures are about character revelation.” Kurosawa was responsible for a number of technical innovations, several of which contributed to the rapidly paced narrative of the Seven Samurai. Yet these innovations were all devised to serve an experimental purpose. Thus, Joseph Anderson and Richie (1982, 380) concluded that in Kurosawa’s great movies, “this mastery of film style has but one pur-pose: it is meant to tell a story.”

At the age of 71, Kurosawa (1983, xii) wrote in his autobiography that the two people he would like to resemble as he grew old were Jean Renoir and John Ford. Unlike both of them, however, Kurosawa continued to direct movies well into his 80s. Although his international reputation had grown steadily since Rashomon had won the top prize at the 1951 Venice Film Festival, Kurosawa retained the uncertainty and humility of his experimental orientation until the end of his life. In 1990, when he was 80, the American Academy of Motion Pictures honored him with a special Oscar. In his acceptance speech, he declared that he had not yet reached the end of the road he had seen before him 55 years earlier, but that he was determined to continue his journey: “I really don’t feel that I have yet grasped the essence of cinema. Cinema is a marvelous thing, but to grasp its true essence is very, very difficult. But what I promise you is that from now on I will work as hard as I can at making movies, and maybe by following this path I will achieve an understanding of the true essence of cinema and earn this award” (Prince 1999, 342-43).

There is remarkably widespread agreement that Citizen Kane is the most important movie ever made. To cite just one of many possible indicators, it has placed first in five decennial polls Sight & Sound has conducted of movie critics since 1962. Among the most celebrated facts about Citizen Kane is that it was directed and coauthored by Orson Welles, who also played the title role, when he was just 26 years old. It was Welles’s first film.

The importance of Citizen Kane derived in large part from its technical innovations. This was the intentional product of careful planning. Both Bernard Herrmann, the film’s composer, and Gregg Toland, its cinematographer, emphasized that they were given exceptional amounts of time and freedom to achieve the novel aims they and Welles had formulated (Gottesman 1971, 69-77). The result was a film that Bosley Crowther described upon its release as “far and away the most surprising and cinematically exciting motion picture to be seen here in many a moon” (ibid., 47).

Beyond the film’s many specific technical innovations, Welles’s single greatest achievement in Citizen Kane may have been synthetic, as he created symbolic linkages between the novel technical devices and the film’s story. The variety of striking technical means used to punctuate the narrative of the story reinforces the message implicit in the variety of differing judgments of Kane presented by different characters. Jorge Luis Borges recognized this, as he observed that the true subject of Citizen Kane is “the discovery of the secret soul of a man,” which was accomplished through “the rhythmic integration of disparate scenes without chronological order. In astonishing and endlessly varied ways, Orson Welles exhibits the fragments of the life of the man, Charles Foster Kane, and invites us to combine and reconstruct them” (Gottesman 1971, 127).

A reader disputed our categorization of Welles as concep-tual: “Experimental directors are supposed to be preoccupied with character. Was a film ever so driven by character as Citizen Kane?” In a sense, the referee is correct. Citizen Kane is obviously about a character: Kane. But it is not a character study. It is an exemplary tale about human nature and the uses and misuses of power, as well as an examination of how people tell stories and understand character. And it is for this conceptual contribution that the film became so influential. Citizen Kane combines innovative camera techniques-deep focuses, long takes, unorthodox angles-that illuminate ways of seeing the world. The film uses innovative narrative procedures- composing a man’s life out of documentary reports, acquaintances’ memories, and archaeological evidence-that illuminate our construction of character. The true subject of the film is not Kane; he is a one-dimensional, allegorical figure who mistakenly thinks that power can substitute for love. The true subject of the film is character itself, who we are and how we come to be. This is the conceptual purpose of Citizen Kane. And in this way it recalls Gerald Mast’s comment about later conceptual directors, “whose urge was not so much to tell a story but to inquire whether it was possible or desirable for stories to be told at all.”

Critics have long remarked on Welles’s ostentatious use of technique. Thus, Richard Schickel observed that Welles “insisted on making movies which called attention to the fact that they were, indeed, movies. In his bravura use of film all pretense of artlessness, all the subtle techniques developed by earlier masters to give the illusion of the realistic point of view were abandoned. Welles compelled the attention to film as film, as something unique to itself” (Hoch-man 1974, 486-87). Similarly, Pauline Kael remarked that Welles “makes a show of the mechanics of film . . . [H]is is not the art that conceals art, but the showman’s delight in the flourishes with which he pulls the rabbit from the hat” (ibid., 489). And Godfrey Cheshire noted: “In Kane, form determines content more than the other way around” (Carr 2002, 66). More profoundly, other critics have recognized that Citizen Kane made a key contribution to the lineage of conceptual cinema. So Truffaut (1994, 284) reflected that “when I see Kane again for perhaps the thirtieth time, it is its twofold aspect as fairy tale and moral fable that strikes me most forcefully.” And David Bordwell observed that because of its representation of the processes of imagination, Citizen Kane had influenced the great conceptual directors who saw it early in their careers: “As the ancestor of the works of Godard, Bergman, Fellini, Bresson, and Antonioni, Kane is a monument in the modern cinema, the cinema of consciousness” (Gottesman 1976, 104). Citizen Kane dominates Welles’s career. When he was presented with the American Film Institute’s Life Achievement Award in 1975, at the age of 60, the tribute mentioned by name only one film, Citizen Kane, which it described as “a benchmark in world cinema, an achievement against which other films are still measured” (American Film Institute 1975). Yet like F. Scott Fitzgerald and many other conceptual artists who made landmark contributions early in their careers, Welles was haunted by his early masterpiece, for no later work could approach its significance. Thus, although Andrew Sarris (1985, 78) noted that Citizen Kane by itself would have guaranteed Welles’s place in Sarris’s highest category of “pantheon directors,” he also pointed out a direct consequence of this: “The conventional American diagnosis of his career is decline, pure and simple.”

Early in his adult life, Ingmar Bergman realized that making films was to him “a natural necessity, a need similar to hunger and thirst” (Steene 1968, 22). As time went on, this need persisted and became the basis for his career as a director: “My hunger has endlessly renewed itself. Money, fame, and success have been surprising, but basically indifferent, consequences of my rampage” (Bergman 1994, 49). To Bergman, film offered a unique means of expression: “No other art-medium-neither painting nor poetry-can communicate the specific quality of the dream as well as the film can” (Bjorkman, Manns, and Sima 1973, 44).

Bergman was a conceptual director, whose films used complex and often confusing techniques to express abstract ideas. Birgitta Steene (1972, 17) explained: “His genius is not narrative, hardly even descriptive, for the people in his movies have often been marionettes with fixed qualities, morality play characters disguised as humans.” Bosley Crowther observed that “the extraordinary thing about [The Seventh Seal] is the forcefulness with which it conveys the magnitude of its abstract ideas.” In the film, a fourteenth- century knight challenges Death to a chess match in which the stake is his life. Crowther wrote: “It is obvious that the knight is intended as a symbol of modern man, a modern intellectual, such as Bergman himself. He is weary of war, disillusioned about serving an unknown God that permits the injustices, cruelties, and sufferings that occur in the world, and shocked by man’s fear and trembling in the face of prophesied doom-in this case the plague, which clearly symbolizes the nuclear bomb” (ibid., 76-78).

Bergman’s films aggressively called attention to their own technical means. So, for example, Wheeler Dixon noted that Persona is “a film in which rips in the image, out-of-focus shots, repeated sequences, and elaborate optical effects constantly remind us that we are watching a film, a construct, a world that Bergman has invented solely for cinematic consumption” (Michaels 2000, 45). Similarly, Gerald Mast (1986, 376) observed that in Persona “Bergman calls attention to the film as a film because he wants to emphasize that what follows is a fiction, an illusion-a sequence of light and shadow on a flat screen. The audience has entered the world of art and chimera-of magic-not of nature and reality.” Bergman also made his films difficult to understand. Lloyd Michaels (2000, 15) listed the problems Persona posed for viewers: “1) the absence of visual codes to distinguish between what is dreamed or imagined and what is actually occurring; 2) the ellipses, doublings, and disruptions that confound any sense of a linear narrative; 3) the montage of apparently unrelated images . . . ; 4) the discontinuities in space and time . . . ; 5) the inconsistencies in point of view.”

Bergman made important films over a long period of time, and Truffaut (1994, 259) observed that the nature of Bergman’s films changed considerably, constituting a series of distinct periods. Frank Gado (1986, 241, 310-11) has noted that Bergman periodically changed his style, often by consciously imitating a particular cinematic technique. So, for example, in 1959 The Virgin Spring was inspired by Bergman’s study of Kurosawa, in the course of which he viewed Rashomon dozens of times; and, in 1964, All These Women was inspired by Bergman’s admiration for Fellini’s 8 1/2. The conceptual basis of Bergman’s art is underscored by Philip Kemp’s observation that he was “the first filmmaker to use the cinema as an instrument of sustained philosophical meditation” (Nowell-Smith 1996, 573).

Federico Fellini declared: “I have been criticized for making my films only to please myself. The criticism is well-founded, because it’s true. It’s the only way I can work . . . If what pleases me pleases other people, enough of them, I can go on working. Then, I am lucky” (Chandler 1995, 84-85). Fellini preferred memory and fantasy to observation and reality. He explained: “I make my films because I like to tell lies, to imagine fairy-tales . . . I mostly like to tell about myself” (Bondanella 1978, 8). His movies recorded his own version of reality: “My fantasies and obsessions are not only my reality, but the stuff of which my films are made” (Chandler 1995, 58). Gerald Mast (1986, 322) noted that although Fellini’s apprenticeship was in neorealist cinema, his true love was not for somber settings: “He prefers the places of mystery, magic, and make- believe-the circus, the variety theatre, the nightclub, the opera house-to the squalid slums of reality.”

Fellini took complete responsibility for his products: “Everything I do in film is made, produced, invented by me.” Actors were his instruments: “they are my puppets, creations of my fantasy.” He assumed that all art was personal: “I feel that an artist always talks about himself.” Criticism of his films wounded him: “I feel that my innermost being, and not just my work, is being judged and attacked, because I feel this total identity, this complete unity, between myself and my work” (Cardullo 2006, 194, 45, 25, 34). A number of critics have remarked on the subjective nature of Fellini’s art. Bert Cardullo noted: “Observation and synthesis were not really his mode: it had to have happened to him before he could transmute it int